1965

TECHNICAL HIGHLIGHTS

OF THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

Annual Report for: INSTITUTE FOR BASIC STANDARDS

INSTITUTE FOR MATERIALS RESEARCH

INSTITUTE FOR APPLIED TECHNOLOGY

CENTRAL RADIO PROPAGATION LABORATORY
n
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

John T. Connor, Secretary

J. Herbert Hollomon, Assistant Secretary for Science and Technology

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS

A. V. Astin, Director

1965

Technical Highlights

of the

National Bureau of Standards

Annual Report, Fiscal Year 1965

May 1966

Miscellaneous Publication 279

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, D. C, 20402 — Price 65 cents
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 6-23979
CONTENTS

THE DIRECTOR'S STATEMENT _ 1

NBS—An Evolving Institution 1

Management Progress 3

NBS As a Scientific Laboratory 5

INSTITUTE FOR BASIC STANDARDS 11

Physical Quantities, Constants, and Calibration Services 12

International Base L nits 13

Length. Mass. Frequency and Time. Temperature. Luminous

Intensity. Electric Current. Mechanical Quantities 19

Force. Pressure. Vacuum.

Electrical Quantities—DC 24

Resistance Ratios. Voltage. Current Ratio Standards. New

Compensated Current Comparator. Absolute Electrical Measurements. AC-DC Transfer Standards. Voltage Ratio Detector

for Millivolt Signals.

Electrical Quantities—Radio 25

Low-Frequency Calibration. High-Frequency Electrical Standards. High-Frequency Impedance Standards. High-Frequency

Calibrations. Microwave Standards. Microwave Calibrations. Photometric and Radiometric Quantities 30

Ionizing Radiations 32

Engineering Measurement and Standards 36

Phyical Properties 39

National Standard Reference Data System 40

Nuclear Data. Atomic and Molecular Data. Solid State Data. Thermodynamics and Transport Data. Chemical Kinetics. Colloid and Surface Properties. Information Services. Measurement 48

Nuclear Properties. Atomic and Molecular Properties. Solid

State Properties. Thermodynamics and Transport Properties.

Chemical Kinetics. Colloid and Surface Properties. Mechanical

Properties. Radio Plasma.

Applied Mathematics 69

Performance Characteristics 71

Technical Assistance to Others - — 72

INSTITUTE FOR MATERIALS RESEARCH 79

Preparation and Characteristics of Materials 80

Preparation. Characterization.

Measurements of Properties of Materials 82

Basic Measurements on Basic Materials. Basic Properties of Engi- }

neering Materials. Engineering Properties of Engineering Materials.

iii
Standard Reference Materials 85

Technical Assistance to Others - 86

Technical Information Dissemination 88

INSTITUTE FOR APPLIED TECHNOLOGY 91

Engineering Measurement and Standards - — 91

Building Research.

Performance Criteria 93

Data Processing. Building Research.

Linking Engineering Measurements and Performance Criteria to Standards 95

Participation in Standardization Groups. Office of Engineering

Standards.

Dissemination of Technical Information 96

Federal Clearinghouse.

Invention and Innovation 100

Textile and Apparel Technology 101

Assistance to Other Agencies 102

CENTRAL RADIO PROPAGATION LABORATORY 105

Immediate Objectives 106

Developments in Fiscal 1965 107

Ionosphere Research. Troposphere Research. Space Environments.

Atmosphere Processes. APPENDIXES 115

Organization of the National Bureau of Standards 115

Institute for Basic Standards. Institute for Materials Research.

Institute for Applied Technology. Central Radio Propagation

Laboratory.

Summary of NBS Staff as of June 30, 1965 124

Financial Data for Fiscal 1965 124

Advisory Committees 125

Statutory Visiting Committee

Technical Advisory Panels

Awards and Honors 131

Education, Training, and University Liaison 132

Publications 134

Publications in the Bureau's Series. Publications in Outside Journals. Patents 202

The General Conference on Weights and Measures 203

iv
I THE DIRECTOR'S STATEMENT

NBS — AN EVOLVING INSTITUTION

Ever since its establishment by Congress in 1901 the Bureau has been

characterized by a dynamic adaptation of its programs to the changing

needs of science and industry.

The Organic Act of 1901 as revised in 1950 authorized the Bureau to carry out the following basic functions

:

1. Development and maintenance of the National standards of measure- ment and the provision of means for making measurements consistent with

those standards;

2. Determination of physical constants and properties of materials;

3. Development of methods for testing materials, mechanisms, and

structures, and the making of such tests as may be necessary, particularly

for Government;

4. Cooperation with other governmental agencies and with private organizations in the establishment of standard practices incorporated in codes

and specifications;

5. Advisory service to Government agencies on scientific and technical problems;

6. Invention and development of devices to serve special needs of the Government.

Subsequent legislation. Executive Orders, and other actions added to these functions and assigned new responsibilities.

Although the measurements-standards mission has remained fundamental to the Bureau's programs since its inception, the Bureau has engaged

in a wide variety of activities which did not directly stem from its measure- ment responsibilities. Generally, these programs have been undertaken to meet the specialized needs of other Government agencies, or to provide

scientific and engineering data for various segments of private industry

and commerce which were not in a position, at the time, to maintain re- search activities of their own.

1
The exponential growth of U. S. scientific and technological activity has

increased the Bureau's workload in measurement and related fields many

fold. At the same time, several new responsibilities have recently been

assigned to it. Among these are:

• To serve as the focal point within the Federal Government for stim- ulating the application of science and technology to the economy. Apart

from fostering a viable national measurement system, this function involves an increased effort in the dissemination of technical information and in the development of engineering measurements and standards, which provide

the technical base for performance criteria of goods and services.

• To set up and operate the National Standard Reference Data System.

NBS has been assigned the task of directing the centralized collection,

evaluation, organization, and distribution of standard reference data.

• To establish and expand a Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and

Technical Information. Here, the product handled is not data as such but

R&D documents, the entire unclassified output of the considerable Federal

scientific and technological complex. These documents help keep industry

abreast of current technological developments.

• To set up and operate a central technical analysis service to conduct

cost-benefit studies for our own, and other Commerce bureaus and Federal

agencies on request.

• To establish a central and major Government resource in the automatic

data processing field. Under this heading we will be providing the tech- nical base for standardization in the computer field and developing ways

of using computers for new tasks and for using them more efficiently on

old tasks. The last two responsibilities were assigned to us during fiscal year 1965.

• Our Central Radio Propagation Laboratory in Boulder, Colorado has

also been given major additional responsibilities. It has been asked to provide the nation with space environment information and prediction

services and to extend its support to the nation's telecommunications industry to cover the infra-red and optical portions of the electromagnetic

spectrum. On the other hand, this important part of the NBS is scheduled,

during fiscal year 1966. to become a key component of a new agency, the Environmental Science Services Administration, created by the President's Reorganization Plan No. 2, which was presented in fiscal year 1965. The

Bureau once again has made a major contribution in the creation of a new

scientific facility.

All of these recently assigned or expanded missions are described in greater detail in Section 3. These assignments are in addition to our traditional measurement re- sponsibilities, which in the meanwhile have grown extensively. There are

2
demands for increased accuracy and range of measurements, as well as

for expansion of our various measurement services—calibration, testing,

standard materials. Moreover, with the increasing complexity and sophistication of the science and engineering associated with measurement and

standards there has been a corresponding increase in costs—both of laboratory facilities and equipment and of professional manpower.

The Nation s scientific and technical capability depends in large part on

the capability of our measurement system. In a literal sense, measurement

is the pacemaker of progress. In this Age of Science and Technology, more and more of our activities depend upon the work of the scientist and

the engineer. This applies to economic activities no less than to the glamorous advances in space and defense programs.

Other nations of the world are harnessing the power of science and

technology. If we are to maintain our world position we will have to expand our science and technology, and if we are to do that, we must have

a national measurement system that unleashes our full potential for tech- nological growth.

MANAGEMENT PROGRESS

Maintaining a proper balance between our resources and our responsibilities has been particularly crucial this past year because of the coin- cidence of new or added responsibilities and added demands on the national

measurement capability with very limited fiscal resources. Several steps were taken to assess our resources, evaluate the relative urgency of our responsibilities, and deploy the resources to achieve optimum

results. An important move was the reorganization of the Bureau into four

Institutes, an action that had been taken 6 months before the fiscal year, but which did not fully operate until fiscal year 1965. The reorganization

facilitated a systems approach to problems by grouping related programs

under unified direction and by decentralizing management to permit closer evaluation and direction of program progress. Projects and programs were studied in the context of identified major

needs and in terms of their relationship to each other, to available resources, and to the probable requirements of the foreseeable future. As a result, extensive reprogramming was planned in fiscal 1965, to be completed in

fiscal year 1966, with the object of canceling or curtailing low priority

programs and of expanding those that would meet the most critical needs. About one million dollars was thus re-directed. One of the prime objectives of management during the year was to accelerate the reduction of activities performed by the Bureau which could

be done by private industry and other laboratories. This applied particularly to calibration services, where we seek to provide other laboratories

with self-calibration capability, thus making them less directly dependent

upon the Bureau. Self-calibration capability was also fostered by increased

5
emphasis on standard reference materials, independently reproducible

standards, and standard reference data. Improvement of measurement techniques and the dissemination of those

techniques to industry and others was another prime management target. This was primarily reflected in the increased effort to provide engineering

measurements and standards, the means by which industry can adapt

laboratory measurement techniques to field measurement problems in comparatively difficult environments.

Still another objective was increased emphasis on development of engineering standards based on performance criteria rather than on a particular

configuration and use of materials, and of test methods to measure con- formance with the standards. This was especially important in the field of building and construction.

A major example of the use of a broad approach to management problems and agency goals was the decision, arrived at during fiscal 1965, to transfer the Central Radio Propagation Laboratory to the newly established

Environmental Science Services Administration. The decision was based on an analysis of CRPL's programs and the resultant determination that they were more closely related to environmental research than to measure- ment and standards. Another example is our program on atomic energy levels. As the result of the effects of the NBS Atomic Physics Division, various workers in the

field throughout the world have combined their resources and voluntarily

divided up the work, each taking parts in his own area of competence, all operating under the leadership of NBS. This example illustrates how the systems approach can be applied not only to the management of programs

carried on within the Bureau but to coordination with activities going on

outside the Bureau and throughout the world. The Research Associate Plan, which has made its contributions over the years by making it possible for industry to obtain direct access to the staff and facilities of the National Bureau of Standards for the solutions of problems of industrial and National significance is currently being re-em- phasized and revitalized. Under the program, industrial and professional

organizations send their representatives to NBS for collaborative research

with our staff. The current objectives of the Research Associate Program are twofold.

First, establish joint NBS-industry task forces where the special competences and measurement facilities of NBS make this environment especially well suited to the solution of selected problems. Second, to make NBS

more quickly responsive to new needs that arise in industry that the Bureau

can meet. During the fiscal year new Research Associate plans were begun in fire research, the early detection of the deterioration of plastics, the use of the laser for length measurements, the causes and prevention of blemishes on microfilm, and cavitation problems in cryogenic fluids.

4
During the coming year, additional Research Associate plans are being

developed in the fields of metallurgy, cryogenics, radio standards, textile standards and automatic data processing. The last will receive special

emphasis in view of the Bureau's role in assisting the Federal Government

in making optimum use of ADP equipment.

The LaQue Panel of the Commerce Technical Advisory Board, an ad- visory group to the Secretary, recommended that a new Federally-chartered

institute be established to coordinate voluntary standardization activities in the Lnited States. The proposed institute would be based on a reconsti- tuted American Standards Association, and would include a Division of Consumer Affairs. The Panel recommended continuation of the Commodity Standards Pro- gram at the Bureau, with the suggestion that procedures be improved. The

Panel also urged more effective participation by the United States in the development of international standards. It further suggested a comprehensive study of building codes. The Panel report has been circulated to trade associations, industrial groups, and others for comment. No action was taken on its recommendations during the year except that the Commodity Standards Program was

strengthened to provide for more critical review and better technical back-up

of voluntary standards. NBS AS A SCIENTIFIC LABORATORY

Because of the all-pervasive importance of measurement, it was inevitable

that the Nation's central measurement laboratory would become a focus

of wide-ranging scientific and technical competence, covering the entire spectrum of the physical and engineering sciences. NBS is the largest Government general-purpose laboratory in the physical

sciences and engineering, and one of the largest public or private installa- tions in the world. Its competence in certain fields is recognized and

respected the world over. The Bureau's scientific activity has been particularly distinguished in recent decades in the fields of: Atomic and molecular physics and spec- troscopy, a whole new field of intermediate energy atomic physics opened

by NBS, chemical physics, thermodynamics, theoretical physics, statistical mechanics, crystallography, analytical chemistry, polymers, metallurgy,

cryogenics.

The Bureau's scientists and engineers, which constitute a high percentage

of total staff, perform many research projects for other Government agencies. The extent of the demand for the Bureau's scientific and technical

services is evidenced by the fact that about 40 percent of the Bureau's annual expenditures involve payments to it by other agencies for services rendered. See page 124. Even more important than the extent of the Bureau's work, however, is the quality of its work and the reputation it builds.
All of the major programs of the Bureau require the utmost in skill and

competence. Otherwise the programs will not fill the needs they are de- signed to meet. For example: The accuracy with which measurement

standards can be reproduced and disseminated limits the reliability and

accuracy of all exchanges derived from the standards. Thus the laboratory

responsible for establishing and disseminating the measurement standards

must provide leadership in the science of measurement. Similarly the Bureau's Standard Reference Materials program requires excellence in materials preparation and characterization; the Standard Reference Data

Aerial view of new NBS sile at Gaithersburg, Md.

program requires extreme skill in data analysis and coordination, and the Engineering Standards program must have unusual competence in the development of product performance criteria and methods of testing. This

need for excellence was well summarized in 1953 by the ad hoc committee

which evaluated the function and operation of the National Bureau of Standards in relation to national needs: "It is not sufficient to have fairly

good standards of measurement, fairly good methods of testing materials,

mechanisms, or structures, or reasonably good determinations of important

physical constants. The standards, the measurements, the test procedures

must be the very best, the most accurate, the most reliable that can possibly

be achieved at any given time, limited only by the state of the art at the

time. It is thus more than a play on words to say that the 'standards' by

which the Bureau is judged must be the very highest and best."

6

n
The Bureau's record of achievement is well known, probably more so

to the scientific and technical community than to the general public. As an example of the range and importance of our current work, here are a few

scientific developments of the past year:

Improving the Time Standard.—A thallium beam clock, undergoing

tests and evaluation, may replace the cesium beam clock. The same

principle applies to both clocks, yet, thallium's atomic resonance is less sensitive to magnetic fields and has a simpler spectrum. Improvement

by an order of magnitude is possible.

Paralleling this effort is the promising research on the hydrogen

maser. Initial tests produced unexcelled stability over short time periods.

Importantly, the hydrogen atom acts as an oscillator and not a resonator —putting out its own signal. It also has an extremely fine spectral line and is independent of magnetic fields. Nevertheless, the frequency

stability for long time periods must be evaluated before the usefulness

as a time standard is known.

New Theory for Predicting Atomic and Molecular Parameters.—

A

theoretical framework was devised to predict atomic and molecular

parameters previously unobtainable or extremely difficult to obtain

experimentally. Many experiments to determine electronic wave functions and speeds of chemical reactions can now be removed from the laboratory and constructed in the computer.

Automatic Length Measurements with Laser Successful.—NBS successfully calibrated a line standard of length against the wavelength of light

given off by a laser in its automatic fringe-counting interferometer. The

accuracy obtained was 1.8 parts in 10°. This is believed to be the first time a laser was used in length measurement, and the accomplishment

opens the way for programmed machine tools based on the laser as a length-measuring device.

First Superconducting Oxide-type Semiconductor.—The first super- conductivity of an oxide-type semiconductor was observed in a low

temperature experiment on the semiconductor, strontium titanate. The

discovery is of immediate value in the development of high-field industrial magnets and compact superspeed computers. In addition, the capability of predicting which semiconducting materials will be superconductive is enhanced.

Ultra-purification.—A new purification technique was developed which

appears to make possible for the first time the preparation of what would

in effect be absolutely perfect and pure crystals. Impurity is reduced by

a factor of as much as 104 in each half-hour stage of operation, and it

is believed that any number of stages can be employed with the same

degree of improvement and no recontamination.

7
The purest copper ever achieved has been prepared by NBS scientists. The large single crystals are so pure that no impurities can be detected by any measurement method now available. They are about 30 times

purer than any copper prepared previously.

Because of the Bureau's eminence in the scientific community, its participation and advice are sought by a variety of technical bodies.

Such groups as Congressional and executive scientific committees, and

ad hoc groups formed to advise the Government on some specific problem

often use the Bureau as a resource. Congress often looks to the Bureau as the source of Federal scientific and technical competence in such legislative

proposals as studies of the Metric System, automatic data processing, etc. Various professional societies depend on NBS participation in their work. Much of the material published by such groups as the American

Standards Association and the American Society for Testing and Materials

rests on a base of NBS research and technical data, and NBS people are important workers on the committees through which such organizations

make their decisions. NBS is host and sponsor to many scientific meetings each year. Such

gatherings not only meet under Bureau auspices, but also profit from the contributions of NBS people to the actual program.

To spread its measurement competence to the production line—to dis- pense know-how as well as standards—NBS instituted measurement seminars. At these seminars, held at the Bureau, representatives from science

and industry who are making and using measurements on the firing line, are instructed by NBS experts in the subtleties of their field. The staff of the National Bureau of Standards is a major influence throughout the world of science and technology. The papers of NBS

workers are a major contribution to this country's scientific and technical

literature, whether they appear in the Bureau's own publications or in the outside technical journals. Through their activities in personal contacts with other scientists at meetings, in the laboratory, even through such

informal work as lecturing at schools on all levels, NBS people provide

this important and diffused "leadership" so necessary to the health of the national measurement system and the advance of the Nation's science and

technology.

A burgeoning new field of opportunity for the Bureau is in direct cooperation with the academic community on problems of mutual interest. An

outstanding example of this type of cooperation is the Joint Institute for Laboratory Astrophysics, a project of NBS and the University of Colorado.

JILA, using the staff of both institutions, carries on both research and

instruction in the field of laboratory astrophysics. It has drawn scientists for work and study from all over the world, as well as inquiries on its operations from many countries who wish to use this cooperative principle on projects of their own. Now the Bureau is exploring the possibilities of

a
establishing a similar project with the universities of the Washington, D. C,

area to cover a much wider range of topics.

With its mandate and concern for the leadership of the Nation's measure- ment system, it is only natural for the Bureau to take the highest interest in the development of its staff, and in scientific education in general. NBS

was a pioneer in the training programs which are now fairly common

throughout the Government. The NBS Graduate School offers both graduate and undergraduate courses in the physical sciences, mathematics, and

engineering. The Graduate School operations in both Washington and in Boulder, Colo., are in cooperation with local universities. NBS also sponsors training for its employees in outside institutions, where the study is job-related, under the Government Employees Training Act of 1958.

In its own laboratories, the Bureau serves a specific educational function

in addition, of course, to the normal development expected for a technical worker on the job. NBS offers Postdoctoral Research Associateships to young scientists of exceptional ability, enabling them to further their re- search and education by working with outstanding men in their own field at the Bureau. On yet another level, the Bureau opens its laboratories to undergraduate

students through its Student Trainee Summer Program. This program

offers an integrated work-study program for college students majoring in the physical sciences, mathematics, and engineering.

NBS is also active in various interagency training programs. An example

is the Department of Commerce's Science and Technology Fellowship Pro- gram, which enables employees to broaden their backgrounds through

special courses and special assignments in agencies other than their own. Through this program, the Department produces scientifically-oriented

managers with the broad outlook necessary for top management positions.

( See page 132 in the Appendix for the year's developments in staff train- ing and education programs.)

At the end of fiscal year 1965, the operation of the Bureau's programs

under Institutes had been underway for a year and a half.

,0,

II

INSTITUTE FOR BASIC STANDARDS

In support of the general mission of the National Bureau of Standards,

the Institute for Basic Standards ( IBS) provides the central basis within the United States of a complete and consistent system of physical measure- ment; coordinates that system with measurement systems of other nations;

and furnishes essential services leading to accurate and uniform physical

measurements throughout the Nation's scientific community, industry, and

commerce.

This central base consists of a complete, consistent set of units and

national standards for physical measurement having precision and accu- racy matched to national needs. It is accompanied by a chain of measure- ment extending to such multiples and submultiples as are needed for continued technological advancement.

The coordination of this measurement system with the systems of other nations is based upon NBS participation in various international groups

such as the General Conference on Weights and Measures or its International

Committee on Weights and Measures. In addition, NBS conducts official liaison with the International Bureau of Weights and Measures. Actual sys- tem compatability is achieved legally by securing necessary U. S. legislation

to implement the international agreements and technically by insuring that our own standards are consistent with such agreements.

The essential IBS services providing accurate uniform measurement fall into four main categories:

I. Provision for direct or indirect calibration services leading to a cali- bration chain throughout the Nation such that all measuring instruments

may be consistent with the national standards.

II. Provision for measurements and services leading to a coordinated

national activity producing critically evaluated, accurate, consistent, reliable data on the physical constants and properties of substances.

III. Publication and dissemination of the results of research and development to provide information on how to make meaningful, consistent, accurate and precise physical measurements.

II
IV. Service to the rest of Government providing consulting and advisory

services and special research assistance on those problems for which IBS

has unique competence.

In this context the goal of IBS activity becomes quite clear. It should,

and must, undertake the necessary fundamental and applied research and

development to maintain, extend and improve the national standards to meet current needs, to be active and knowledgeable at the frontiers of measurements in order to forsee impending needs in time to meet them,

to provide effective, efficient coupling mechanisms to insure that the necessary uniformity and accuracy are available throughout the Nation

and to do all this in the minimum number of areas and ranges required

by the Nation's citizens, scientists, engineers, industry, commerce, and

national programs.

Improved measurement leads to new advances in science; in turn, new

advances in science lead to improved measurement capability. Thus we

expect, and find, among the accomplishments delineated in this report

those which reflect immediate advances to the measurement system and

those which reflect not only improvements in measurement but at the same

time improvements in our basic knowledge and fundamental contributions

to science itself. PHYSICAL QUANTITIES, CONSTANTS AND

CALIBRATION SERVICES

Six basic international qualities—those for length, mass, time, temperature, electrical current and luminous intensity—are the foundation of the

International System of Units. From these six are derived approximately

thirty-six additional quantities; the total of forty-two quantities are the

basis of our system of physical measurement. At present, the major items in the Bureau's measurement and calibra- tion services cover the forty-two basic and derived quantities. As new

horizons appear in science and technology, there will be continual shifts of emphasis in the Bureau's R&D program to provide measurement and

calibration services for new quantities, to extend ranges, and to improve

accuracies.

The Institute for Basic Standards maintains U. S. national reference standards for these units. Since the standards for some of them are es- tablished on the basis of physical constants and agreed on relationships,

it is theoretically possible for any laboratory to establish its own reference standards independently. However, for the sake of maintaining consistency

among various laboratories operating throughout the Nation, it is pref- erable to establish these standards on a national basis and to calibrate reference standards for the various laboratories throughout the Nation on the basis of the national standards. IBS takes responsibility for this task.

12
The dissemination of a uniform system of standards for measurement

takes many forms, from calibrating material objects, such as meter bars,

steel tapes, and gage blocks owned by the various laboratories involved,

to furnishing laboratories with samples of material calibrated in terms of the standards, or to describing the properties of readily reproduced materials that can furnish a basis for measurement.

Inevitably, challenging research and development problems arise as a

result of efforts to accomplish these missions. Some problems involve the application of new scientific tools to particular measurement capabilities,

and their solution calls for cooperative efforts, both within NBS and with

other laboratories. The following specific program accomplishments and improved calibra- tion services related to five of the six basic international quantities were

realized in 1965:

INTERNATIONAL BASE UNITS

Length

The standard for length was established in 1960 by redefining the meter

in terms of the wavelength of a spectral line of the isotope krvpton 86. Shortly thereafter, it was experimentally demonstrated that proper ap- plication of the laser principle could further extend the precision of length measurements.

Laser Stability Studied.—Pursuing this new possibility a method was

devised and perfected to measure the wavelength stability of lasers by

direct interferometric comparison with a standard mercury lamp. The

stability of NBS-built and commercial gas lasers was tested with this method under various environmental and operational conditions. Laser Characteristics.—The optimum gas pressures and mixtures for

rf-excited infrared and visible helium-neon lasers were determined. The

characteristics and some of the optimal operation conditions of d-c-excited

lasers were also established. Laser Length Standard.—A visible helium-neon laser illuminating a fringe-counting Michelson interferometer was used to explore the possibility of extending the useful range of that interferometer to the full one-meter

length for which it was originally designed. The laser wavelength was

measured by comparative length measurement over a decimeter distance

using the interferometer with both the laser and a standard mercury-198

source. The length of a meter line standard was then measured with the

laser used as light source; the value obtained agreed with the assigned

length of the line standard to 18 parts in 100 million. New Laser Wavelength Measurement.—A precision spectroscopic meas- urement of laser wavelengths by direct comparison with primary krypton86 standard of wavelength was initiated. Gage Blocks.—This year's gage block calibration activity increased 36

percent from last year and confirms a continuing increase in demand for the

13
highest calibration accuracy. Continued demand could seriously stress these facilities in the future; a gage block R&D effort was continued this year in an effort to avoid such a problem.

Increased Measurement Accuracy.—Improved accuracy in measurement

of NBS standards will allow calibrations to be made routinely. Research

and development toward this goal has continued this year. Polarization

methods, theoretically capable of providing such improvement, have been

investigated. Necessary refinements in instrumentation and techniques

have been defined and are being introduced. Automation of calibration

instrumentation has been achieved by the development of the first fully

automated polarimeter.

Better Gage Block Material.—Another R&D approach to calibration problems is being undertaken through a continuing search for more stable gage block material. Greater stability of material will reduce the need for recalibrations, and thus lower the national demand on IBS. Out-of-House Calibration Activities.—With the development of the new

light-wave standard of length, it is considered feasible for large out-of- house calibration activities to duplicate present IBS measurement facilities. This activity has been promoted by providing laboratory training and

consultative, advisory, and committeeman work for metrological groups.

In some cases, a 90 percent reduction of NBS calibration requirements can

be realized by such action. Improved Length Scale Calibration.—Although length scales are widely

used on precision instrumentation throughout the Nation, IBS receives few

requests for their calibration, probably due to the inadequacy of present

calibration facilities. An automatic length scale interferometer designed to correct this inadequacy was completed this year. The range capability of the instrument was enhanced by incorporation of a laser source, and initial performance tests of the complete system indicate the probability of its use in routine calibration activity in the next fiscal year. Measurement of Long Gage Blocks.—The accuracy of length measure- ment on gage blocks between 5 and 50 inches is limited by the ability to obtain accurate measurements of temperature and pressure. Because of the great variation in thermal coefficients in blocks made by different manufacturers, temperature uncertainties of 0.005 °C cannot be tolerated. Consequently, the temperature measuring equipment for interferometric comparisons and absolute stepping measurements are being modernized. A

Hass barometer has been purchased and will permit more reliable pressure measurements.

Mass

A platinum iridium kilogram kept in the vault at Sevres, France is the International Standard of Mass. IBS has two platinum iridium replicas of this standard, as well as numerous additional mass standards of baser
metals. No promising proposals have been made to substitute a more modern standard for this unit nor does there seem to be any real need

for such. Efforts are therefore devoted toward improving the method of disseminating this international standard within the United States. Neiv Weighing Technique.—Improvements in the technique of elastic weighing are giving results comparable with those obtainable with the best platform balances. The elastic weighing procedure is particularly applicable

to the measurement of large masses in the 10 to 20 thousand pound range, where platform balances are cumbersome and expensive. With this tech- nique, highly portable equipment can be placed in any laboratory where

it is desired to compare large masses. This is particularly useful in cali- brating dead weight machines which in turn are used to calibrate load

cells for measuring rocket motor thrust. Calibration of Mass Standards.—A pilot program in the calibration of mass standards has recently been initiated, in accordance with the NBS

policy of providing calibration services only when they are not readily available elsewhere. This program extends a uniform methodology which

will allow the maximum utilization of currently installed measurement

equipment.

Frequency and Time

The NBS frequency standard uses as a reference a particular frequency

of the cesium atom. This standard also provides a basis for measuring

time, since one can use the frequency of the atom as a highly accurate

clock "pendulum"—an electronic system which essentially counts the "ticks" or oscillations of the cesium atom. A recent evaluation of this frequency

standard revealed that it has an accuracy of 5 parts in 1012—equivalent

to a loss of no more than one second in 6,000 years. The Atomic Frequency Standard.—The NBS frequency standards and

atomic clocks achieved new importance during the past year because of an agreement reached at the 12th General Conference of Weights and

Measures which met in Paris during October of 1964. This conference

recognized that while the basic unit of time—the second—is defined in astronomical terms (as a fraction of a particular year), national standards

laboratories customarily measure this unit with atomic frequency standards

because they are faster and more accurate. In view of this, the International Committee of Weights and Measures agreed that cesium beams

could be officially used to determine the unit of time. This is, however, a temporary decision, pending further developments in the field of atomic

frequency standards. The NBS Radio Standards Laboratory contributed

strongly to this new agreement both by developing what are probably the most accurate and carefully evaluated frequency standards in the world

and by contributing directly to the discussions in Paris. Atomic Standard Broadcasts on WWVB.—On January 1, 1965, the Radio

Standards Laboratory began broadcasting, via radio station WWVB, the

15
international unit of time as determined by the NBS cesium beam frequency

standards. Thus the NBS cesium beam frequency standards are now serv- ing as the national standard of both time and frequency, and for the first time, users can receive time signals based on an atomic time scale. Hydrogen Maser a Possible Frequency Standard.—A hydrogen maser

built at NBS was put into operation at the Radio Standards Laboratory and

is being evaluated as a primary standard of frequency. It is also being

used to study multiple quantum transitions. Atomic Beams.—An experiment with an atomic beam apparatus, in- volving comparison of cesium-beam devices, hydrogen masers, and a thallium

beam device, gave strong evidence that thallium may give better accuracy than cesium.

Oscillator Noise Investigated.—A self consistent treatment and a statis- tical model of "flicker" noise (one type of noise that is characteristic of quartz crystal oscillators) have been developed, along with elaborate methods of spectral classification of other types of noise. U. S. Frequency Standard Reevaluated.—An extensive error analysis has

been performed on the cesium-beam resonator (NBS-III) which is the U. S. Frequency Standard (USFS). This analysis revealed that frequency can be measured with a 99.9 percent confidence to an accuracy of 5 parts

in 1012 with the USFS. A portable clock experiment performed by the Hewlett-Packard Company, which compared the USFS with similar stand- ards of other laboratories, substantiated this figure.

Atomic Beam Phase Shifts.—A theoretical study of radiation-field- dependent frequency shifts in atomic beam resonances has provided an

important method of determining phase shifts in the atomic beam frequency

standards. This improved method and understanding should provide higher accuracy determinations for the USFS.

WWV, WWVB, WWVH Expand and Improve Services.—-With reference

to the dissemination of time and frequency standards, WWVB was shifted

to a frequency with zero offset in the spirit of the new definition of time

in terms of an atomic standard. In response to questionnaires to the users

of WWVB, more than 2,000 replies were received indicating the popularity

of this station. Plans for a new station WWV, at Fort Collins, Colo, were

developed during the year, and some of the contracts for its construction

have been completed. Also 2.5 MHz transmissions were added to WWVH

in Hawaii.

Very-Low-Frequency Experiments.—In an effort to devise a satisfactory

technique for precise timing at very low frequencies, using the highly

stable propagation characteristics of these frequencies, NBS has been ex- perimenting with multiple-frequency transmissions in the vicinity of 20kHz.

Two or more frequencies are transmitted alternately, and when received, these signals may be reconstituted to produce a beat frequency equal to the difference between the two signals transmitted. This beat then provides

16
markers which may be used to identify the cycle of the carrier which is "on-time."

Transmission problems have also been studied. Of primary concern is the control of carrier phases so they are precisely related to each other

at all times as they are transmitted. The characteristics of the receivers necessary to decipher these signals have also been studied. Low Frequency Broadcasts.—WWVB (60kHz) at Fort Collins, Colo,

has been prepared for more continuous service by the addition of a new

stand-by antenna capable of radiating about 1 kilowatt of power. When this

facility is completely established it will be possible to shift from main to stand-by facilities in a matter of several minutes, thus permitting subView from the top of one of the 400-ft towers whieh support antennas of the 60 and 20kHz VWVG and WWVL transmitting stations at Fort Collins, Colo.

stantially continuous service. To exploit this continuous type of service, a new time code suited to low-frequency transmissions has been designed and

equipment procured for its generation. This time code will allow the

identification of time markers to be directly recorded on chart recorders. Dissemination Research.—Studies of the propagation characteristics of

stations WWVB (60 kHz) and WWVL (20 kHz) were recently begun to determine the accuracy with which frequency and time signals may be

disseminated to any given site within each station's respective service area. (WWVB is designed to serve the continental United States, and WWVL

to meet U. S. needs in much of the rest of the world.)

17
High Frequency Broadcasts.—A new frequency (2.5 MHz) was added

to the broadcast of WWVH located in Maui, Hawaii. This frequency provides ground wave coverage of the Hawaiian Islands with improved ac- curacy capabilities.

WWV, now in Greenbelt, Md., will be relocated at Fort Collins, Colo. From this more central location, it will be able to provide better coverage

at higher accuracy for most of its customers. The move is planned for July 1, 1966.

Temperature

The thermodynamic temperature scale is defined by assigning a value

to the triple point of water. Then using thermodynamic relations and ap- propriate techniques, the scale is realized at points in other temperature

ranges. To provide a common basis for defining temperatures, IBS works

to realize the International Practical Temperature Scale (IPTS), the lower

limit of which is defined at 90 °K (-183 °C). Other scales have been

established at NBS to extend the practical range down to 2 °K.

Improved Temperature Scale.—A photoelectric pyrometer has been de- veloped with which the International Practical Temperature Scale (IPTS)

above the gold point, 1063 °C, is realized about ten times more accurately

than with the standard disappearing filament visual pyrometer. The in- strument has a temperature resolution of 0.2 °C, about 20 times better than the visual pyrometer.

The significantly greater resolution of the new pyrometer has served to reveal unpredicted sources of inaccuracy that were obscured in the visual pyrometer by the lack of observer precision. Pyrometer lamp instabilities remain the major limitation to accuracy, and their effect is minimized by

frequent recalibration. The IPTS has been realized with an estimated uncertainty (95 percent

confidence) of 0.07 °C at 1063 °C, 0.35 °C at 1650 °C, and 1.9 °C at 3730 °C. To correct for lamp drift, the pyrometer is recalibrated at the gold point after each 100 hours of use, and further recalibrated at other points in the low range after every 200 hours of use. Platinum Resistance Thermometer.—In an attempt to provide a more

accurately realizable International Practical Temperature Scale, the plati- num resistance thermometer is being studied as a possible instrument for interpolating between fixed points in the range 630.5 to 1063 °C. Thermometers have been designed and techniques worked out which show that these instruments should in fact be proposed for international adoption

as the specified means of interpolation.

New 4-20 °K Calibration Service.—A calibration service for germanium

resistance thermometers in the 4-20 °K range was initiated. The new NBS temperature scale, obtained with the acoustic thermometer, has been

transferred to six germanium thermometers which are used to check the customers' units.

18
Work is continuing to establish the absolute integrity of the new scale and to develop means for more accurately interpolating the resistance- temperature curve between calibration points.

Luminous Intensity

Early research at NBS led to the development of an international stand- ard for luminous intensity based upon the radiation from a black body at the temperature of freezing platinum. This unit—the candela—is defined

as the visible radiation from 1/60 of a square centimeter of this source. The development of higher temperature incandescent, fluorescent, and

vapor lamps has caused this standard to be less suitable than when it was

originally developed. Investigation of alternate methods of realizing this standard are thus under way. One proposal being investigated is to define the standard of luminous intensity by absolute photometry in terms of

the radiation in watts from a source multiplied by the response of the average human eye to radiation. The radiation produced by the source would be measured by comparing its thermal effect with the thermal

effect of a known electric current passed through a known electrical resistor. Absolute Photometry.—Two instruments intended for the direct measure- ment of irradiance in terms of electrical units are being studied. The first

is a thermoelectric instrument of the type designed by Guild of the National Physical Laboratory; the second is a resistance-type instrument of IBS design which uses a blackened cone as a receiver. In each instru- ment the temperature rise produced by the incident radiant energy is duplicated by a temperature rise produced with an internal electric heater. The electric power required to produce this rise is then measured by conventional methods, the incident radiant power being equal to the electric power, subject to correction. This power can then be converted to luminous

units. The two instruments have been assembled, and preliminary tests have been completed.

Electric Current

Activities in this area are described along with the other electrical quantities.

MECHANICAL QUANTITIES

Force

Force is a derived mechanical quantity equal to the product of mass

times acceleration. In the International System, the unit of force is the Newton, defined as that force which, when acting on a one kilogram mass,

will give the mass an acceleration of one meter per second per second. At

present in the United States it is customary to use the units of pound

force or kilogram force. These are the forces which, acting on masses of one pound or one kilogram, will produce an acceleration of 9.80665 meters

per second per second, which is the acceleration due to gravity.

19
Dead Weight Machines.—The most convenient method of obtaining

accurately reproducible forces for the calibration of transfer standards is by means of dead weight machines. In such instruments, the force of the

earth's attraction on the dead weight masses is applied to the device being

calibrated. It is desirable to adjust the dead weight masses to take ac- count of air buoyancy and the difference between the acceleration due to

Deadweights prior to installation in three large-capacitv deadweight machines

at NBS. The 50,000-lb weights are 10 feet in diameter; the 1,000-lb weights

are 3 feet in diameter.

gravity at the site of the dead weight machine and the standard value of 9.80665 meters per second. To provide the needed local value of accelera- tion due to gravity, an absolute determination, involving the measurement

of the time required for quartz rods to fall known distances in a vacuum,

has recently been completed. The results, which will be released shortly,

provide the local value used in adjusting the masses to an accuracy of about one part in two million. New Standards for Force Measurements.—Three new deadweight machines with 112,000- 300,000- and 1,000,000-pound force capacities have

been manufactured, adjusted, and placed in operation. These machines

provide approximately 9 times the deadweight capability previously avail- able for calibrations of force measuring devices. Devices calibrated with

these machines will be used as "transfer standards"; They will also be

used directly in critical applications such as measuring rocket and jet

engine thrusts, and weighing rockets and rocket components. Uses of the

20
transfer standards will include calibrations of testing machines for de- termining mechanical properties of materials. They can also be used as laboratory and plant standards for calibrating other force measuring

devices. Forces applied with these machines are derived from the acceleration

due to gravity acting on the dead weight masses carefully adjusted to compensate for both gravity and air buoyancy such that the applied loads

are in units of pound force. Errors in the applied forces do not exceed

0.002 percent, 10 times better than the older machines, and up to 50 times

better than the previously used procedures and equipment for measuring

1,000.000 lb loads. Besides the increased accuracy, substantial savings

21
in the time required to calibrate the larger devices has been realized. For

example, time required to calibrate 300,000 lb-f and 1,000,000 lb-f capacity

elastic force measuring devices in compression has been reduced about 30

and 50 percent, respectively.

Pressure

Work has continued on more precise determination of pressure scale reference points. This included preliminary measurements of the transi- tion pressure for change in the crystalline form of bismuth (the Bi I-II transition near 400,000 psi). The work was done with a dead-weightloaded free-piston gage, and is believed to be the highest pressure at which

this type of instrument has been successfully used. At lower pressure, work was initiated on an investigation of air- lubricated piston gages for possible use as standards of absolute pressure

in the range near one atmosphere. If this work is successful, it may be

feasible to supplant the mercury column as a reference device in many

cases, thus providing a standard with substantially improved characteristics. Vacuum

A Vacuum Measurement Section has been established in IBS as a separate entity to emphasize effort in a much needed area.

Absolute Instruments for Low Pressure Measurement.-—In the range

down to 10~ 5 torr, successful preliminary work has been completed on

liquid column instruments of two types, with liquid surface displacement

for the higher pressures being measured by micrometer driven point- contacts and for the lower pressures being measured by interferometric means. Work has been completed on a micrometer manometer which employs a silicone oil as the manometric fluid. The measurement uncertainty

is 4 x 10-4torr with a least count of about 1 x 10~ 4 torr.

Stable Pressure Generator.—The design of a balanced flow pressure

facility to obtain stabilities of 1 part in a 1000 over the range 10~ 3 to 10 -8

torr has been completed and construction has begun. The facility will give a stable environment with which a number of absolute procedures can be compared. Design aspects stem from previous molecular flow

research.

Calibration Service.—A formal calibration service has been initiated for the range 1 to 1000 millitorr utilizing precision liquid columns, such

as the NBS micrometer manometer, as reference standards. A console vacuum calibration facility is nearing completion; it will permit this work

to be carried out with proper vacuum environments on a repetitive basis.

Vibration Measurements.—An improved secondary standard for comparison calibration of vibration pickups was built. Inaccuracy in earlier comparison calibrations usually arose because the two pickups being com22
pared did not experience the same motion at all frequencies and because

the loading effect of the pickups and their mounting fixture caused

unbalance.

Vibration Pickup Calibration.—The accuracy attainable in calibrating

vibration pickup above 2000 Hz was increased by improvements in the design of piezoelectric vibration exciters. At frequencies below 2000 Hz

the electrical measurements required for vibration pickup calibration consist of voltage ratio determinations. A new circuit for determining a-c voltage ratios was developed and found to be superior to earlier methods

in senstivity. convenience, and speed. It uses a sensitive inductive voltage

divider to reduce the larger of two signals to the level of the smaller. Thermocouples are used to convert the a-c signals to d-c so that they can be balanced.

Vibration Pickup Calibration by Interferometry.—The measurements re- quired for vibration pickup calibration by photometric interferometry are

voltage and frequency. New equipment was obtained to convert these

quantities to digital signals and couple them to a tape punch. This ar- rangement ensures that the two quantities are determined simultaneously,

minimizes errors in reading and recording data, and presents the data in a form suitable for use with a digital computer.

Microphone Calibration.—Using an anechoic—echo and reverberation

free—chamber, measurements were begun on the ratio of the perpendicular

to grazing-incidence response of standard microphones to plane sound

waves. At frequencies above 10 kHz, it was found that the response of high-quality condenser microphones at grazing incidence is a function of the angular position of a microphone on its own axis of symmetry; it is

felt that asymmetrical vibrations of the circular diaphragm occur and cause

this effect. This was confirmed by observations of the sound pressure produced in a closed cavity by a condenser microphone used as a source

of sound. It was concluded that for the utmost accuracy in calibrating

a reference standard microphone, the propagation of sound waves during

a calibration should be perpendicular to the plane of its diaphragm.

Humidity Calibration Service.—A service for the calibration of humiditymeasuring instruments was initiated for both government agencies and the

public. Instruments suitable for use as laboratory or plant standards are being accepted for calibration. The calibrations are normally performed

by subjecting the instrument under test to atmospheres of known moisture

content produced by the NBS two-pressure humidity generator which, in turn, has been calibrated against the NBS standard gravimetric hygrometer. Calibration results are reported in terms of dewpoint temperature

(°C), mixing ratio (grams of water vapor/kilogram dry air), volume

ratio (parts of water vapor/million parts of dry air), or relative humidity

(percent).

23
ELECTRICAL QUANTITIES—DC

Resistance Ratios

Mathematical analysis of a compensated series-parallel resistance box

showed that it is feasible to construct a d-c resistance ratio standard

(100:1) having an inaccuracy of only 1 part in 100 million. Voltage

Zener Diode Studies.-—Studies of zener diodes were conducted and show

that some types in the 9-volt range exhibit voltage stability to 5 parts per million over a 4-year period.

Voltage Transformer Test Set.-—A new type of voltage-transformer test set has been developed. It is compact and portable, has a large useful frequency range and surpasses present sets in accuracy by one to two

orders of magnitude. The test set can compare voltage ratios to 2 parts per million, and phase angles to 15 microradians.

Current Ratio Standards

An international comparison of the new NBS a-c current transformers

and the magnetic balance a-c current comparators of NRC in Canada has

independently verified that the accuracy of each type is known to a few parts per million or better over a wide range of audio frequencies. These two

very different types of ratio standards are very important devices for estab- lishing the scale of alternating current. Their excellent performance should

open up new possibilities for current-sensitive instruments and standards

as well as to provide much more accurate calibration services for current transformers.

New Compensated Current Comparator

A "compensated current comparator" has been designed and constructed,

using principles developed at NRC (Canada), with improvements in shield- ing and other details. It is intended as a standard for calibrating current transformers from 1 to 1000 amperes and low-audio frequencies (up to

1 kHz). Preliminary measurements where performance (according to NRC's experience) would be expected to be poorest show errors of less than 0.1 part per million up to 400 Hz, 0.4 parts per million at 1 kHz, and

less than 3 parts per million at 5 kHz.

Absolute Electrical Measurements

New Standard Capacitors.—A bank of ten picofared standard capacitors

has been completed and has undergone extensive testing. These capacitors

contain fused silica dielectrics, and are improvements on an earlier NBS

design. They appear to be unstable by less than 2 parts in 10 million per

year, and have been successfully shipped via parcel post with no observable change in value. Some of these capacitors will be used in an in- ternational comparison of capacitance in the coming fiscal year.

24
New Voltage Dependence Measurement Technique.—A technique for measuring the dependence of capacitance upon voltage in three-terminal

standards has been developed. Measurements on some standards were

carried out to an uncertainty of about 1 part in a billion. This work is an essential part of the process for comparing transportable capacitors

with a calculable standard, and will also be used in conjunction with a proposed absolute determination of the ohm.

Audio-Frequency Admittance Bridge Designed.—Design studies for a very wide range audio-frequency admittance bridge have been completed,

and construction is under way. The bridge will be used to compare ad- mittance from 1 to 10 -s mho with an uncertainty of a few parts in 109 from 160 Hz to 16000 Hz. The bridge makes use of multi-stage trans- formers and multiple null balances with weighing networks.

AC-DC Transfer Standards

All measurements of alternating current and voltage ultimately depend

on a-c-d-c transfer standards which compare the a-c quantity with a d-c value derived from the basic standard cells and resistors. The Bureau has

recently determined that the a-c-d-c difference of its new reference group

of 5 and 10 miliiampere thermoelements is less than 2 parts per million over the full range of audio frequencies—more than an order of magnitude

better than any transfer standards heretofore available. This development

will ultimately provide a firmer base for the construction and calibration

of new types of commercial units, such as improved a-c voltage standards,

which are now stable to better than 100 parts per million (0.01 percent).

Voltage Ratio Detector for Millivolt Signals

A ratio detector for measuring ratios of a-c or d-c signals 5 millivolts or larger was designed. Two ratio detectors have been put into operation, one in the calibration of transfer standards of vibration and the other

in research on internal damping of solids. Ratios are determined with

a precision divider which has an accuracy better than 0.001 percent and

sufficient sensitivity and stability to indicate differences between two signals

of 0.01 percent. Important characteristics of this design are that the meas- urement is independent of the wave shape and phase difference of the signals,

and when two devices operate in series, the measured ratio is not affected by small changes in the amplitude of vibration.

ELECTRICAL QUANTITIES—RADIO

Low-Frequency Calibration

Voltage Standards.—The NBS voltage standards at the Boulder and

Washington laboratories have continued to remain in agreement within a few parts in 10 million, determined by measurements on a traveling group

of saturated standard cells.

25
Wire Winding Technique for Resistors.—A-c-d-c difference errors in mica-card wire-wound resistors have been successfully controlled by employing a special winding technique developed over a period of several

years. These resistors are used as voltage multipliers in thermal voltage

converters. A recently constructed set of thermal voltage converters has

a-c—d-c difference errors less than 0.001 percent over the frequency range

of 20 Hz to 50 kHz. The latest results indicate that at least some of the converters have very small errors up to 1 MHz.

Inductive Voltage Divider Calibrations.—Multi-section inductive voltage

dividers having calculable relative errors were used as a basis for calibra- tions on inductive voltage dividers with limits of error of ±0.2 x 10 _G at 100 Hz and ±2 x 10-° at 10,000 Hz. Manganin Strip Temperature Determined.—It was determined experimentally that the temperature in the center of 2.5 mm thick manganin

strip does not differ from the surface temperature by more than 0.05 °C

while the manganin strip is carrying a current of approximately 10 amperes

per centimeter of width. Hence, the precise determination of manganin

temperature, which is required for the purpose of applying accurate corrections, may be made by affixing a thermocouple to the surface.

High-Frequency Electrical Standards

Coaxial Junction Intercomparison.—A coaxial "tee" junction developed

during the year allows intercomparison of rf voltage measuring devices at frequencies up to 100 MHz with an uncertainty no greater than 1 percent

regardless of the input impedances of the devices. Formerly, intercomparison uncertainties as large as 10 percent were common.

International Radio-Frequency Intercomparison.—Intercomparison of radio-frequencv power standards was completed between the United States and Canada. This was done at two frequencies, 300 MHz and 1000 MHz,

using a directional coupler-bolometer mount combination as a transfer standard. The transfer standard was first calibrated at the National Research Council, hand carried to NBS-Boulder Laboratories, and calibrated

again, using the U. S. coaxial reference standard calorimeter. The dif- ference between measurements in the two countries was 0.11 percent at 300 MHz and 0.24 percent at 1000 MHz.

Power Pulse Standard Frequency Range Extended.—The frequency

range of the rf peak pulse power reference standard was extended to include the frequencies from 300 to 500 MHz. This new band augments

the 900 to 1200 MHz band in which calibration service has already been

established. The power range extends from 0.2mW to 2kW with an uncertainty of 3 percent. Work is in progress to further extend the measure- ment range to the 2000 to 2500 MHz band.

RF Power Standard Modified.-—The dry-load coaxial rf power reference standard calorimeter was modified and evaluated for use at frequencies up

26
to 4000 MHz. Formerly the frequency range extended only to 1000 MHz.

The calorimeter measures rf power in the range 0.02 to 5 watts with an

estimated uncertainty no greater than 0.5 percent up to 4000 MHz. It serves as the basis for a new calibration service established at 3000 MHz.

Thermal Noise Generator.—A liquid-nitrogen-cooled thermal noise generator has been built to serve as an interim standard of noise power at 30 MHz. The generator source impedance is adjustable, drift is less than

150 ppm per hour, and temperature is constant to better than 0.05 °K

over long periods of time. This generator is being used in the development

of a calibration capability for random noise generators.

Hydraulic Method Produces Small Displacements.—A hydraulic method

for producing small displacements is being investigated for use in the

piston adjustment of a waveguide-below-cutoff attenuator. The system consists of a cylindrical cavity filled with hydraulic fluid.

Field Strength Computation.—A highly efficient procedure was developed

for computing the complex vector radiation pattern and the far field of large circular antennas from near field data.

High-Frequency Impedance Standards

Technique Determines Inductance.—A general numerical integration

technique was developed for determining the self and mutual inductance

as well as current distribution in systems of rectangular conductors. This

technique is convergent to one part in 10s

. Study of Ammeter Errors.—A comprehensive error analysis has been

developed to optimize the operation of the electrodynamic ammeter. This

instrument will provide a standard of radio-frequency current and con- sequently act as an independent check on high frequency power and voltage

standards. The analysis include such things as the mutual inductance be- tween a ring and a coaxial line as a function of position and orientation, errors due to mechanical imperfections, and effects of image current due

to the ring on the walls of the system.

Resistor Ratio Instrument.—A new versatile ratio instrument has been

developed which can compare resistors with ratios from 1 to 10,000 to 6-place accuracy. The use of tetrahedral junctions which eliminate trans- resistance errors makes the instrument possible. Not only can the instru- ment serve to measure high ratios more accurately, but it also serves as a

universal ratio set, a direct reading ratio set, a set of 4-terminal resistance standards, and a 2- or 4-terminal 6-decade resistance box.

Coaxial Line Measurement.—Two significant developments were made

in coaxial line measurement techniques. A floating tool technique now

makes it possible to machine coaxial line standards to tolerances of 10

to 20 micro-inches over a 30 inch length. This is an order of magnitude

improvement in the standards which serve as the basis for high frequency

impedance measurements. Second, the NBS-designed critical mating con27
figurations have been accepted to standardize 7 mm precision coaxial connectors and are being used by major manufacturers in this country and

abroad as the basis for their new precision connectors and instruments.

Standardization of connectors used on precision electronic instruments

makes possible assembly of high frequency circuits in a "tinkertoy"

fashion with high precision and accuracy. This results in much improved

performance with a considerable saving in time and money.

High Frequency Capacitor Standard.—A new set of capacitors has been

put into operation to maintain the unit of high frequency capacity. They

range from 100 to 100,000 picofarads. A computer program developed

for intercomparing the capacitors gives initial stability and comparison

precision sufficient to produce a standard deviation of around 30 parts per

million without special temperature control.

High-Frequency Calibrations

During 1965, existing calibration services were expanded and extended,

and new services, such as peak pulse power calibrations, were added. CW

power bolometer calibrations, interrupted in 1963, were restored with a much lower calibration charge and with inaccuracy reduced by better than

50 percent. Every high frequency calibration service has been extended

either in frequency, accuracy, or both. Customer Liaison.—Emphasis has been placed on achieving closer

liaison with the customers to better determine their needs and to acquaint

them with services which are available. As a result there has been an in- crease in the number of calibrations requested, and it is felt that an even

greater increase will be shown in the future. High Frequency Coaxial Calibrations.-—Because of the new precision

coaxial connectors which the Bureau helped greatly to develop, most coaxial

calibrations are now made at frequencies well above 1 GHz. The demand

for higher frequency coaxial calibrations has been heavy. In many cases

services have been ahead of the demand, and plans are to extend services

to the extent made possible by the new components.

Immittance Calibrations Improved.—Increased accuracies of an order

of magnitude or more are now being offered in immittance calibrations,

partly as a result of the new precision connectors. This has resulted in a

definite increase in immittance calibrations and should lead eventually to the recalibration of all such equipment in the country.

Microwave Standards

International Comparisons.—International comparisons were made dur- ing the year of impedance standards of Canada and the United States and

of power standards of the United Kingdom and the United States. X-Band Calibration Service.—Pending establishment of a permanent

phase-shift calibration service in the Electronic Calibration Center, an

28
interim X-band service was provided by the Microwave Circuit Standards

Section. Ten phase-shifters from the Army, Navy, Air Force, and several corporations were calibrated. Transfer Technique Promotes Better Services.—The technique of trans- ferring calibrations between power meters with different input waveguides

has been refined to the point where it may now be employed with items

having the type N connector. As a result, the announcement of a coaxial

bolometer mount calibration service at a frequency of 9 GHz is imminent,

and extension to other frequencies is envisioned.

High Power X-Band Source.—A high power X-band with an unpre- cedented combination of amplitude and frequency characteristics has been

developed for use in a traveling-wave oscilloscope beam-deflection system.

The source uses ultra-stable frequency control circuits modified to permit

continuous frequency adjustment. Its output frequency is tunable be- tween 9.8 GHz and 10 GHz with an accuracy and resolution of one hertz. The supply will deliver any output power in the range 1 to 750 watts with

0.1 percent per hour stability.

Quarter Wave Technique.—Analysis of a quarter-wave technique, i.e., a

technique based on the use of a precision quarter-wave section as a "loss- less" 180° phase-shifter, has pointed the way to experimentally simplified

measurement of impedance and related quantities in limited areas. It was

shown, both through theory and experiment, that in using an untuned

reflectometer to measure reflection coefficients, the quarter-wave procedure

eliminates the effect of the directivity factor and reduces to second order the

effect of generator reflection. The new approach is well adapted to use

in precision coaxial systems in the frequency range 100 to 1000 MHz.

Coaxial Waveguide Reflectometer.—Coaxial waveguide reflectometers covering the frequency range 8 to 18 GHz were constructed and used in the evaluation of precision connectors for 7 mm coaxial lines. This work

is a part of a connector improvement and standardization program spon- sored by the IEEE and involving national and foreign corporations.

Millimeter Wave Studies.—Millimeter wave progress has included the evaluation at 70 GHz of the two most popular commercial millimeter wave

connectors and the phase-locking of a 155 GHz carcinotron to a National

Working-Standard Frequency.

Microwave Calibrations

Two international comparisons in microwave attenuation measurements

were made during the year. Fixed waveguide attenuators in WR 90 waveguide were used for insertion loss measurement comparisons at 10.0 GHz

with Canada, and a variable waveguide attenuator in WR 284 waveguide was used for attenuation difference comparisons at 3.0 GHz with Sweden.

Microwave Power.—A microwave power calibration system was de- veloped for the measurement of low-level, cw power in WR 112 waveguide

29
(7.05 to 10.0 GHz). In the interest of speeding up the calibration service, an existing waveguide microcalorimeter, designed for use in WR 90 (8.2 to 12.4 GHz) waveguide, is used to calibrate WR 90 working standards,

which in turn are used to calibrate WR 112 inter-laboratory standards to an accuracy of ±1 percent.

Microwave Impedance.—A microwave impedance calibration system (re- flectometer) was developed for the measurement of reflection coefficient magnitude in WR 137 waveguide (5.85 to 8.2 GHz). This calibration sys- tem used improved frequency control methods to increase the system sta- bility and improve measurement accuracy. The reflectometef uses a

precision waveguide section with a modified gage-block design which ap- proaches a dimensional accuracy of 70 micro-inches. Calibration services covering the waveguide frequency range were announced.

Microwave Noise.—A microwave noise calibration system (radiometer) was developed for the measurement of effective noise in the high-temperature range of WR 62 waveguide (12.4 to 18.0 GHz). Also, a hot-body

noise reference standard was developed for operation at approximately

1000 °C in this waveguide size. Calibration services covering the waveguide frequency range were announced.

PHOTOMETRIC AND RADIOMETRIC QUANTITIES

Detector Spectral Response Recorder.—An instrument has been constructed to record quickly the spectral sensitivity of photodetectors in the

visible spectrum. The output of a grating monochromator is split so that one portion is fed to the detector whose spectral sensitivity is under in- vestigation while the other portion is fed to a vacuum thermocouple which

also sees alternately a small incandescent reference source. This arrange- ment permits direct recording of the relative spectral sensitivity of a phototube and direct comparison of the spectral sensitivities of two or more

tubes. The present wavelength limits are 0.36 to 0.80 micron. Recording

time is about one minute.

Centroid Color Charts.—A new set of color charts has been produced

by NBS in cooperation with the Inter-Society Color Council. It was published as a supplement to NBS Circular 553, Dictionary of Color Names,

and is for sale by the NBS Office of Standard Reference Materials. The

centroid colors illustrate typical colors of 251 of the 267 color designations in the ISCC-NBS method. Besides their use as a supplement to the Dictionary of Color Names, these centroid colors can be used for a number

of purposes in science and industry including color standards for acquisi- tion or inventory control, color-trend studies of consumer acceptance of manufactured goods, and color communication.

Infrared Spectral Reflectance Measurements.—Construction has been

completed of an ellipsoidal mirror reflectometer capable of measuring bi30
directional reflectance, directional hemispherical reflectance, specular component reflectance, diffuse component of reflectance, and directional an- nular-cone reflectance. This instrument has been calibrated and tested and

is capable of an accuracy of better than one percent from 0.4 to 10 micron

for all engineering materials regardless of their level of reflectance or the manner in which they reflect (except retroreflectors) . The instrument is presently undergoing extensive modifications to further improve its ac- curacy, versatility, and usability. It is intended that it will provide accurate

data for future data-accumulation programs, theoretical property studies, heat-transfer studies, and the preparation of NBS reflectance standards.

Total Irradiance Standards.—The carbon-filament lamp standard of

total irradiance set up in 1913 is handicapped by the high proportion of long-wave emitted energy whose absorption depends strongly on atmospheric humidity. Use of standards with higher filament temperatures

(2,800 instead of 2,000 °K) would largely overcome this handicap, and

considerable progress has been made toward establishment of three new

standards in the form of 100-, 500-, and 1000-watt tungsten-filament lamps.

The socket and the glass bulb, except a short section within the vicinity of the filament area, are shielded from the radiometer to reduce further the proportion of long-wave energy. The lamps are calibrated by radiometric

comparisons with a blackbody supplemented by checks against the carbonfilament lamp standards.

Influence of Surround on Color Perception.—This influence has been

long known qualitatively. A dark surround—or background—makes the

target appear lighter; a red surround, greener; and a yellow, bluer. Quantitative studies indicate that lightness is particularly subject to this in- fluence when the reflectance of the surround is slightly higher or lower than

that of the target. A mathematical model has been formulated, and studies on the influence of chromatic surrounds have been carried out.

Reflectance Standards and Their Calibration.—Industrial laboratories

have long desired a reproducible and easily prepared standard of spectral

reflectance. Pressed-power specimens of magnesium oxide and barium sul- fate have been under investigation by NBS for some time. This year, a

test of reproducibility has been conducted under the auspices of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). When reagent-grade

powder is used, pressed standards can be reproduced to a few tenths of

a percent throughout the visible spectrum compared to a reproducibility

of a few percent for freshly smoked MgO standards. As a result of the NBS investigation, ASTM is now publishing a Recommended Practice for Preparation of Reference White Reflectance Standards. NBS has also pro- posed adoption of an auxiliary-sphere technique for calibration of spectral- reflectance standards on an absolute basis and this material is being published by ASTM. The reproducibility of the calibration technique is now

being investigated in cooperation with several industrial laboratories.

31
Theory of Chromatic Adaptation.—If chromatic adaptation is caused by

changes in photopigment concentrations, the nonlinear character of Beer's law requires that the color-matching functions of the eye change with such

adaptation. Experimental evidence, however, indicates no significant change

in color-matching functions over a wide range of adaptations. A quantitative analysis of changes in the absorptance-curve shape with changes in pigment concentration has shown that if the initial maximum absorptance

of a pigment is less than 7.5 percent, the change in the absorptance-curve

shape cannot exceed 1 percent of maximum at any wavelength no matter how much the pigment concentration is reduced. This result shows that the photopigment-concentration theory of chromatic adaptation is tenable. Thermopiles for Ultraviolet Measurements.—Quantitative measurements

of solar energy in the vacuum ultraviolet region has been generally unreliable for lack of an adequate calibration technique. Research has been

directed toward the application of thermocouples to this problem. Two

effects which might limit the reliability of these devices have been studied. The first, the "blackness" of gold black was found to be adequate in the

ultraviolet. The second effect studied, the cooling of the detector by

electrons that had been ejected by high energy photons, was found to be

significant. The problem can, however, be eliminated by applying a modest

magnetic field to the detector. Infrared Spectral Reflectance.—The past year has been utilized effectively in providing, for the first time, a fast and efficient method of making in- frared spectral reflectance measurements independent of thermal energy

emitted by a specimen. In response to demands by other laboratories for infrared reflectance data, the instrument is being utilized on a regular

testing basis to provide these measurements when possible. Among the materials being examined are naturally occurring minerals. Approximately

150 samples have been examined, including such materials as limonite,

hermatite, carbonates, quartz, bauxite, phosphates, lava, clay, and hoarfrost; also, ten rare-earth oxides have been measured in an effort to de- termine their infrared absorption bands.

IONIZING RADIATIONS

Radioactivity Standards and Calibrations.—Radioactivity standards sold and calibrations performed in FY 1965 totaled 438. One new radioactivity

standard, niobium 94, in the form of a gamma-ray point source, has been

developed. International comparisons of manganese 54 (the first electron capturer to be so compared) and of strontium 90 in flour, at environmental

levels, have been undertaken. The sodium 22 and yttrium 88 standards

have been recalibrated with greater accuracy. Standards of zinc 65 and

cerium 141 have been reissued with about the same accuracies. Automatic Sample Changer.—Tests on a recently constructed automatic

sample changer for gamma-ray point sources have been completed and

32
Automatic changer for the calibration of twenty gamma-ray point sources.

have resulted in the very satisfactory attainment of a calibration precision

of 0.1 percent.

Survey of Radioactivity in Steel and Aluminum.—A survey of radioactivity in commercial steel and aluminum alloys has been initiated on

behalf of the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission. It is part of an extensive

study of the low-level radioactive contamination of materials used in the construction of nuclear detectors and their shields. This- study will also be

concerned with such contamination in reagent chemicals.

Plutonium Assay in Biological Materials.—The methods for assaying

plutonium in biological materials have been revised for the Atomic Energy

Commission. The detection limits reached were of the order of 0.05 picocurie per liter. Linac Beam Current Measurements.—Work was directed to producing

a Faraday Cup having a design accuracy of 0.1 percent of measured charge,

and capable of absorbing the entire electron beam power of the NBS

linac (about 85 kW). Construction and purchase of all major components

of the Faraday Cup system has been completed. The cooling system was

assembled and is being tested, and a (relatively) low impedance electronic integrator was built and is being tested. Preliminary results indicated that the effective leakage currents of the system, with cooling water flowing, is in the 10-8

to 10~ 9 A range and stable to about 10 -9 A, implying that

0.1 percent accurate current measurements may be feasible down to the

33
one microamp range (NBS linac maximum current will approach one

milliampere)

Charge Integrator.—The new high intensity electron accelerators at NBS

have made necessary the development of precision current monitoring ap- paratus. This includes a low input impedance charge integrator. It has

full scale ranges of 10 9 to 10 3 coulombs per second and its digital operation includes such advantages as a convenience, precision, visual readout,

adaptability to present operation, and compatibility with on-line computers.

Calculation of Energy Required to Produce Ion Pair.—The absolute value of W, the average energy required to produce an ion pair in argon, nitrogen, and air, has been measured for alpha particles with initial energies between 1 and 5 MeV. The gases studied were chosen because

they are commonly used in particle detectors. In previous investigations of

this value for alpha particles with energies between 1 MeV and 5 MeV,

independent determinations of the ionization and energy for the alpha

sources employed were not made, and usually the energy of the sources was measured by a relative or indirect method. For the present measurements, the energies of sources, which were fabricated by placing various

thicknesses of mylar film over a collimated Polonium 210 (5.3 MeV) alpha

particle source, were determined by a time-of-flight method. Then the

total ionization produced by a known number of alpha particles from each

source in a parallel plate ionization chamber was recorded. By combining

these results, W was calculated and was found not to change by more

than 1 percent in the given energy range for any of the gases investigated.

These results are different from reports of previous research in which

an incrase of 5 percent or greater for W was observed to occur in nitrogen

and air.

Cavity Chambers.—Instruments used as laboratory standards for x- and

gamma-ray measurements by medical institutions, research laboratories,

manufacturers, atomic energy installations, the military, and civil defense

are calibrated, using the Bureau's x-ray and gamma-ray standards. The

accuracy of the measurements used in these calibrations is presently better than 2 percent. During the past year, 70 such calibrations were performed.

Dye Systems.—Dye systems capable of detecting high level radiation in the 10 ' to 108 rad range have been studied. These dyes were previously

developed for ultraviolet imaging; they are colorless until exposed to in- tense radiation, and their many advantages include low cost, low energy

dependence, rate independence, stability, and high spatial resolution. Advances in intense-beam radiation technology and the demand of many

related applications have produced a need for better dosimetric techniques. In many high-level radiation applications—especially in food processing

the need for a uniform dose distribution is important. These new systems

34
The NBS national standard free-air ionization chamber for measurement of 30

to 100 kV x rays recently developed to calibrate instruments used by medical

institutes and research laboratories.

are capable of high-resolution measurement of gradients—change of radia- tion dose over distances of the order of microns—in a heterogeneous

radiation field of 105 to 108 rads. Conventional dosimeters—such as ionization chambers, silver-halide emulsions, and certain liquid-chemical, glass, and solid-state devices—have

been used for dose-distribution measurements, but these systems are generally unsuitable for the monitoring of radiation field gradients on a microscopic scale. Intense colors are formed when the electron, x-, or gamma-ray irradia- tion reaches the megarad or megaroentgen level, the color depending on

the type of dye used.

35
Source Calibration.—Calibration of radium and other small radioactive sources included 373 mg of radium consisting of 26 sources, and 465

mRhm (milliroentgens per hour at one meter) of cobalt-60 consisting of 7 sources. Five cesium 137 ranges were calibrated and 4 prototvpe calibra- tion ranges were given evaluation tests. Evaluation tests of radiation in- struments included 23 survey meters, 34 pocket dosimeters and 9 miscellaneous instruments.

Neutron Source Calibrations.—A Monte Carlo calculation of the cor- rection factor for fast neutron reactions on sulfur and oxygen in the manganous sulfate bath calibration of neutron sources has greatly improved the accuracy of NBS calibration of neutron sources. This correction has been the largest source of uncertainty in most source calibrations. Neutron Dosimetry.—A new theoretical description of the deposition of energy by neutrons in cavities has led to a better understanding of what

has become a most powerful method in neutron dosimetry. Calculations

based on this description have applications to fast neutron flux measure- ment and neutron radiobiology as well as to neutron dosimetry.

Radiation Expose Rate.—An air-filled cavity in a carbon-walled cavity

chamber is often used as a standard for the measurement of exposure rate. One of the principal sources of inaccuracy of such a measurement is our

lack of knowledge of the stopping power for electrons in carbon compared

to the stopping power in air. The first of a series of experiments designed

to improve the accuracy of this ratio has recently been completed.

ENGINEERING MEASUREMENT AND STANDARDS

Standards developed for basic and derived physical quantities find application to a great number of diverse measurement programs. All of these measurements have some connection with standards maintained by NBS,

but the responsibility for utilizing the standards, developing and calibrating

appropriate instruments, and interpreting the results is generally in the hands of other organizations. Occasionally, problems arise for which

NBS has unique capabilities for helping to reach a solution, and in some

cases NBS has an assigned responsibility to provide assistance or services,

especially to other Federal agencies. Examples of such assistance are listed below.

Thermal Expansion of Materials.—Services in the length related area of thermal expansion of materials was continued this year. Samples of material with calibrated thermal expansion values and reference data on

thermal expansion from the continuing compilation and evaluation of the

literature were provided, on request. Expansion data for the elements

have been collected and evaluated this year. Temperature Studies.—To provide data not otherwise available, calibra- tion equipment for the range 1100 to 1900 °K was completed. Development of other equipment for the range 0 to 300 °K is continuing, and

36
obsolete equipment covering the range 300 to 1100 °K was replaced. Automatic data processing programs were devised for more effective data re- duction. Also, research on thermal expansion of anisotropic crystals was

continued.

Surface Texture Simulator.—Tests using barium titanate crystal "shakers" have demonstrated the feasibility of using dynamic waveforms to test the operating characteristics of surface texture analyzers. Unlike existing surface texture specimens, the simulator provides a wide range of in- dependently variable amplitudes and frequencies, thereby permitting re- sponse testing previously unavailable.

Stress Relaxation in Aeronautical Fasteners.—The rise in operating

temperatures encountered by aircraft has increased the need for reliable and accurate design data on stress relaxation in bolts and other structural

fasteners. Creep and stress relaxation studies are being carried out to establish usable correlations between the two properties; this will provide

acceptable engineering estimates of fastener performance in service. Simultaneously, a standard test method is being developed for obtaining the

elevated temperature stress relaxation properties of threaded fasteners. Output of High-Power Lasers.—In response to requests for assistance from several organizations, NBS has initiated a program to develop methods of measuring the output of high-power lasers, including the "giantpulse" or Q-switched laser, and of calibrating instruments in other laboratories which will be used for similar measurements. Two fundamental

methods are being studied. In one method, the entire pulse of radiant

energy from the laser is absorbed within a liquid-filled calorimeter, and

the temperature rise of the liquid is measured by means of a thermocouple.

In the second method, the entire laser pulse falls on a diffusing surface of known reflectance. A very small, but known, fraction of the reflected radiation falls on a thermoelectric or a photoelectric radiometer. The

radiometer is calibrated by using a standard of spectral irradiance and

suitable filters.

Calibration of Earphones and Bone Vibrators.—Bone-air cancellation

has been investigated as a means of obtaining monaural bone-conduction

thresholds of hearing by eliminating the contralateral ear and as a means

of calibrating bone vibrators. For threshold measurements, the sound

signal applied to the forehead bone, which stimulates both ears, was cancelled by an air sound signal in the non-test ear while a threshold deter- mination was made in the test ear. Sensation levels (level above threshold) were measured for the bone vibrator and a calibrated earphone and compared as a means of calibrating the bone vibrator. This new technique

supplements the loudness-balancing method of calibration.

Effect of Swirl on Flowmeters.—One of the parameters which can affect the performance of flowmeters is the presence of swirling flow at the meter

entrance. One method of eliminating this problem is to use straightening

37
NBS physicist E. L. Smith shows how earphones are positioned on the subject

and a vibration transducer pressed against his forehead in NBS studies of sound conduction by bone.

vanes or bundles of smaller diameter tubes immediately upstream. As part

of the flowmeter calibration program, the flow of swirling incompressible

fluids in straight round pipes is being investigated. Preliminary results show that for a given pipe, swirl decay depends on the flow rate, the fluid kinematic viscosity, and the swirl level present. Measurements of point

velocities at several stations along a pipe now are being conducted to study

a swirling flow field in more detail.

Calibration of Water-Current Meters.—NBS maintains and operates the only Federal facility expressly for the calibration of water-current meters. The U. S. Geological Survey depends on NBS for the calibration of its current meters; agencies in the States, other Federal agencies, and private

38
industry also use this service. It is a national service closely connected

to the water resource problem. As many as 800 meters per year are cali- brated for the U. S. Geological Survey alone. In the past year an additional 41 were calibrated for other Federal agencies, and 38 for private concerns. Over the range of velocity tested, the meters generally perform

with an uncertainty less than about one percent.

The meters are mainly used for gauging of rivers and streams. This and

other uses can be related to such problems as power generation, supply of potable water, erosion and flood control, irrigation, pollution abatement,

harbor and ocean studies, and others. Turbine Flowmeters.—In the aircraft industry and military services,

turbine flowmeters are used extensively to measure the flow of liquid

hydrocarbon fuels and of hydraulic and lubricating oils. In some applications pressure levels existing in these meters are in the range 1,000 to 3,000 psi.

NBS is conducting an investigation on the performance of turbine flow- meters at pressure levels of 1,000 to 3,000 psi. Preliminary results indicate

that the more important factors influencing the performance of the meter

are: (a) The effect of pressure on both the density and viscosity of the

liquids metered, and (b) the effect of pressure pulsations (and accompanying flow pulsations), present in many high pressure circuits. The investigation has shown that the effects of density changes may be

predicted accurately through the use of suitable compressibility data.

Effects of viscosity changes with pressure may be determined for particular meters by calibrating with liquids of different viscosities at ambient pressure. Glassware Specifications.—Draft specifications have been prepared for precision glassware. In coordination with the General Services Administration, these specifications incorporate sampling plans and quality levels for acceptance testing. Work is in progress to assist the Food and Drug

Administration in formulating inspection and test procedures suitable for

their specific requirements.

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

The scientific community has a growing need for readily accessible numerical information on the physical properties of substances. The inter- dependence of research laboratories, manufacturing facilities, distributors and users makes it essential that such information be expressed everywhere

in compatible terms. In addition to its responsibility for the definition of physical quantities, IBS performs calibration services which provide others with the capability of making mutually intelligible property measurements. Augmenting this responsibility, IBS performs essential services for the public with regard to measurements of properties which need only be

determined once. These are stored in generally accessible reference sources

39
and referred to by the user when he needs them. This mission is directed

to economy of effort, reduction of duplication and increased use of a common bank of reliable information.

NBS conducts two general standard reference data activities: (1) experimental determination of needed values of the properties of matter and

materials, and (2) management of the National Standard Reference Data System (NSRDS). Both activities are consistent with other NBS responsibilities. They focus on key measurements which improve the compatibility, consistency and reliability of the work of others. They coordinate

and systematize the decentralized data compilation program of the NSRDS.

Above all, they relate the selection of specific projects to the NBS mission

of providing standards dnd measurement capabilities for the scientific community.

NATIONAL STANDARD REFERENCE

DATA SYSTEM (NSRDS)

Recognizing the NBS responsibility for data dissemination activities, the Federal Council for Science and Technology in 1963 requested NBS to assume a direct responsibility in all government standard reference data

compilation activities. This request took the form of a directive establish- ing NSRDS as a Federal policy. Under this directive NBS was requested

to (1) coordinate existing data compilation and evaluation activities throughout all government agencies; (2) establish standards of quality for the products to be designated as Standard Reference Data; (3) establish standards of methodology including machine- processing; (4) establish other functions as required to insure compatibility; and (5) operate a National

Standard Reference Data Center. NSRDS is, therefore, concerned with the production and dissemination

of critically evaluated data compilations. The program includes the collec- tion and evaluation of data from the literature, the preparation of critical reviews dealing with the state of quantitative knowledge in a particular

technical field, and the computation of useful functions derived from Standard Reference Data or used in the interpretation of quantitative experiments.

In order to implement its responsibilities for the National Standard

Reference Data program, NBS has established an Office of Standard Refer- ence Data (OSRD) within the Institute for Basic Standards. For management purposes the technical area of concern to OSRD has been divided

into seven broad categories: (1) nuclear data, (2) atomic and molecular

data, (3) solid state data, (4) thermodynamic and transport data, (5)

chemical kinetics, (6) colloid and surface properties, and (7) mechanical

properties. In each of these areas, efforts are being made to develop a comprehensive, coordinated program of data compilation projects. Exist- ing programs are taken into account and priorities are determined by consultation with groups of specialists from the academic world, from Government, and from industry.

40
During 1965 general activities followed the plan described in NBS publication NSRDS-NBS#1, "National Standard Reference Data System Plan of Operation" (obtainable from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office-150). Efforts were continued to establish and pro- mote effective working relationships with program offices in other govern- ment agencies in order that the NSRDS program be most responsive to the needs of these agencies. Projects were undertaken in most of the seven

technical areas within the mission of the NSRDS, and steps were taken to insure that persons working in closely related areas are fully aware of each

other's activities. The search for competent technical people willing to undertake data

compilation and evaluation projects continues. Cooperation and participation by leaders of the U. S. technical community have been most gratifying. The establishment of NSRDS has been greeted with enthusiasm; its impact in some areas has already been substantial. Its potential for future contributions to the advance of science and technology is recognized to be

great.

The status of developments in each of the primary areas of activity is described briefly below.

Nuclear Data

For many years the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission has been conducting a broad program of nuclear data compilation and evaluation. These

compilations are indispensable tools of the nuclear physicist and reactor engineer. Through this effective program, AEC has met the most urgent

needs of nuclear science and technology. However, recent consultations

with nuclear specialists have indicated that the time is now appropriate

for a re-evaluation of current activities. An informal round table discus- sion of a small group of nuclear physicists and chemists is now being

planned jointly with the Atomic Energy Commission. The results will guide

OSRD in making decisions on further activities in this field. Within the NBS Radiation Physics Division a project is continuing for

the compilation of data on photonuclear cross sections. A literature survey and classification of reaction types have been brought up to date, and

evaluation of quantitative data is under way.

Atomic and Molecular Data

A panel of specialists under the leadership of Professor E. U. Condon of the University of Colorado has identified more than 60 properties in the Atomic and Molecular fields which are appropriate for data compilation

activities. Of these, approximately 30 were designated to be of high

priority for immediate action. Of these 30 high priority properties, only

11 are now being covered by existing projects, and none is considered to be of sufficient size to keep up with the magnitude of requirements.

41
A brief description of projects in this field under the full or partial

cognizance of the Office of Standard Reference Data follows. Atomic Energy Level Data Center (NBS).—This is a long-continuing

compilation activity covering data on atomic energy levels and multiplets.

A series of publications entitled "Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra : Atomic

Energy Levels and Multiplet Tables" is being prepared and will bring up

to date publications previously issued by NBS. During FY65 there appeared

section 1 of NSRDS-NBS#3, containing data on silicon II, silicon III, and

silicon IV. Atomic Transition Probabilities Data Center (NBS).—A compilation of

selected data is now in press and will appear shortly. (NSRDS-NBS#4)

Electromagnetic Cross Section Compilation.—New interpretations and

correlations were developed leading to significant improvements in understanding of the data and in interpolating and extrapolating data in regions

where experimental data are sparse. Some of the results of these evaluations will appear in 1966.

Atomic Collision Data Center (NBS-Boulder)

—This long-continuing

literature review activity has now matured to the stage of production of a

series of critical reviews on selected topics in the field. The first of these

will appear in 1966. Others are scheduled to appear at the rate of approximately one per year. Mass Spectral Data Compilation.—This project serves as a literature review resource in the preparation of critical data compilations on selected

topics.

Microwave Spectral Tables (NBS).—Two volumes of a projected five volume set have appeared. The remaining three are scheduled for FY66.

Volumes will appear in future years when appropriate.

Atomic and Molecular Processes Information Center (Oak Ridge National

Laboratory)—This is a cooperative project with AEC. This center recently

issued a revised and updated set of data sheets. X-Ray Wavelength Compilation (Johns Hopkins University)

—A revision

of tables of standard x-ray wavelengths has begun, taking into account

recent explanations for long-standing discrepancies that have been a source

of concern for years. Fundamental Vibration Frequencies (University of Tokyo).—As an in- tegral part of the developing program in molecular structure and thermodynamics, a program was sponsored at Tokyo University, employing the

services of one of the world's leading groups in the field of spectral inter- pretation and molecular analysis. An increased level of activity in this

field is planned in two or three other laboratories in the United States. Infrared Spectral Data (ASTM).—Working in cooperation with ASTM,

a program is under way to collect spectra from government and industrial laboratories, evaluate them, and publish those considered to meet set

42
standards. During FY65 the project has been in the spectra collection stage; evaluation will begin in FY66.

Quality Standards for Infrared Spectra (Coblentz Society).—The Coblentz Society, whose membership includes many of the leading academic

and applied infrared spectroscopists in the United States, has agreed to assume responsibility for defining standards of quality for infrared spectra.

This project is important not only for its specific function, but also it may

serve to test the feasibility of specifying quality standards in many other

fields. Energy Level Transitions in Gas Lasers (Yale University)

.

—This project

is of particular interest because of the rapid growth of the laser field and

its many applications. The literature survey is well under way and data

tabulations are expected in FY66.

Solid State Data

The NBS-OSRD Advisory Panel on Solid State Data identified approximately eighty properties as important for eventual inclusion in a data compilation program. About one-third of these were designated as high priority.

Coverage by existing projects includes only six of these properties.

The status of the projects under OSRD cognizance is described briefly

below.

Crystal Data (Johns Hopkins).—During FY65, work continued on the

revision of the compilation entitled "Crystal Data" under the general

supervision of Professor Jose Donnay of Johns Hopkins University. This

work is being used as a pilot project by OSRD to develop techniques of data processing for ultimate publication by the photocomposition equipment

of the Government Printing Office. The project will give information on

equipment needs, personnel skills, costs, etc. Properties of Superconductors (General Electric Company)

.

—This project will revise and update an existing compilation of the properties of super- conductors (transition temperatures, crystal structure, critical fields, penetration depth, and coherence lengths).

Properties of Materials under High Pressure (Brigham Young University).—The high pressure research group at Brigham Young University

(under the supervision of Professor H. T. Hall, the first man to make synthetic diamonds) has undertaken the task to develop a data center in this

field. The program is in the literature survey stage at present and the first data compilations are expected to appear in FY66. The properties to be

covered include phase relationships, crystal structures, densities, melting

points, Curie points, Neel points, and others. Thermodynamics and Transport Data

In March 1963, prior to the establishment of the NSRDS, a "Conference

on Critical Tables of Thermodynamic Data" was held under the auspices

of the National Academy of Sciences—National Research Council to survey

43
the present status of activities and to assess the need for additional work.

It recommended that "support for the existing centers producing critical tables of thermodynamic data be doubled or tripled; that an approximately

equal number of new centers be established, with adequate support . . ." In May 1965 a similar conference with many of the same participants was again held under the auspices of NAS-NRC to give detailed advice to the NBS-OSRD on needs for increased compilation activities. The specific

recommendations of this panel are too numerous to quote here. Because of the existing tradition of organized compilation projects in the field of thermodynamics, this area is better organized than many others. Hence,

the thermodynamics advisory panel was better able than other panels to designate existing projects for expansion and assignment of new responsibilities and to name numerous specific individuals who are both competent

and willing to undertake compilation projects.

The status of the projects with which OSRD has established a working

relationship is described briefly below.

Selected Values of Chemical Thermodynamic Properties (NBS).—This

project has been a continuing responsibility of NBS for more than 30 years. The data issued are regarded as definitive in their field and serve as the

basis for innumerable computations in research and industrial technology.

During FY65 a revised and updated selection of values for elements of atomic numbers 1 through 23 went to press. Other sections will appear

during FY66 with a complete version, including descriptive and explanatory

material, to be readied in FY67.

Low Temperature Heat Capacity Data (NBS).—This is a continuing

project concentrating on heat capacities of inorganic compounds at low

temperatures. During FY65 this project was in the literature survey stage

with data evaluation scheduled to begin in FY66.

Thermal Behavior of Inorganic Carbonates (NBS).—This project concentrates on decomposition pressures and phase relationships in inorganic

carbonate compounds. Data evaluation was brought up to date in FY65

and a data tabulation is being prepared for publication.

Standard Heats of Formation of Selected Organic Compounds (NBS).—

The work of this project is similar to that of the first listed work in this category, but is, however, concerned with organic compounds exclusively.

It operates on a much smaller scale, covering only a fraction of the data

available in the literature. It is one component of a large program on thermodynamic properties of organic compounds that OSRD is endeavoring | to coordinate and promote.

Thermodynamic and Physical Properties of Selected Organic Compounds

(Texas A&M).—This is a joint project with the Manufacturing Chemists

Association for the compilation and evaluation of data on a series of or- ganic compounds. The program has been in existence for several years but

is able to cover only a portion of the data available for evaluation. This

44
project is also one of the components of the overall program on organic

compounds that OSRD is developing.

Cryogenic Data Center (NBS-Boulder) .-—This data center is a permanent

activity of the cryogenic laboratory at NBS-Boulder. Its scope includes

thermal functions, vapor pressures, PVT data, heat capacities, thermalconductivities, viscosities and related properties of all cryogenic fluids and

other substances at cryogenic temperatures. The product consists of data

sheets, charts, and topical reports. During FY65 the Cryogenic Data Center maintained its current literature survey and issued a variety of reports.

PVT Properties of Polar Gases (NBS).—The objective of this project is to prepare detailed and accurate data compilations on the PVT (Pressure,

Volume, Temperature) relationships of gases comprised of polar molecules. During FY65 the properties of air over a wide temperature range were

compiled. In FY66 the program will include ammonia and hydrogen

fluoride. Thermodynamic and Electrochemical Properties of Solutions (NBS).—

The scope of this project includes standard emf's, activities, activity coefficients, heats of solution, and related properties, with primary emphasis

on aqueous solutions of electrolytes.

Phase Diagrams of Binary Oxide Systems (NBS).—This project was

established in FY65 to help speed the compilation of equilibrium data on

phase relationships in binary oxide systems. In FY65 the project was in

the literature survey stage; this survey has been brought nearly up to date. In FY66 data evaluation will begin.

Phase Diagrams of Ceramic Interest (NBS).—This project is conducted

in cooperation with the American Ceramic Society which has published a

series of volumes on the subject in the past. This group, however, found

their resources unable to maintain currency with the accumulation of liter- ature. By merging efforts, it is hoped that the output of evaluated phase

information can be made current. Equilibrium Phase Relationships between Metals and Metal Oxides

(MIT).—This project was established in FY65 because of its great importance to the metallurgical industry. It is still in the early stages of development but it is anticipated that data evaluation will begin in FY66.

Thermophysical Properties Research Center (Purdue University)

—The

activities of this data center are concerned primarily with transport behavior,

including thermal conductivity, thermal diffusivity, viscosity, diffusion,

permeability, Prandtl number, and other related properties. Within its scope, this Center has covered the world's technical literature comprehensively and has begun the task of extracting and evaluating the quantitative

data found therein. The TPRC is supported by several agencies in addiiton

to the NBS-OSRD. During FY65 its task for OSRD consisted of a critical evaluation of thermal conductivity of a number of substances of potential

45
interest as thermal conductivity standards. A compilation has been prepared

and will be published during FY66.

Diffusion Coefficients in Metals and Alloys (NBS).—This project is one

of a group stimulated and coordinated by OSRD with the objective of pro- viding comprehensive coverage of diffusion behavior in many types of substances. The other projects in this group are concerned with diffusionin semiconducting materials, in ionic crystals, in liquids and gases, and in oxides, sulfides, and carbides. Of the four projects in the group, only the NBS activity is funded through the Office of Standard Reference Data. In addition to the projects listed above, there are several others in this technical area under the sponsorship of governmental and non-govern- mental agencies which should be considered as falling under the concept

of the National Standard Reference Data System. They were mostlv initiated by mission-oriented agencies (e.g.. AEC, ARPA, NASA, Bureau of Mines)

in response to an urgent need. They are not included in the present list because NBS played no role in their establishment.

Chemical Kinetics

The National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council Committee

on Chemical Kinetics, which has served as the NSRDS Advisory Panel in

this area, recommended that before any major systematic data compilation

be started, a critical review of the state of quantitative knowledge in the area under consideration be carried out. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the data are really of lasting value and worthy of general dissemination. In accordance with this recommendation, the pro- gram of OSRD has consisted of two major activities: (1) the development

of a literature survey resource that can be used to expedite the task of the

critical reviewers, and (2) the commissioning of a series of critical reviews

in selected fields. Some of the reviewers would use the central NBS litera- ture resource while others would not. In the development of the program,

NBS has worked extensively with ARPA and AEC, undertaking jointly

supported projects with each. The status of the various projects in this area is described briefly below.

Chemical Kinetics Information Center (NBS).—This Center is designed

to serve as a major resource for reviewers and compilers. During FY65,

literature review and acquisition has continued and an agreement was made

with ARPA to incorporate the survey produced by Dr. Adolf Hochstim of

Institute for Defense Analysis into the NBS holdings.

Unimolecular Decomposition and Association Reactions (Stanford Research Institute).—This project was began late in FY65 and a critical review is expected to be completed in FY66. Some of the data available in

this field will probably have permanent value.

Isotope Effects in Chemical Reactions (Brookhaven National Laboratory).—This joint AEC-NBS project has as its objective a critical evalua46
tion of the literature data describing the effects of varying isotopic mass

on chemical reactions. The literature review was well under way in FY65,

and the final product is expected in FY66.

Solvent Effects in Solution Kinetics (G. C. Akerlof).—During FY65 the

literature survey for this review showed that the number of papers to be

evaluated was about four times greater than was originally estimated.

When completed, this review will contain a complete summary of all the

useful literature describing the influence of organic solvents on the rates and mechanisms of chemical reactions. Radiation Chemistry Data Center (Notre Dame University)

.

—This joint

NBS-AEC project was established in FY65 as a permanent addition to the program of the radiation chemistry group at Notre Dame University. Plans

call for this center to maintain complete documentary coverage in its field, and at intervals produce critical reviews and data compilations.

Colloid and Surface Properties

The National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council Committee

on Colloid and Surface Chemistry had initiated planning of a systematic

program of data compilations prior to the establishment of the NSRDS.

Joining forces with this committee, the NBS-OSRD has supported the follow- ing projects which resulted from committee action.

1. Light Scattering Data Center (Clarkson College)

2. Data Center on Critical Micelle Concentrations (University of Southern California)

3. Surface Tensions of Solutions of Association Colloids (Naval Research

Laboratory)

4. Surface Tensions of Fused Salts (Renssalear Polytechnic Institute)

5. Electrical Properties of Interfaces (Agricultural University, Wageningen, Netherlands)

Information Services

During FY65, as in FY64, the program of OSRD emphasized initiation and expansion of data evaluation and compilation projects, leaving to the

future the development of specific information services utilizing the collec- tions of compiled data. Nevertheless, groundwork for its services was laid. During FY65 therefore the following actions were taken: Development of basic outline plan of service and methods of operation.—

Possible services and methods of operation were examined and basic policy

decisions were sketched. These decisions have been submitted to various

specialists in scientific and information processing fields for their review.

Comments and suggestions will be taken into consideration in formulating

policy. Prior to such decisions, however, a number of user studies will be

made to determine how to tailor the services to best fit user needs and

preferences.

47
Establishment of data file group.—The initial task of this group has been

to acquire known data compilations and to organize the collection syste- matically. At the same time general planning of ultimate methods of indexing, storage, and retrieval was begun.

Collection of Data Compilations.—One of the essential needs of the entire NSRDS is to discover what compilations already exist. Of course the large,

well-known compilations present few problems, but unearthing the smaller,

little-publicized products has presented extraordinary difficulties. Smaller

compilations may be only a few pages in a review article or book, but their data may be comprehensive and the best available. In FY65 a contract was

written with a commercial information science firm to survey existing sources. The first phase of this contract is to locate compilations of data on solid state properties; this task is expected to be accomplished by the end of calendar year 1965.

Use of Photocomposition Techniques.—Since the use of photocomposition

equipment is well-established in the Government Printing Office, consideration has been given to its use for the products of NSRDS. Computer pro- grams have been written for a number of editing and computation tasks.

MEASUREMENT

The IBS program for the measurement of physical properties is very broad in terms of its coverage of the physical sciences. However, it obvi- ously can and does cover only a small portion of the whole field of physical

property measurement. The experimental portion of this program parallels the data compilation activities described under the National Standard

Reference Data System.

The Institute is also engaged in a substantial amount of theoretical in- vestigation. Most of it is aimed at augmenting measurement capabilities by

developing methods of calculating physical properties. This is done where

the properties are not directly observable or where it is more efficient to establish functional relationships which make it possible to extrapolate

measurements made under one or more sets of standard conditions to a wide range of environments.

Nuclear Properties

Much of the experimental work in the IBS program for determination

of nuclear properties has been directed to developing specific lines of re- search made possible by the improved experimental facilities. New highintensity sources, such as the 1.5- and 4-MeV direct accelerators, and the 100-MeV linear accelerator, will enable the Bureau to satisfy many of the increased requirements in the areas of radiation interactions with nuclei,

48
atoms, molecules, and bulk matter. This new equipment will also permit

the development of improved techniques and instruments for the detection

and measurement of radiation. As a result of the increased capability, several programs have been

re-evaluated. An era ended with the transfer of the 50-MeV betatron to Old Dominion College in Norfolk, Va., and the 1.4-MeV direct accelerator

to the High Voltage Section of the Electricity Division. Although these

accelerators are no longer adequate for the contemplated radiation research

programs at NBS, they will continue to be of service elsewhere. During

the 15 years that experiments were conducted with the betatron, a number

of basic contributions were made toward understanding the structure of

excited nuclei and the interaction of electromagnetic radiation with nuclei. The 1.4-MeV direct accelerator was used during the past 25 years for signifi- cant electron and x-ray research.

Inelastic Electron Scattering Measurements.—A series of measurements

to determine the various inelastic scattering cross sections for electrons from nuclei of aluminum, copper, tin and gold has been undertaken. Pre- liminary results indicate that inelastic scattering cross sections may be

larger than expected, particularly for large scattering angles.

500 keV Electron Accelerator.—The 500 keV electron accelerator has

been almost completely revamped. New features include a pulsed electron gun with a variable pulse height, pulse width and repetition rate; a new beam handling system which features provisions for remotely positioning,

focusing, and observing the electron beam; and a completely revamped vacuum system which incorporates a large number of interlocks to make

it as foolproof as possible. These improvements will permit users to conduct a much larger variety of experiments with a speed and ease not here- tofore possible.

Neutron Cross-Section Measurements.—Measurements of the total neutron

cross section of holmium 165 at 14 MeV using an alined target have been

completed. The effect of nuclear alinement on the total neutron cross sec- tion was found to be small (approximately 3% of the total cross section)

and has been determined to an accuracy of 20 percent.

Adiabatic Demagnetization Cryostat.—In order to continue studies of

beta-particle distribution from oriented nuclei, a self-contained adiabatic

demagnetization cryostat which requires no large external pumps or magnets was designed and constructed. Its particularly interesting feature lies in the use of an externally-controlled drive to move the sample during de- magnetization. Because of its unique operation, high magnetic field, and

low initial temperature, the cryostat can be used with a wide variety of samples, including paramagnetic single crystals and contact-cooled ferro- magnetic foils.

Linac.—A linear accelerator and associated equipment have been in- stalled in the new Radiation Physics Building. The Linac wing of the

49
NBS linear accelerator. This instrument produces one of the world's most

intense high-energy electron beams.

building was initially occupied on April 15, 1964. During the first year of occupancy the Linac was installed and brought to the point of producing

an electron beam. Installation of the Linac beam handling equipment is nearing completion. Extensive personnel and experimental interlock sys- tems, including radiation monitoring equipment, TV systems, experimental

wiring, shielding, and high-quality water cooling systems for experiments

have been installed. First electron beam on the Linac was observed in July 1965 with completion of the facility anticipated approximately January 1966. Synchrotron.—Synchrotron operations have continued on a routine basis

for a number of experiments. Among these are experiments on photo pro50
duction of protons, use of synchrotron light, production of radioactive

samples, and operation of the synchrotron as a source of electrons for counter calibration work by NASA and NBS.

Photonuclear Research.—Photonuclear reactions have been studied using

the betatron and synchrotron bremsstrahlung beams with end-point energies

up to 166 MeV. The cross sections measured were in the reactions Al

{y,t) and copper 63 • copper 65 (y,xn) . The (y.n) reactions with copper

produced "tails" that, around 160 MeV. gave values of integral cross sec- tions about 50 percent greater than those measured just above the giant- resonance region.

Also, a study of the photodisintegration of helium 3 was completed and

a study of cross sections for producing photoneutrons from lithium 6, lithium 7. boron 10, and boron 11 was completed and published. Although more than 50 laboratories have been working in this field, no detailed measurements of these cross sections had been made. These data have

supplied an important link in the systematics of the photonuclear effect for the s- and p-shell nuclei.

Electron Scattering.—A 30-inch radius, high resolution spectrometer

system was installed and detailed measurements were made of its ion-optical

properties. Although analysis of the results was not completed by the end

of this year, indications are that the resolution of the spectrometer is exceptionally good. A sophisticated target holder providing for precise

vertical, horizontal, and angular positioning of targets was built, together

with a remote controller. Investigations of possible electron detector sys- tems led to design work for a semiconductor detector "ladder-counter"

system which is continuing.

New Facility Planning.—During the year, authorization was obtained for two major additions to the Linac facility: an above-ground neutron source

for time-of-flight studies, and a beam-handling system for the third underground measurement room. Work to date consists of conceptual design

of the ion-optical parts of the beam-handling system, and preliminary

magnet designs.

S-Matrix Theory.—A method has been developed for the computation

of the S-matrix for nuclear reactions. Of special interest is the finding that

it is possible to compute directly by shell model methods the eigenstates

and eigenvalues of the S-matrix, the so-called eigenchannels. Calculations

for specific nuclei using this method have been started. Nuclear Photo Effect.—The collective theory of the nuclear photo effect has been extended to spherical nuclei where the nuclear surface vibrations

have very large amplitudes, and where they consequently have a marked

influence on the photo-nuclear giant resonance. Comparison with available experimental data shows a qualitative agreement. The remaining discrepancies between calculations and experiment are very likely associated with

nonlinearities of surface vibrations which, because of their large amplitudes,

51
should have an appreciable effect on the results. This effect is being

investigated.

Elementary Particles.—The role of the groups SU(3) and SU(6) in elementary particle physics was explored in detail. Clebsch-Gordon coeffi- cients for the group SU(6) were constructed. The concept of W-spin was formulated and applied to both the nonrelativistic and relativistic descriptions of collinear processes. The classifica- tion of meson and baryon resonances was accomplished using the group

SU(6) W. Charged Particles.—Work has continued on the calculation of chargedparticle transport by a combination of analytical and random sampling

techniques. Particular applications include the determination of the follow- ing quantities: (1) the radial and longitudinal distribution of absorbed

dose in water phantoms that are irradiated with point-monodirectional

beams of electrons with energies between 1 and 50 MeV; (2) the absorbed

dose in air and tissue as a function of the distance from various beta ray

sources, for point sources as well as spherical and disk-shaped sources;

(3) the analysis of the safety hazard arising from fission-product beta-rays

in reactor fuel elements; (4) the absorption of electron energy in thin

targets as function of the target thickness and of the direction of the inci- dent beam; (5) the angular and spectral distribution of electrons trans- mitted through aluminum foils. Brernsstrahlung.—Systematic calculations have been made of thick-target

bremsstrahlung production in aluminum and tungsten targets, for incident

electrons with energies between 50 keV and 10 MeV. These data have been

subjected to detailed comparisons with corresponding experimental data

in order to point up deficiencies in the knowledge of bremsstrahlung pro- duction cross sections. The influence of higher stages of the electron-photon

cascade on thick-target bremsstrahlung production has been studied. In

particular, the energy dissipation by secondary electrons set in motion by

bremsstrahlung has been computed for electrons (with energies up to 100

MeV) incident on a water phantom.

Atomic and Molecular Properties

NBS contributions to the measurement of atomic and molecular properties derive from a wide range of experimental projects, in a number of

different laboratories in the Institute for Basic Standards. The work includes

basic long range experimental programs such as atomic spectra and x-ray

spectra, a variety of molecular spectroscopic specialties, theoretical chemistry and physics, and the development of photometric standards. Rare Earth Elements.—The extreme complexity of rare earth spectra has,

until recently, defied analysis, and a large measure of the recent success in

this difficult field can be traced to pioneering work at NBS. During the past

year, outstanding progress has been made on the spectra of doubly-ionized

cerium, promethium, and lanthanum.

52
Energy levels have also been calculated for the only two remaining

singly-ionized rare earths for which no levels were previously known. This was accomplished by combining data from other rare earth spectra with some relatively simple calculations. The elements for which data were thus

obtained were terbium and holmium.

Intermediate Energy Range.—A program to obtain atomic data in the intermediate energy range was started several years ago and has continued

to produce a wealth of new data in what was previously an inaccessible

region. The rapid and successful progress in this NBS program is made

possible by the combination of three resources: (1) the optical radiation

from the NBS 180 MeV synchrotron which can be used as a continuum

source for studies of absorption phenomena in the ultraviolet down to 50

A, (2) a very monochromatic low-energy electron monochromator devel- oped at NBS and useful for measuring electron scattering in this same

energy range and (3) a group of theorists at NBS who have contributed very significantly to the understanding of the new phenomena observed.

Resonance States in the Continuum.—NBS research has provided better understanding of the nature of the "resonance states" that lie in the con- tinuum of the rare gases. All of the common rare gases—helium, neon,

argon, krypton, and xenon—have been studied, both with electrons and in the synchrotron light; the structure of the first two is now quite well understood.

Optically Forbidden Transitions.—Studies with the electron monochromator have yielded important information on optically forbidden transitions. A variety of atoms and simple molecules, including Hg, SF6 , No, and H2 have also been studied. Observations on electron scattering near threshold

for a number of these species have yielded interesting and previously un- confirmed results. The influence of previously unknown negative ion states on scattering cross sections has also been detected. The spectrum of a metallic element has now been studied for the first time in a wall-stabilized arc. Such arcs produce very stable high-temperature plasmas and are therefore useful in determining atomic transition

probabilities. Their use has, in the past, been limited to studies of gaseous

elements. In experiments performed this past year at NBS, the element

nickel has been introduced into the arc in the form of nickel carbonyl.

Results constitute the most precise measurements available to date on transi- tion probabilities in neutral and singly-ionized nickel. A program in atomic transition probabilities has been initiated in collab- oration with the University of Colorado. Experimental measurements by

the method of the Hanle Effect are being made for a number of atoms and

ions of astrophysical importance. Successful results have been obtained

for ionized calcium. Theoretical calculations by quantum mechanical

methods have been completed for neutral argon and ionized silicon is now

being studied.

53
Hyperfine Structure.—A theoretical study of the change in the hyperfine

structure separation in cesium as a result of the confinement of the atom

between two closely spaced conducting plates has been performed. Results show that the change in the electromagnetic mass of the electron resulting

from this sort of confinement is significant and should be measureable.

This suggests an additional effect that must be considered in specifying accuracy for atomic frequency standards. Hydrogen Maser.—Multiple quantum transitions have been observed in the NBS hydrogen maser. A second hydrogen maser of improved design

is in an advanced stage of construction and should be completed shortly.

Also developed was an elementary theory to describe the behavior of the hydrogen maser when the source is switched on or off and when the Zeeman transitions are being driven. Raman and Brillouin Scattering.—Stimulated Raman and Brillouin scat- tering have been observed from various liquids using a ruby laser. Techniques have been developed for observing spontaneous Brillouin scattering

from liquids using helium-neon and argon continuous lasers. Brillouin

scattering and Rayleigh scattering have been observed using the argon laser and a high precision scanning interferometer. Laser Power.—A calorimetric method of measuring laser power with an

accuracy of 1 percent has been developed for the purpose of providing a calibration service. Electron Impact Excitation.—A new measurement of the relative cross

section for the production, by electron impact, of Lyman-a photons from

the 2p—*ls transitions in atomic hydrogen has been made. This was done

by studying the electron energy dependence of the Lyman-a flux emitted

from an atomic hydrogen beam in a direction perpendicular to the plane

containing the hydrogen beam and a transversely incident electron beam.

Some results, for electron energies near threshold, have been published.

The measurements have since been extended to an electron energy of 200

eV, using the same apparatus.

Electrons Colliding with #2 + - —During the past year experimental ap- paratus for studying collisions of electrons with ions has been put into successful operation. Protons resulting from encounters of electrons with

H2 + ions intersecting at right angles are separated from the primary ion

beam by employing a 45° parallel plate electrostatic energy analyzer.

Vacuum of 10 -9 torr exist in the collision region where modulated beam

techniques are employed. Agreement with theory is satisfactory to within

the statistical spread of the data. Efforts are continuing to improve the

quality of the results. Two-Photon Photo-Detachment of I~.—The June 21, 1965 issue of Physical Review Letters carries the report of experiments on the laser double quantum photo-detachment of I . This work is the first known

reported result concerning a second order photoionization process involv54
ing free atoms in laser radiation. The results clearly show the expected

quadratic dependence upon flux.

Electron Energy Loss in Liquid Metals.—Experiments were performed

for the first time on the precise measurement of the energy loss of electrons scattered by liquid metals. Experiments on liquid and solid aluminum and

gold have yielded the surprising result that the band structures are very

similar in the liquid and solid for these elements. The technique used makes

it possible, by alternately freezing and thawing the sample in a vacuum, to study electron scattering not only from liquid but also from very clean

solid surfaces. Low Energy Bremsstrahlung Production.—Work continued on the ac- cumulation of x-ray spectral data. Efforts were focused on bremsstrahlung

production by electrons having kinetic energies of about 0.1 and 0.2 m„c2

. Complete spectral data were obtained for targets of different atomic numt ber and ranging in thickness Ul from about 0.1 < — < 1 where R„ is

the practical electron range. The spectral distributions were compared

with Kramer's theory and show good general agreement with his predictions, especially at the lower atomic numbers. Comparisons were also made

with the theory of Kirkpatrick and Wiedmann and with the Monte Carlo

calculation of Berger and Seltzer of NBS.

Solar Eclipse Observations.—Scientists from NBS joined researchers from 70 nations along a narrow, 8,000 mile corridor of the South Pacific

last May to view the 38th total eclipse of the sun this century. The eclipse

provided an excellent opportunity to study solar activity, a subject of great

scientific and practical interest. Solar activity affects the atmosphere

through particle and x-ray bombardment, influences circumglobal radio

communications and may provide the key to control of solar heat. The Bureau scientists took with them a new photoelectric spectrometer

specifically designed for this and similar occasions. The spectrometer measures variations of radiation intensity above the solar surface and

automatically follows the intensity of different colors from the chromospheric layer as the moon passes over the sun's edge. The measurements

proved to be more than ten times better than any previously obtained. The

expedition was part of the continuing study designated as the International

Year of the Quiet Sun. referring to the period which is a low point in the 11 year cycle of sunspot and solar flare activity.

Dielectric Constant.—During the year, work proceeded on the quantum

theory of the dielectric constant from the standpoint of the adiabatic ap- proximation and on the properties of exponential operators and parametric

differentiation. A reflectometer for measuring linear and nonlinear properties of dielectrics at millimeter and optical wavelengths has been constructed.

55
Glasses for Wavelength and Photometric Scale Standards.—A study has

been made of the spectral transmittance of silicate- and phosphate-base

glasses containing one, two, or four of the oxides of the rare-earth elements

(atomic numbers 58 to 71, excluding number 61). The narrow absorption

bands of these glasses make them ideal wavelength working standards. This

study has shown that two glasses, when used together, containing approximately 10 weight percent each of (1) Nd and Sm, and (2) Ho and Yb,

have aborption bands suitable for wavelength calibration. A similar study

has been made of the first transition elements (atomic numbers 22 to 30)

in phosphate-base glasses for use as photometric scale standards.

Ferromagnetic Materials.—Nuclear magnetic resonance studies have been

made of iron 57, gallium 69, and gallium 71 in gallium-substituted yttriumiron garnet as a function of gallium substitution at several temperatures.

Net magnetization studies have also been made at 77 °K up to gallium

substitution of 53 percent. The site distribution of the iron ions and the

sublattice magnetizations have been obtained. One of the most important

results of these experiments was that a hyperfine field of approximately

2.3 teslas was found at the site of the non-magnetic gallium ions. The field

is believed due to a superexchange mechanism.

Magnetism.—Nuclear magnetic resonances have been studied in ferro- magnetic alloys. Results have yielded important data on the magnetic

moment of various nuclei and internal magnetic fields. In addition, the

first observation of the nuclear magnetic resonance of europium was made,

using the europium nuclei in the ferromagnetic compound europium oxide

at liquid helium and liquid hydrogen temperatures.

Band Spectrum of Fluorine.—The band emission spectrum of fluorine has

been analyzed to yield more precise rotational and vibrational data, and a somewhat better understanding of the unusually complex perturbations

present. Analysis of the spectrum present along with the previously recog- nized range bands of F2 has shown the emitter to be F2 + . The combined

results for F2 and F2 + have enabled the energy level scheme for F2 to be

clarified appreciably.

Infrared and Microwave Spectra.—NBS scientists have been among the world leaders in the measurement and analysis of high resolution infrared

spectra of the simpler molecules. The combination of both infrared and

microwave studies produces the potential for a deeper understanding of molecular structure than could otherwise be achieved by separate study.

Through this combined research, new information has been obtained on

vibration-rotation interactions in cyanogen chloride, cyanogen fluoride,

hydrogen cyanide, and nitrous oxide. Important studies have also been made on the microwave spectra of species stable only at high temperatures (500-1000 °C). The objective of

this project is to detect and analyze the microwave and infrared spectra

56
of short-lived molecular species present in electrical discharges, flames, and

other high temperature environments. The data will provide accurate

structural information on important species present in such systems.

Microwave spectra of several other molecules have been analyzed. In

particular, the study of the spectrum of methylsilylacetylene permitted the upper limit to be set on the barrier to internal rotation, thus providing a

critical test of theories of internal potential barriers.

Infrared Spectroscopy Using Matrix Isolation Techniques.—Much of the

recent work in low temperature chemistry has been concerned with the production and reactions of atomic species. Hydrogen atoms have been

produced by the photolysis of HI and H2 S, and their reaction with CO

to form the free radical HCO has been studied. An appreciable activation energy has been found to be required for the reaction of H atoms with CO.

A much higher concentration of HCO has been obtained, using CO as the matrix at 14 C K, than was present in previous studies, permitting the direct observation of all three vibrational fundamentals of both HCO and DCO.

Force constants and thermodynamic properties have been derived from

these data. The reaction of H atoms with the free radical CFo has also been studied. The photolysis of ^-N^Fo has been found to provide a convenient source of F atoms for matrix isolation studies. Using this and other photolytic sources of F atoms, all of the vibrational fundamentals of the free radical

FCO have been observed, as well as an ultraviolet transition associated

with this species. Force constants and thermodynamic properties have

been estimated for FCO. F atoms, unlike H atoms, are observed to react with CO with no activation energy. F atoms have also been found to react with CF2 to produce the free radical CF3 . CI atoms, have been produced by the vacuum ultraviolet photolysis of HC1, as well as by a variety of other photolytic processes. The reaction of CI with CO, like that of F with CO, occurs with no activation energy. All three vibrational fundamentals of C1C0 have been observed, and the force constants and thermodynamic properties of this species have been estimated.

Studies of the photolysis of cyanogen azide at wavelengths longer than

2800 A have been shown to lead to the production of the free radical NCN

in concentration sufficient for direct observation of the vibrational fundamentals of this species and of two ultraviolet transitions of NCN, one of them previously unobserved. The force constants and thermodynamic

properties of NCN have been estimated. Also, the carbon-nitrogen bonds

have been found to be weaker than those typical of doubly-bonded species.

\^ hen cyanogen azide and NCN are photolyzed with wavelengths shorter than 2800 A, carbon atoms are produced. These C atoms have been found

to react with CO with no activation energy, forming the free radical CCO.

Isotopic studies confirm a linear structure for this species and permit esti- mates of its force constants and thermodynamic properties. In addition to

57
the three vibrational fundamentals, a continuum near 5000 A has been

observed for CCO. In the presence of another molecule of CO, CCO is observed to react with little or no activation energy to form C3O2. Preliminary studies have been made of the reaction of C atoms with a variety

of other species, including C0 H0 , Cl2 , and HC1.

Infrared Matrix Spectra.—The infrared matrix spectra of a number

of refractory substances have been investigated from the point of view

of establishing all the vibrational frequencies and the geometry of the vapor species. To this end a furnace was constructed in which a Knudsen

cell can be heated by electron bombardment to temperatures in excess of 2000 °C. The furnace is coupled to a special variable-temperature cryostat

to facilitate the study of diffusion and polymerization in the matrix, and

thus enable observations of spectra at frequencies as low as 30 cm-1

. The

species examined in detail include MgF2 , CaF2 , SrF2 , BaF2 , and ZnF2 . In

addition, observation of the bending vibrations of the Ca, Sr, and Ba com- ponds were made for the first time, and evidence of the bent configurations of CaF2 as well as SrF2 and BaF,, obtained.

Ultraviolet Spectra of Unstable Species. Substantial progress has been

made in the study of the ultraviolet spectra of transient and unstable

molecular species, in both the gas phase and in rigid matrices. The

combination of an evacuable scanning monochromator and a liquid helium

cryostat has made possible the observation of the vacuum ultraviolet spectra of several new radical species. The radicals observed include CF2 , FCO,

and NCN; they were produced by ultraviolet photolysis of larger stable compounds frozen in rigid inert solids. These studies, which are continuing,

have made it possible to identify previously unknown electronic spectra of these species; to characterize, to some extent, the states of the molecules

involved in these transitions; and to obtain some insight into the chemical

reactions which may proceed under these conditions.

Photoionizaiton Mass Spectrometry. Construction of a photoionization mass spectrometer has been under way in the Mass Spectrometry Section

for some time. This year, success was achieved in producing both argon

and helium continuum sources of radiation, covering the whole range from

600 to 1200 A (12-21 eV). The following atoms and molecules were

studied: Ar, Kr, Xe, H2 , HD, D2 , NO, CH4 , CD4 , C2 H2 , C2 D2 , C2 H4 , C2 D4 , CH3CI.

Franck-Condon Factors for Polyatomic Molecules. Following the experimental determination of vibrational structure in acetylene by photoionization, a method was developed for the calculation of Franck-Condon factors for polyatomic molecules. Initial calculations on C2 D2 predicted a very

small isotope effect on the vibrational transition probabilities, whereas the experiments indicated a much larger effect. Later experiments with

improved instrumentation give good agreement with theory.

58
Molecular Quantum Mechanics.—The program of calculation of accurate

electronic energies for polyatomic molecules was continued. Two important

conclusions were reached during the year:

(1) Hartree-Fock (H.F.) calculations can be based upon Gaussian type

orbitals with satisfactory results. Hartree-Fock results have been used to determine bounds to molecular correlation energy, the geometry of AHn molecules, intermolecular potential of He-Ho, and the electronic properties

of some Rydberg orbitals of H-2. (2) The use of natural orbitals for pairs in a H.F. field has been found

to be a very useful method of objectively improving a configuration inter- action calculation with a minimal number of configurations. Results to date have been excellent and have resulted in the most accurate energies

for the H3 system yet published. The accuracy obtained is within less than

0.2 eV over the whole potential energy surface, and other small molecules

have yielded equally accurate results. The technique should be applicable

to a determination of correlation energy in a variety of molecular cases.

Dielectric Measurements.—A two-terminal dielectric-specimen holder has

been constructed and used to make measurements on a single disk polymer

specimen at room temperature over a frequency range from 10 -2

to 6 x 10s Hz. A detailed analysis of the holder was completed and published as a guide to industrial laboratories interested in measuring dielectric properties.

Also, a precision three-terminal cell was built for extremely accurate

dielectric measurements using a two fluid technique. This cell will greatly

aid the development of dielectric standards.

Refractive Index.—Measurements of the refractive index of transparent

media throughout the range of the visible spectrum are made to satisfy the needs of those in industry and Government who are concerned with the manufacture and use of precise optical instruments. Improved optical

media of either crystalline or isotropic nature are becoming available for which accurate value of refractive index are required. In addition, it has

become necessary to extend the range of measurement beyond the visible spectrum into both the ultraviolet and the infrared region.

During the past year, refractive indices were measured for three speci- mens of optical quality infrared silica over the region 0.21 to 3.9 microns.

In addition nine other specimens were measured over the limited range

from 0.4 to 1.08 microns.

A program was initiated to investigate the effects of high energy radia- tion on the refractive index of glass. This study is being made to determine

the magnitude of possible changes in index of optical media when exposed

to an environment outside the atmosphere. Preliminary measurements

show the occurrence of marked changes in the refractive index. They are

sufficiently large that changes in the metrological characteristics of optical

devices used in interplanetary space may be expected when the optical

devices are exposed to that environment for an appreciable time.

59
Chromatic Aberration. A superachromatic prism was constructed to check the possibility of producing a lens system having negligible chro- matic aberration over the visible region of the spectrum. The total varia- tion in angular deviation was approximately 3 seconds over the spectrum

region from 4800 to 6438A in a total angle of deviation of 30°, thus showing that the residual deviation is down to one part in 3600. This low

value indicates that a lens system having negligble chromatic aberration

is feasible.

Solid State Properties

The division of responsibilities among the NBS Institutes has led to the concentration of most of the solid state experimental and measurement

research programs in the Institute for Materials Research. However, a small

number of fundamental projects in the Institute for Basic Standards are concerned with solid state properties as they relate to other phases of the IBS mission. In this area, and in the areas of chemical kinetics and colloid and

surface properties, the IBS program is limited in scope to projects which

will: (a) Increase compatibility of measurement capabilities by defining

standards and measurement techniques; (b) relate directly to other IBS

programs for standards; and (c) provide key measurements to serve as reference values for other workers.

Density of Single Crystals.—Measurements have been made on changes

in density in single crystal rutile as a function of thermal reduction. In

addition, several practical problems associated with classical hydrostatic

weighing have been studied. Examples include devising methods for minimizing the imprecision associated with evaporation of water from the support wire and devising reproducible methods of fabricating hydrostatic

support wires suitable for high precision work.

Energy Transfer in Organic Molecular Crystals.—Interest in this work

has been focused on the problems associated with the transfer of triplet excitation from one chromophore to another and with the interactions of

triplet excitations on different chromophores in weakly coupled, organic,

molecular crystals. The transfer of triplet excitation energy is being studied

by investigating the properties of molecules containing two chromophores

isolated from each other by a saturated structure. This work is being

extended to other molecules of more rigid structure, to study temperature

effects, to make polarization measurements, and to study the charge transfer properties and such systems.

Semiconductor Radiation Detector Devolopment.—Sixty semiconductor

counters for use in the focal plane of an electron scattering spectrometer were fabricated. The response of these counters was studied as a function

of bias voltage and detector temperature. Electrons in the energy interval 10-40 MeV, obtained from pairs produced by the NBS synchrotron, were

used in this study. For some of the counters, anomalous peaks were found

60
in pulse height distributions. Experiments are being designed to investigate the possibility that these peaks are related to the "channeling" effects that have been observed in silicon with protons and alpha particles having about

the same momentum range.

Reference Table for Thermocouples.—A reference table has been devel- oped for the platinum-rhodium 6 percent versus platinum-rhodium 30 percent thermocouple giving values of electromotive force as a function of temperature over an extended range. Manufacturers will voluntarily alloy their products to conform with this table, and the table can then serve as a basis

for the establishment of tolerances to be agreed upon in purchasing specifications.

Crystal Resonances and Sound Velocities.—Ultrasonic determination of

crystal resonances and sound velocities in crystals was accomplished by the use of nuclear magnetic resonance techniques. The work included development of a theory of the effect of finite lattice heat capacities upon lattice relaxation terms, and a general theory of nonlinear response in crystals.

Radio and Microwave Materials.—The radio standards materials pro- gram is designed to improve understanding of the dielectric, magnetic,

and conductive behavior of materials as a function of frequency in terms

of atomic constitution and structure of matter. The program covers a frequency range from about 30 kHz into the optical range.

Dielectrics.—An instrument was built for the determination of the linear

dielectric properties of materials at millimeter and sub-millimeter wavelengths. This instrument is also designed to accommodate laser sources

for the study of nonlinear effects.

Saturation Magnetism.—The precision and accuracy of saturation magnetization measurements on ferrites, using a vibrating sample magnetometer, was improved through the development of better temperature control,

vibration isolation, and sample positioning and grinding techniques.

5pm Wave Theory.—The basic validity of the spin-wave theory of ferromagnetic resonance was verified and, in addition, the detailed effects of the parameters appearing in the theory have been examined. Theory

and experiment suggest that porosity is a more significant relaxation

mechanism than is crystalline anisotropy.

Paramagnetic and Antiferromagnetic Studies.—Paramagnetic and anti- ferromagnetic crystals were studied by resonance techniques to improve

our knowledge of solids and how they interact with electromagnetic radiation, as well as to collect information for microwave and sub-microwave maser and other applications. Electron paramagnetic resonance studies on iron doped quartz established the location of the ferric ions and the nature of the crystalline field acting on them. A facility for antiferro- magnetic resonance was developed for experimentation in the temperature range between 4 and 77 °K.

61
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance.—Several experiments in nuclear magnetic

resonance were completed to investigate and to maximize the ability to add

phonons to a crystal lattice in attempting to observe nuclear-Raman and

nuclear-hexadecapole phonon interactions in solids. In this connection, the angular dependence of the direct quadrupole and the Raman process was

calculated. Phonon Avalanche-—Some effects of finite lattice heat capacity upon

spin-lattice relaxation were studied. When the phonons created by spinflips are not able to escape effectively from a paramagnetic substance, they

will stimulate other spins to flip, thus creating other phonons. The rate of spin relaxation will therefore increase for a time as the relaxation progresses, giving rise to a possibly nonexponential relaxation and a sudden

creation of phonons. This idea was developed mathematically and resulted

in the prediction of a phonon avalanche which has since been observed.

Materials Synthesis.—Research on ultra-purification of materials and

single crystal growth resulted in the preparation of large sodium chloride

single crystals from aqueous solution. Electrical conductivity of these

crystals indicates the presence of approximately 1015 current carriers per

cubic centimeter. In addition, F-band coloration by x rays was found to be considerably lower than for the purest melt-grown crystals available. Thermodynamics and Transport Properties

NBS has a long history of major contributions to thermodynamics. An

increasing fraction of this effort is now being directed to the preparation

of critically evaluated tables of self-consistent thermodynamic values, since such work requires a centralized, closely coordinated and well-organized

attack, as well as the utilization of modern data-processing techniques.

Thermodynamic Contributions to Temperature Standards.—A program

is under way to determine the thermodynamic temperatures of the physical

transitions in pure materials used to define the fixed points on the Inter- national Practical Temperature Scale. Apparatus is being developed to exploit the method of gas thermometry for these determinations. A furnace

has been completed and an interferometric technique perfected for measuring the temperature coefficient of expansion of the gas thermometer bulb

material with the required high accuracy. Another aspect of the program

is the effect of impurities in a material on the temperature of the particular transition being studied. Recent experiments have shown that the shapes of freezing curves for samples of pure gold will indicate comparative purities of samples beyond the capability of spectroscopic analysis.

High Speed Techniques for High Temperature Studies.—High speed

electrical discharge techniques are being employed for generating high

temperatures (above 2000 °K) in solid, liquid, and gaseous substances. Recent experiments with exploding wire and thin-walled tubular samples

indicate that such dynamic methods provide excellent means for hightemperature spectroscopic and thermodynamic studies. High-speed photo62
graphic, photoelectric, spectroscopic, and other fast-measurement techniques

are applied for time-resolved (millisecond and microsecond) measurements. Thus far, a high-speed (millisecond) method for measuring enthalpy,

specific heat, and resistivity of electrical conductors up to their melting

points has been developed. Exploding wire results have suggested a method

for estimating temperature in a gaseous explosion mixture. A method for time-resolved (microsecond) measurements of electrical energy, power and

sample resistance in high-current discharge circuits was also developed.

Thermal Quantities.—A new apparatus for studying the thermodynamic

properties of solids and liquids at high temperatures has been developed

and is now in operation at NBS. With this apparatus, accurate measure- ments of heat capacity, heat of fusion, and heat of transition can be made

up to about 2800 °K (4500 °F). Previously, similar NBS measurements were limited to below 1200 °K (1600 °F). The apparatus has been used

to measure accurately the heat capacity of pure graphite, a material which

is under consideration as a heat capacity standard for high temperatures.

A vital part of the new apparatus is the precise automatic pyrometer used

to measure the high temperatures. This pyrometer uses a photomultiplier

electron tube to eliminate the use of the human eye. Electrochemistry.—Studies have shown that germanium tends to form

an oxide layer in aqueous solutions at -an electrical potential of 0.124 volts relative to the conventional hydrogen electrode. Quantum Effects in Light Gases.—The general area of quantum mechanical effects in light gases has been of continuing concern. Of special interest has been the discovery that the core of repulsive forces present in the molecular potential of real gases plays a .key role in determining the magnitude and temperature dependence of the spin-statistics effects such

as those associated with the Bose character of helium.

Pyrolysis of Lead Oxides.-—This study is important for the chemistry

of lead-acid storage batteries. Thermogravimetric studies of lead dioxide,

Pb02 , have shown that this oxide goes through the stages 5Pb02 * 4PbO,

4Pb02

* 5PbO, and Pb3 04 before reaching PbO. Heat and entropy changes

for these transformations were determined.

Electromotive Force Series.—Electromotive force series for elements in solid and molten halides and oxide Weres developed. In these series the elements are arranged in decreasing order of reducing power, i.e., each

element has a positive electrical potential when placed in contact with the next below it in the series. Since these series give the relative stability of elements or metals in solid and molten salts, they have wide utility in interpreting industrial processes, such as electrochemical production of energy, electroplating, or electrorefining. Dielectric Constant of Boric Oxide.—The dielectric constant of boric

oxide, a molecular solvent, was measured over a frequency range of 1 to 50

kHz from 500 to 800 °C. These measurements showed that boric oxide

63
behaves like a nonpolar polymer with a static dielectric constant of approximately 3. Transport Coefficients. An extensive review of time-correlation functions

to obtain transport coefficients was explored in several papers dealing

with Stoke's Law in fluids and with sound absorption in fluids with internal degrees of freedom.

New Approach to Absolute Viscosity.—As one portion of a major effort to improve and extend the range of methods for the measurement of the

viscosity of Newtonian liquids, a viscometer consisting of a quartz rod

oscillated in a torsional mode with a node at the center is under study.

The resonant frequency and resistance at resonance are measured with the rod in a vacuum and in the liquid under study. The difference in these measured quantities, with appropriate constants calculated from the dimensions of the rod and known properties of quartz, can be used to calculate the viscosity of a Newtonian liquid. Results so far, after working with

different rods and methods of mounting, show that the method is certainly valid as an absolute measurement to better than 1 percent, and indicate

that for viscosities in the neighborhood of 5 centipoise, a few further refinements should bring precision of reproducibility to something like ±0.2 percent.

Spectral Emissivity of Ceramics.—Design and development of a rotating

cylinder appartus for measuring normal spectral emissivity of ceramic

maetrials have been completed. Tests of the equipment show it is capable

of providing reliable data for wavelengths of 1 to 15 microns and temperatures of 1200 and 1660 °K. Measurements on alumina, zirconia, and

thoria have been completed.

Chemical Kinetics

NBS measurement projects in chemical kinetics are specialized activities, some of which originate in existing Bureau responsibilities in atomic and

molecular spectroscopy and in the development of values for basic and

derived standard quantities. These projects encompass both theoretical studies and laboratory programs.

Vibrational Energy Transfer.—An accurate potential energy surface for He-H2 has been developed. This potential was then used as a basis for a

precise "distorted wave approximation" calculation of collisional vibrational energy transfer probabilities. The calculated potential is appreciably

softer than that obtained from measured Lennard-Jones potentials. The

vibrational transfer probabilities predicted are orders of magnitude smaller than expected from the usual approximate theory. These probabilities,

which describe inelastic scattering, are critically dependent upon details of the intermolecular potential, and depend strongly upon the elastic scattering

moments (diagonal elements in the interaction matrix). The work also shows that non-colinear collisions are important and that the assumption

64
of a potential which is constructed from the pair-wise addition of atom

interactions is a poor one. In brief, the work raises serious doubts con- cerning previous, apparently simpler approximations.

Unimolecular Decomposition Reactions.—The successful development of a comparative rate technique for use in a single pulse shock tube has per- mitted precision measurements on the rates of decomposition of organic

molecules at high temperatures. The single pulse shock tube raises a gas sample to a high temperature by means of the compressions of incident

and reflected shocks. The sample is then cooled by rarefaction waves result- ing from the interaction of the reflected shock wave and the contact surface. The comparative rate technique consists of decomposing both an unknown

and a standard substance in the same shock heated sample. If the two

rates are not widely different, the standard's decomposition serves as an

internal kinetic thermometer. The success of these studies depends most

crucially upon the balance of cross reactions. This is facilitated by the

short dwell time that is characteristic of shock tube experiments and the

great sensitivity of modern gas chromatographic detectors. In the present

experiments concentrations as low as 0.0005 percent reactants were used. The results from the studies made to date show much higher precision

in rate constants than for "absolute" rate measurements in the same shock

tube. They are comparable in accuracy with the best results obtained from

flow or static experiments and can be accepted with greater confidence since heterogeneous effects are no longer important. Three classes of compounds

have been studied: alkyl halides, cyclohexenes and substituted ethanes.

Decomposition of Multiply-Charged Ions.—Studies continued on the decomposition of multiply-charged polyatomic ions by coincidence mass

spectometry. The method involves detection of an ejected electron from

an electron-impact ionization and simultaneous detection and mass analysis

of both positive ion fragments. The hydrocarbon mass spectra showed a

significantly greater abundance of high energy (up to 9-10 eV) protons

than hitherto believed. Travel time correlations due to kinematic effects were experimentally demonstrated, and are of great potential utility. Approximate determinations of fragment ion kinetic energies were carried

out, and it was established that a significant amount of some fragments,

particularly protons and H2 +, are formed by decomposition of multiplycharged ions. The possibility of studying the double ionization of molecular

hydrogen is being investigated.

Vacuum Ultraviolet Photochemistry.—The development of rare-gas resonance lamps has been brought to a successful conclusion, and they were

used in a variety of photolysis experiments. The technique for construction of the lamps involves fabrication of a high temperature graded silver- silver chloride seal between a lithuim fluoride window and Pyrex, and

careful baking and gettering prior to filling with the rare gas. Spectral

65
purity is excellent, with, for the argon lamp, 95 percent of the radiation

in the region 1000-2000 A consisting of the 1048 A resonance lines. By choosing the filling gas to give the wavelengths required, photochemical studies can be made above and below the ionization potential of a molecule. As an example of the first type of investigation, the photolysis of ethane at 1067 A (previously carried out at 1470 A) has shown that the primary production of hydrogen atoms compared to molecular hydrogen

elimination, increases with photon energy.

Interaction of Hydrogen with a Tungsten Surface.—During the year an

instrument was completed which combines a molecular beam apparatus,

which generates beams of molecular or atomic hydrogen, with a field electron emission microscope. The apparatus is completely bakeable and

can be used to study the interaction of a beam of either atomic or molecular

hydrogen with a clean tungsten surface, which acts as the emitter tip in the field emission tube. The conclusions reached so far in this research can be summarized as follows

(1) The sticking coefficient of H2 and H on tungsten at 4 °K is a strong

function of the thermal energy in the beam. As the temperature of the beam source increases, the sticking coefficient decreases.

(2) The onset of surface migration of hydrogen on tungsten depends

upon the binding energy. The first layer is observed to spread across the emitter tip at 180 °K; the second layer spreads at about 50 °K; and the third layer exhibits spontaneous spreading at 4 °K.

Colloid and Surface Properties

Most of the IBS measurement activities in the area of Colloid and Surface Properties are specialized programs, and many of them derive from

problems raised by long-term NBS missions in developing national standards. They are oriented in general toward providing a basis of standard

values which will promote greater reliability in the work of scientists located elsewhere.

Determination of Work Functions by Surface Ionization.—The surface

ionization of an alkali halide on an incandescent metal surface yields both

alkali positive and halogen negative ions. For a constant flux of alkali halide molecules to the surface, the ratio of positive to negative ions

desorbed is dependent only upon the surface temperature, surface work

functions, ionization potential of the alkali atom, and the electron affinity of the halogen atom. Becent observations of the optical absorption spectra

negative ions have provided reliable electron affinities for these species.

Using this data together with the well known alkali atom ionization potentials, it is possible to determine the work function of a metal surface as a function if its temperature.

66
Mechanical Properties

Measurement programs in IBS for the determination of mechanical

properties are focused on areas where particular scientific and engineering

competence can be brought to bear on important problems. Such competence is a natural result of the long-term development of national stand- ards for physical quantities directly applicable to mechanics.

Internal Waves in a Density-Stratified Liquid.—A study was undertaken

of the internal waves created by the steady horizontal motion of a sphere

through a liquid having a uniform rate of density increase from the sur- face downward. Such a fundamental study, involving the attainment of

reliable laboratory measurements and their comparison with available or,

if necessary, newly developed theory, is of considerable importance for oceanographic and meteorological applications.

The data obtained over a range of variables were found to correlate acceptably with reference to significant dimensionless parameters. As

existing theories did not describe internal waves at distances near to the object I within ten sphere diameters), another theory was developed to make comparison with these experiments. Although this theory involves

the numerical evaluation of an integral, it has been found to provide an

adequate description of internal waves within the range of physical

parameters of practical interest.

Single-Crystal Ice and Its Elastic Constants.—Single-crystal regular ice,

like many other crystals, has 5 independent elastic constants. These have,

in the past, received little attention at very' low temperatures. They have now been deduced from measurements of the several speeds of sound, as a function of temperature, down to 65 : K. Thermodynamic theory shows

that near 0

C K, the individual elastic constants should vary little with

temperature: the new data conform very well to this requirement. The

Debye temperature (an important characteristic of the crystal lattice) calculated from the elastic constants agrees well with that determined

from specific heat measurements. It is hoped that a complete set of elastic constants down to liquid helium temperatures can be obtained with suffi- cient precision to resolve the questions of the lattice-vibrational properties

of ice crystals.

Infrasonic Waves in the Atmosphere.—A new geo-acoustics f infrasonics)

station was established with NBS help near Tel-Aviv, Israel; it is being

operated by the Standards Institution of Israel. Data on infrasonic waves

(periods of oscillation greater than one second ) in the atmosphere at Tel- Aviv will supplement data already being obtained at our stations in Washington, D.C., and at Boulder, Colo. Each station consists essentially of four microphones, located several miles apart, and connected by telephone

lines to a central laboratory.

67
A substantial amount of infrasonic waves was produced by tbe great

Alaskan earthquake in March 1964. It was found that the waves from the earthquake traveling across the United States produced sound waves which

traveled almost vertically upward to the ionosphere. The waves were

amplified enough during the vertical propagation to cause large motions

of the ionosphere, with oscillation speeds of more than 100 meters per

second.

Groups of very long-period infrasonic waves sometimes occur in the Washington area. The time periods of such waves are approximately

between 250 and 900 seconds. The speeds are in the range between 15 and

70 m/s. These waves seem to be connected with the jet stream in the upper

atmosphere about Washington. It is believed that waves can form on the lower boundary surface of the jet stream when the atmosphere verges on

having an unstable temperature gradient.

Radio Plasma

Basic research in plasma physics was pursued with emphasis on the study of plasma mechanisms and the development of necessary plasma

diagnostics and plasma technology. During this year it was discovered that the negative glow in a d-c helium discharge constitutes a well behaved,

noiseless and stable plasma ideally suited for precision measurements.

This plasma has been built into experiments for the study of rate and

transport mechanisms and wave mechanism.

This source was also used to intercompare different diagnostic tools and

methods with sufficiently good agreement to indicate that it may in the future serve as a standard. As a preliminary for wave propagation meas- urements in a magnetized plasma, tubes have been developed for operation

in magnetic fields. Measurements of electromagnetic noise emitted from

the tubes indicates that they will serve well for precision measurements of wave propagation.

Plasma Boundaries.—A technique utilizing slow electromagnetic waves

for the study of plasma boundary mechanisms has also been developed

and put into use. Nonlinear diffusion in the presence and absence of a uniform steady state magnetic field has been solved theoretically and will serve as the basis for future experiments. Also the propagation of electro- magnetic waves in an overdense, collision free and bounded magnetoplasma has been treated exhaustively and is expected to be helpful in the measurements of electromagnetic wave propagation in uniform plasmas.

Brush Cathode Plasma.—A brush cathode type of plasma was used to study a variety of effects, particularly pertaining to the diagnosis of plas- mas. It was found that measurements with pulse probes gave very good

agreement with spectroscopic measurements.

68
APPLIED MATHEMATICS

Mathematics lies at the foundation of measurement, offering guidance

in the development of new measurement techniques and providing the

central techniques for evaluation of the results of measurement. The Insti- tute for Basic Standards conducts a program in applied mathematics and

statistics to assure effective and productive performance in the measure- ment of physical quantities associated with the development and mainte- nance of standards and in the provision of calibration services. The mathematical needs of IBS require the employment of varied and advanced

mathematical techniques, and in many cases existing techniques must be

modified or new ones developed for the solution of particular problems.

Therefore, in order to utilize mathematics effectively, the Institute must

conduct fundamental mathematical research on a fairly broad scale. Plasma Dynamics.—The research project in plasma dynamics was initi- ated in 1960 as a Bureau-wide program to investigate the dynamic behavior

and transport properties of plasmas, and to provide theoretical cooperation

in the various plasma activities. The present research program consists of a selection of problems relevant

to the fundamental behavior and properties of plasmas. It attempts to

clarify the measurements and diagnostic techniques of primary physical

quantities and properties, e.g., density, velocity, temperature, pressure,

stresses, field intensity, viscosity, thermal and electrical conductivity in ionized gases under non-equilibrium dynamical conditions.

Statistical Mechanics of Nonequilibrium Ionized Gases.—Plasma tur- bulence has been observed in fusion experiments, stellar atmosphere, solar wind and in the transition region bounded by the solar wind shock wave

and the terrestial magnetosphere. A magnetohydrodynamic theory has

been developed and a kinetic theory has been proposed for a rarefied plasma. It is now possible to extend these theories to non-uniform conditions. Furthermore, the knowledge gained will facilitate the derivation

of a kinetic equation for a turbulent plasma.

Magnetohydrodynamics.—The expansion of a plasma into a vacuum in the presence of a magnetic field was investigated. The numerical work

was performed in cooperation with NASA with the use of the NBS computer and program.

Matroids.—During the past year, theoretical interest focused on the study of matroids. Efficient algorithms were found for several basic problems, e.g., for the case of a network to find as many connected subnetworks

as possible, no two with an edge in common, and each meeting all the nodes. The first conference ever held on matroid theory was conducted;

it gave a marked impetus to research in the field. Graph Theory.—Significant progress in graph theory continued. Past work was extended to provide efficient algorithms for the "Chinese post69
man's problem" (to find a tour of minimum total length which traverses every link at least once), the "optimal interconnection problem" (to find a cost-minimizing set of interconnections, given the cost of each and the minimum number of other facilities to which each facility must be joined)

and the "circuit packing problem" (to find, in a graph with values attached

to its edges, a set of disjoint circuits whose edges have maximum sum of values)

Supersonic Transport.—Substantial assistance was rendered to the Commerce Department's Supersonic Transport Economic Analysis. Simulation

and analytic models of air transport competition were developed. Models

also were devised for cost-benefit comparisons and for balance-of-paymentseffects analysis. The models were implemented as digital computer pro- grams, and applied to a wide range of future possibilities and parametric

values.

Postal Mechanization.—Investigations pertinent to postal mechanization

continued to be performed for the Post Office Department. Some studies involved cost-benefit analyses of proposed mail-sorting subsystems and

address-coding methods, while others dealt with stochastic aspects of certain mailhandling operations.

Textiles.—Collaboration in the industrial modeling efforts of the Bureau's textile technology continued.

Northeast Corridor Transportation.—Collaborative efforts were initiated under the Commerce Department's Northeast Corridor Transportation

Project. The demand for consulting and advisory services in operations

research and related mathematical fields continued to rise, especially from

transportation-connected Federal activities.

Statistical Engineering.—NBS conducts a continuing program of research

in mathematical statistics and probability. Continuing investigation of mathematical problems in the theory of experiment design led to new

results on the classical tournament problem of combinatorial analysis,

with applications to the construction of calibration designs for comparing

groups of objects. These designs are useful in weighing and any other measurements where the objects to be measured can be combined into groups without loss of precision or accuracy in the comparisons.

Special attention has been given to the application of modern methods

of mathematical statistics to the evaluation and clarification of statistical techniques used by physical scientists. Among those examined recently are Chauvenet's criterion for rejection of outlying observations, and

propagation-of-error formula. It has been demonstrated that Chanvenet's

criterion should usually be discarded in favor of more precise modern tech- niques. The correct method for constructing and applying propagationof-error formulas has been explained in detail, with particular emphasis on the types of situations that arise in complex experimental programs

70
were several related measurements and the associated correction factors must be combined into a final result. Phase Integral.—A successful investigation has been made of phaseintegral methods used for problems of wave propagation and quantum

mechanics. Asymptotic theory of differential equations developed earlier

at the Bureau has been applied to put phase-integral methods on a firm

mathematical foundation with a comprehensive error analysis.

Multiple Integrals.—The evaluation of multiple integrals by a combination of methods, such as the Monte Carlo method and the numbertheoretic methods associated with uniformly distributed sequences, was

studied and significant advances in error improvement were made. In

certain instances integrals were evaluated by these methods which could

not be previously efficiently evaluated. Laboratory Data Reduction.—The reduction of laboratory data always

represents a considerable chore and is often a serious bottleneck in the research process. It is, at first, surprising to note how much of this work

is still being performed on desk calculators, even in organizations having

large digital computers. One reason for this is that each application is seemingly so specialized that a programming effort is not justified—and,

indeed, it often is not justified when the scientist is required to build his program from the ground up in the conventional manner. At NBS this problem has been solved to a considerable degree by the development of OMNITAB—a general purpose computer program which

gives the laboratory scientist the full power of the digital computer without

requiring him to learn to program it. OMNITAB can be used for the

calculation of tables of functions, for solutions of nonlinear equations, for curve fitting, and for statistical and numerical analysis of tabular data. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS

The properties of well-defined simple substances can easily be measured,

and results expressed in relation to basic physical quantities. But NBS

is also concerned with the performance characteristics of devices—the lens and shutter assembly of a camera, a transistor, or an electric motor. The

behavior of such devices is dependent on the properties of its components,

and sometimes an exact and reliable connection between the two can be

defined. More often, however, the most important question about the device is not its construction, but its performance as a whole, and the answer to the question must be based on testing related to the end use.

Lens and Lens Systems.—The successful use of many devices in metrological work depends upon precise knowledge of the performance characteristics of lenses or other optical elements used in the construction of the

device. It is therefore necessary to develop methods of measurement that

yield values of optical constants sufficiently accurate to meet current needs.

71
In addition, methods of analysis must be developed for use in pointing the way toward achieving still higher performance.

New Lens Measurement System.—A Moise fringe system of measurement

has been adapted for use in the determination of lens constants. With this device, focal distances can now be measured to the nearest micron as contrasted to the precision of ±20 microns achieved previously. This device

is also used in the accurate determination of zone heights, resulting in increased accuracy of longitudinal spherical aberration values of lenses. Also, analytic methods have been developed for predicting the resolving

power of a lens when measured or when design values of the longitudinal,

spherical and chromatic aberration of the lens are known.

Photographic Information Concentration.—Photographic emulsions can

store more information per unit of area than any other device. A microphotograph of a printed page reduced 1,440,000 times in area was made

recently, and the copy was legible through a high-powered microscope.

Publishable reproductions were obtained by enlarging the copy nearly 4000

diameters. The information concentration on the copy was computed to be over 2 million bits per square millimeter, which more than doubles

previous estimates of the emulsion capacity.

Cyclic Bending of Grounding Conductors.—At the request of the Rural

Electrification Administration a machine with a reciprocating head, counter

circuits and controls was constructed, and bending (fatigue) tests were made of conductors used in the grounding loop of pole-mounted power

distribution transformers. Ungrounded transformers have led to substantial property loss and are hazardous to operating personnel. Test results of three widely used soft copper conductors showed 7 wire and 19 wire strands have about equal endurance times and that both types were about 5 times

better than the solid wire when tested under similar laboratory conditions.

TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO OTHERS

The National Bureau of Standards is a national source of technical assistance and consultation in certain problem areas, and it inevitably assumes a leading role in cooperative efforts and scientific conferences

directed at the solution of the problems.

All of the scientific specializations in the Institute for Basic Standards

take some part in technical assistance, but the contribution in applied

mathematics is especially significant. This emphasis is due primarily to the capability of the NBS staff to combine mathematical competence with

thorough familiarity with the scientific fields to which mathematical analysis

is applied.

The following are specific examples of technical assistance provided by

IBS in the .past year.

72
Conference on Critical Phenomena.—A Conference on Phenomena in the Neighborhood of Critical Points was held at NBS on April 5-9. The Conference was jointly sponsored by the National Bureau of Standards, the National Science Foundation, and the Office of Naval Research.

The Conference brought together experimentalists and theoreticians con- cerned with critical points and second order transitions in such diverse

fields as thermodynamics and transport properties of liquids and liquid

mixtures, superfluid helium, magnetism and antiferromagnetism, light and

x-ray scattering, and ultrasonic propagation.

Calorimetry Conference.—In October 1964 the bureau was host to the 19th Calorimetry Conference, which attracted over 200 American and

foreign scientists. The conference, which meets annually at various centers

of calorimetry. provides an avenue for exchange of information and ideas

by means of formal papers and informal discussions. Bureau scientists have been active in its affairs since its inception in 1946. This year's con- ference was sponsored jointly by the Bureau and the National Naval Medical Center. The joint sponsorship encouraged an interdisciplinary discus- sion of the rapidly developing application of calorimetric techniques to problems of biophysics and other life sciences.

Radio Standards Seminars.—The Radio Standards Laboratory maintains

close contact with industry to better determine their needs and to keep

them informed of the available services. In this connection the Laboratory offered three seminars during the year covering the latest develop- ments in the measurement of microwave and high-frequency impedance,

the measurement of microwave and high-frequency power, and the calibration of reference samples for magnetic and dielectric specimens. These

seminars were attended by supervisors and engineers from industrial and

government laboratories. The Laboratory also contributed to two other seminars which were spon- sored by the Bureau and arranged with the joint participation of the

Electronics Industries Association and the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. These seminars were devoted to high pulse voltage

measurements and microwave high power. They served to identify the

areas in which future work by NBS would be most valuable to industry,

and to recommend methods of measurement which should be proposed for adoption in military specifications.

Laser for Geodetic Measurements.—NBS, in cooperation with the Coast and Geodetic Survey, has demonstrated the superiority of a laser light source for measuring long distances across the earth. These measurements

are normally made with a device known as a geodimeter. This instrument

utilizes the known speed of light to measure distances of several miles. By substituting a laser light source for the conventional mercury lamp in

73
Scientists from NBS and the Coast and Geodetic Survey test a laser-geodimeter over an 8-mile path. The incorporation of a laser as the light source rather than the mercury lamps usually used promises to improve the accuracy and

range of the geodimeter.

the geodimeter, considerable improvement in precision and convenience

should be possible for long range surveys. Sound Insulation.—Under FHA sponsorship, NBS prepared a guide deal- ing with the control of airborne, structure-borne, and impact noise in multi- story buildings, with specific emphasis on apartment-type buildings. The

guide should provide much-needed assistance to architects and builders,

in the construction of adequately sound-conditioned buildings. It will also lay the groundwork for the development of noise control criteria. Basic research on sound propagation in rooms and through structures, necessary for the engineering of sound control in buildings, was directed

toward a study of the generation and analysis of diffuse or random sound

fields. Instrumentation for measurement of correlation coefficients in such

sound fields has been assembled and the preliminary design of an experimental rotating vane system for generation of diffiuse sound fields has

been completed.

Potver Line Tests.—Tests were made for the Rural Electrification Administration to determine the relative resistance to burn down by lightning of a group of wire samples. The wires are of copper- or aluminum-clad steel intended for electrical transmission and distribution in rural areas. The

wires contain high strength steel cores, permitting long spans and stringing

under high mechanical tension. Thus, they result in considerable economy

in building rural pole lines.

74
In the laboratory, each wire was strung under normal line pull, and an

arc was struck to its midpoint from a surge-current generator. The amount

of arc current was controlled by the series resistance and by the charging

voltage of the capacitor bank. By successive tests on each kind and size of wire, its ability to withstand lightning burn down, relative to the others, was determined. About 20 kinds and sizes of wire were evaluated. Peak

surge currents were as much as 75,000 amperes. Formation Lights for Helicopters.—Until recently, flying helicopters in formation at night was extremely hazardous, as pilots could not see the

rotors of adjacent craft. There have been many collisions and casualties resulting from this lack of visibility. NBS helped eliminate this hazard

by incorporating lights within the tips of the rotors. The lighting system

involves two major components. The first is a slip ring connector for carrying electric current up the rotating rotor shaft, and the second is the

lighting fixture itself, flush mounted in the rotor blade. The direction from

which the rotor light is visible can be limited at the time of installation. For example, a light placed on the top of the rotor cannot be seen from

the ground, and only from certain angles from above. The lighting system

will find wide military and commercial application.

Aging Blemishes on Microfilm.—Blemishes found on some microfilms, years after they were processed and placed in storage, have been intensively studied in a research program jointly sponsored by industry and

Government. Extremely small amounts of information loss have been

reported, and in some large collections of microfilm, no blemishes have

been found. All evidence indicates that the blemishes are not caused by

biological organisms; apparently, image silver is ionized, migrates, and is reduced to silver in a form other than that of the original silver grain.

Gaseous products of degradation reactions in cardboard storage cartons

also appear to be contributory.

Neutron Studies.—A study of the penetration of neutrons from nuclear

weapons has been made, and spectra and angular distributions of neutrons

in air at various distances from a neutron point source have been calculated. Computer programs have been written to study the spatial variation and

energy distribution of neutrons traversing ducts and voids in thick shields. Gamma Ray Penetration.—A computer program has been written to cal- culate the penetration of gamma rays from a radioactive source uniformly

distributed over a rectangular area. The program is designed as a first step in making more accurate calculations of fallout protection in urban

areas. Gamma Ray Reflection.—A technique for estimating the reflection of gamma rays or neutrons from a flat surface located near a point source and point detector has been devised. The accuracy of calibration of radioactive sources in 4 n geometry can be improved by using this technique

to evaluate the backscattering effects of walls and floors.

75
Electron Beam for Counter Calibration.—At the request of the NASA

Goodard Space Flight Center, a particle detector calibration facility was

developed. The work consisted of the design, installation, and calibration

of a magnetic analysis system to be used with the NBS synchrotron to provide beams of electrons and positrons. The energy, intensity, and in- tensity distribution of these beams were calibrated. Bremstrahlung and

un-analyzed electron-positron pair beams were also provided. These

beams were used by NASA personnel to calibrate their particle detectors.

Standard Nuclear Instrument Modules.—In conjunction with the National

Laboratories of the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission, a standard nuclear

instrument module system has been developed. This standard system,

An illustration of the compatibility of nuclear instruments constructed by six manufacturers and three laboratories in accordance with Nuclear Instrument Module System specifications. All the modules are plugged into the same bin,

from which the proper operating voltages are obtained.

known as the Nuclear Instrument Module System, has been widely adopted

by the National Laboratories, by numerous other laboratories and universities and by a number of manufacturers. This wide acceptance con- siderably alleviates the problem of incompatibility that arose with the

transistorization of nuclear instruments. It provides interchangeability of

different laboratories and manufacturers.

Data Handling System.—Computer controlled data-handling equipment

for experiments using the NBS Linac was developed, and in addition,

major executive type programming and about 150 separate data handling

programs for specific experiments were developed. During the year a com76
panion system very similar to the NBS system was constructed for the Armed Forces Radiobiology Research Institute. Radiation Guide.—NBS played an active role in assisting the Federal

Radiation Council to develop protective action guides for strontium 89,

strontium 90. and cesium 137. The report of the Federal Radiation Council,

issued in May 1965, provides guides as to when protective action should

be considered in the event of local high level contamination with any of these radionuclides.

Digital Computations.—NBS and the Harry Diamond Laboratories

jointly purchased the IBM 7094 computer operated by the Bureau. The

purchase permitted further reduction in computation charges. The Bureau

continued to operate this computer and an IBM 1410 owned by HDL. An

additional printer was attached to the 1410 to speed up turn-around time

for the IBM-7094-1410 system. In addition to performing computations on its own equipment the Bureau

assisted other Government agencies in setting up problems for other computing machines. It also administered a Sharing Exchange, through which

it helped other Government agencies and Government contractors obtain

programming assistance and computing time among the Government computing facilities in the Washington metropolitan area. Serving as the Federal Computing Center, the NBS Computation Laboratory found itself in the position of offering technical assistance to a great many of the smaller

agencies and contractors without computing system or staff of their own.

Important computations were performed on problems in polymers,

plasma dynamics, radiation studies, nerve responses, interplanetary calculations, supersonic jet-transport economic analysis, fallout shelter computations, measurements of gage blocks, biological pattern data processing,

and microfilm blemish analysis.

A computer program is being developed for automation of the analysis,

reporting and record-keeping of measurements of refractive index. In

addition to providing statistical procedures for the surveillance of factors

affecting the accuracy and precision of the measurement process, it is planned that the computer output will constitute the laboratory notebook

and will include the results of ancillary calculations used to check the data for consistency.

Measurement Seminars.—NBS staff in Washington and Boulder, Colo, collaborated to conduct a 4-day seminar on Precision and Accuracy in Measurements and Calibration for personnel of the calibration laboratories

at Boulder. In Washington, in-hours courses on "Statistics of Measure- ment for Scientists and Engineers" and "Introduction to Mathematical and

Statistical Analysis of Laboratory Data" were given.

77

Ill

INSTITUTE FOR

MATERIALS RESEARCH

The Institute for Materials Research (IMR) is the principal focal point

in the Federal Government for assuring maximum application of materials

sciences to the advancement of technology in industry and commerce; it provides the main materials support to the other missions of the National

Bureau of Standards. IMR assists and stimulates industry and commerce

in the development of new and improved products and services by supplying an ever increasing understanding of the basic properties and improved

characterizations of materials as well as by providing relevant measurement

science and technology.

The objectives of IMR are to:

(1) develop techniques for the preparation and characterization of materials and for scientific studies on these materials,

(2) identify and measure meaningful physical and chemical properties

of materials under carefully controlled conditions,

(3) supply on-site calibration services to science, industry, and commerce through a standard reference materials service,

(4) provide technical assistance to other government agencies on request

for advisory and problem solving, and enhance the national materials

science capability as a part of administration policy,

(5) identify critical materials problems preventing the attainment of major national goals and furnish unique relevant assistance,

(6) insure maximum interchange among IMR and industry, commerce,

science, and other government agencies through various means of technical data dissemination.

Materials are the major problem and frequently the limiting factor in many major programs undertaken by both industry and Government to achieve national goals. High performance, utmost reliability, precise predictability and reproducibility of materials are necessary. Failure to meet

or be able to measure these requirements in many instances, has led to widespread concern at the evident gaps in knowledge of production and

79
identification of materials that exhibit adequate reproducibility for engineering purposes.

PREPARATION AND CHARACTERIZATION

OF MATERIALS

Preparation is the processing necessary to produce samples of materials

with controlled chemical purity, composition, homogeneity, physical order,

and required geometric shape. Characterization is the description of the composition and structure of a material that is significant for a particular

operation and that suffices for reproduction of the material. Such descriptions have become indispensable in materials research, definition of standards, production of standard reference materials, and the acquisition of reference data.

Preparation

Pure Copper Prepared.—The purest copper ever made has been prepared

by IMR scientists. The large single crystals contain no impurities that can be detected by emission spectroscopy. In the course of this study,

extensive cryostat and instrumentation facilities were developed to study

copper and its dilute alloys. In addition, results of the study gave the first significant information on the electronic mean free path in copper. This

work is a contribution to the understanding of basic properties of materials

and will permit advanced engineering hitherto impossible.

New Purification Technique.—A new purification technique has been

developed which may permit the preparation of crystals approaching absolute purity. Experiment shows that the impurity content is reduced by a

factor of as much as 104 in each half-hour stage of operation. A conjecture

has been drawn that any number of stages can be employed with the same

degree of purity improvement with no recontamination. This technique

demonstrates a new idea and is a major advance in purification methods.

It may lead to better processes in major crystal growth industries, spawn new industry and permit more sophisticated research in the universities and research institutes.

Characterization

Significant developments have been made in this important area of activity. Many new and improved analytical procedures were developed

during the year. Some of the more important ones are described below.

Radiochemical Method Analyses Metal Chelates.—A new radiochemical

method was developed for analyzing metal chelates. Chelates are widely

used in analytical chemistry for separating metal compounds, and are useful as antidotes for poisoning by toxic metal compounds. For most uses, composition of the chelate must be accurately known. This method is more

80
Close-up view of the NBS apparatus used to obtain ultrapure materials. One

impurity in the substance is a red dye which shows as gray in the picture. Two

silver strips (left center) are in front and back of a crystallizing mound. Note

that the color of material in the mound is lighter than the surrounding liquid

because it is rejecting the dye impurity as it crystallizes.

direct and reliable than previously used optical methods and can be used

in untidy environments—in oil sludge or blood, for example.

Spectroscopic Technique Analyses High Temperature Alloys.—IMR sci- entists desired an improved spectroscopic technique for chemically analyzing the high-temperature alloys being used in increasing quantities in

81
modern technology. The technique is readily adaptable to existing instru- mentation and can save industry time and money because the number of primary standards needed to calibrate the analytical equipment is reduced.

Measurement of Tellurium in Metals.—A new method was developed for measuring small amounts of tellurium in metals. Small amounts of tellur- ium in metals provides advantages such as increased machinability of

brass. The tellurium content of new standard reference brasses and cast irons is now certified, based on measurements using the new method.

Analysis of Noble Metal Alloys.—X-ray emission analysis was adapted

for precise and rapid analysis of noble metal alloys. The time required

for a complete analysis is only one-tenth that required for conventional wet chemical methods. The procedure is applicable to the manufacture of previous metal alloys in their production and quality control. Also, dental research will benefit. For example, the American public can expect to save many thousands of dollars per year in dental care costs as a result of the cooperative research program of the American Dental Association at NBS.

Solid NMR Studies.—The phenomenon of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance

(NMR) was shown to be useful as an analytical technique in analyzing

certain solid pieces of metal. In cases where the technique is useful, the

costly procedure of first preparing a fine powder from the bulk material can be eliminated.

Soft X-ray Spectroscopy.—The usefulness of soft x-ray spectroscopy was

increased by the removal of several inhibitors that had plagued the field for some time. Soft x-ray techniques provide information on the electronic structure of metals and alloys and, in general, open the way for obtaining

better information on why materials behave as they do. Certain nickel

alloys have already been studied and much useful data obtained.

X-ray Spectrometric Analysis of Metal Alloys.—An x-ray spectrometer

which performs rapid chemical analysis of a wide range of metallic alloys was developed. Devices in this family, often used for on-line production

control, can be switched from analysis of one metal to another only with

considerable difficulty and loss of time. This instrument can be readily

used to analyze virtually any of the hundreds of alloys now in commercial

production.

MEASUREMENTS OF PROPERTIES

OF MATERIALS

The Institute for Materials Research maintains an active measurements

program. The principal aims are: (1) production of reference data; (2)

development of new measurement methods; and (3) determination of the

relationship of bulk properties to the characterization parameters of the

material.

82
Basic Measurements on Basic Materials

The following items represent some of the progress in measuring the basic properties of basic materials:

New Atomic Weights-—IMR has a continuing program to redetermine

values for chemical atomic weights. During the past year the determination for two more elements has been completed. The new atomic weight

of bromine provides a more accurate value, 79.904 ±0.001, which differs significantly from the currently accepted value, 79.909 ±0.002. The high

reliability of the new determination should assure rapid international acceptance. The chemical atomic weight of copper was also determined.

Though the value of 63.546 ±0.001 indicated that the presently accepted

value, 63.54, is substantially correct, the recent determination establishes a new level of accuracy for this important chemical constant. Properties of Parahydrogen.—Extensive data on parahydrogen, a fuel used in advanced chemical and nuclear powered rockets, have been pubHshed. Because of the important applications to space projects, the thermodynamic and transport properties of parahydrogen were determined with

high accuracy over a wide range of temperature and pressure in both the

liquid and gaseous states. New Views of Metal Crystallization.—A field-ion emission study showed

that, contrary to prior concepts, tungsten atoms deposited on a clean tungsten surface stick in the first lattice site they encounter rather than jumping

or "migrating" to other positions. This new information is valuable in understanding crystal structure, and will influence future studies in surface and solid state physics.

High Pressure Single Crystal X-ray Diffraction.—A new method was

developed for studying high pressure structural effects at the atomic level. For the first time, x-ray diffraction experiments at equilibrium conditions can be performed to at least 30,000 atmospheres and ambient temperatures

up to 300 °C. Atomic Arrangement in Crystals.—Single crystal x-ray diffraction studies have established the atomic arrangement in such diverse compounds as Na2 0.4Bo03 , and Bis-dodecacarborane (C4B20H22).

Basic Properties of Engineering Materials

The Institute for Materials Research provides the basic properties of engineering materials to permit informed judgment on their engineering use. Cryogenics Data Center.—One very important activity, particularly in

this space age, is IMR's Cryogenics Data Center. In addition to in-house

research and measurements, current literature is surveyed and a variety of reports are issued for use by industry, Government, and universities. The

scope of the reports includes published data sheets, charts, and topical

reports on the properties of cryogenic fluids and other substances at cryogenic temperature.

83
New Device Measures Dielectric Properties.—In seeking means of deter- mining better ways of determining basic properties of materials, a new

device was developed for measuring the dielectric properties of materials over a wide range of electrical frequencies. The device promises a saving

in equipment and time as well as being capable of yielding more accurate and useful information. Dielectric measurements not only determine elec- trical properties but tell about the general mechanical behavior of the

materials. The polymer industry, for example, uses such measurements to predict mechanical properties of new and improved plastics materials. Engineering Properties of Engineering Materials

In order that meaningful performance criteria can be specified, the Insti- tute for Materials Research engages in considerable work on the engineering

properties of commercially available materials. Much of this work concerns

the degradation of materials and methods for making meaningful measurements.

Effect of Slack-Quenched Structures in Steel.—Heat-treated steels with

incompletely hardened (slack-quenched) areas pose a problem to the designer and to users because the mechanical properties of these areas have not been quantitatively established. The usual solution in case of doubt is to increase the safety factor or use steels with greater hardening

ability. Both of these procedures are costly.

NBS evaluates the mechanical properties of such steels. Under certain limited conditions, the structures are found to be non-detrimental, but in most cases they degrade properties in varying degrees. Quantitative ap- praisal of the effects should give designers and users firm knowledge of when and where these steels can be used and thus reduce the need for overdesign and overalloying.

Polymer Deterioration.—Studies were conducted to determine the life- time of polymers in outer space. Controlled measurements are being made

on the rate of decomposition of polymers subjected to high energy radiation. Recent studies indicate that impurities in polymers may be causing some of the deterioration. Fracture Characteristics of Polymers.—Studies of the fracture characteristics of brittle and amorphous plastics have produced data which will enable the engineer to trace the progress of failure in a plastic structure and also to determine events occurring at the molecular level during failure. Such information is essential to evaluating and improving the strength of

structures.

Tensile Strength of Dental Amalgam.—A method for measuring the

tensile strength of dental amalgam was developed in which specimens are

stressed by high rotational speeds. The method is especially well suited for observing the strength of small specimens during hardening or setting—

prerequisite for developing an adhesive polymer filling.

84
Chemical Behavior of Sugars Revealed.—A simple method for measuring

the rate of "enolization," the first step in the conversion of one sugar into another, was devised. Little is known concerning the fundamental chemistry

of sugar reactions, yet this information is essential to an understanding of the biological processes on which life depends.

Fatigue Failures of Aluminum.—A study revealed that fatigue cracks in aluminum develop and grow more rapidly in a moist atmosphere than in a dry one. These findings will be valuable in designing aluminum structures, especially in extreme environments.

Heat of Vaporization of High-Temperature Metals.—A new method has

been developed for measuring the heat of vaporization of refractory metals. Heat of vaporization is a major controlling factor in determining the hightemperature stability of metals and, in turn, plays an important role in the design of metal structures, such as space vehicles and launching equipment,

which must survive in extremely high ambient temperatures. Several

methods are now available for making these measurements; however, their

results do not always agree. The new measurement method arises from a new theoretical base and provides an independent check on other measurements. New Understanding of Fiber Behavior.—A new theory concerning strain

travel through fibrous materials has been developed and checked experimentally. This theory makes it possible to understand better the behavior

of such materials as tire cords and parachute lines when they encounter

severe strains. STANDARD REFERENCE MATERIALS

About 70,000 standard reference materials items were prepared and sold

to more than 2,000 different companies. The materials are certified for one or more of their physical or chemical properties, such as purity, composition, viscosity, melting point, etc. They are used to calibrate measure- ment systems in science and industry in order to facilitate the exchange of goods, enhance yield in mass production, and provide quality control and

performance criteria. Examples of types of industries which utilize this service are metal, petroleum, automotive, cement, chemicals, rubber, plastics,

pharmaceutical, and transportation.

Cast Iron Standards.—Certification of the amount of 11 trace elements was added to the previous analysis supplied for white cast-iron standard

materials. Because each trace element has an effect on the properties of the iron, the new information will permit simplified design and production

of cast irons. Improved Analysis of Cartridge Brass Standards.-—Eight trace elements were determined in a series of five NBS cartridge brass standard materials. These trace elements—aluminum, antimony, arsenic, beryllium, bismuth,

85
cadmium, silver, and tellurium—were added to the certificates of analysis.

This advance in certification capability enhances the value of the standards

to the copper industry because each trace element uniquely influences the

properties, and therefore the use, of the brass. New Plutonium Isotopic Standard.—A new plutonium isotopic standard,

containing predetermined ratios of 4 isotopes, was calibrated. Standard

material will be made available on a provisional certificate of analysis. The

Atomic Energy Commission requested the standard on an expedited basis

to permit classification and accounting of plutonium isotopes, particularly

in exchanges involving foreign governments.

Radioactivity Standards.-—Seven new or renewed radioactivity standards

for the calibration of radiation-measuring instruments were issued. One of

these, americium 241, is for calibrating instruments used in civil defense. Two others, cesium 137-barium 137a and cerium 141, are the basis for measurement of important fallout products.

Glass Viscosity Standard Material.—A second glass viscosity standard was made available. To obtain glass products of uniform thickness, shape,

and strength, particularly in high-speed mass production processes, vis- cosity must be held to close tolerances; therefore, improved viscosity meas- urements and standards lead to improved product quality control.

Glass Beads for Neutron Flux Measurement.—One of the real needs in the nuclear field is a simple, straightforward method for the absolute determination of slow neutron flux. Such a method has now been developed

based on the use of glass beads, enriched in boron-10, to which one of

several activators (potentially radioactive via neutron absorption) has been

added. Three glasses—a dysprosium glass, an indium glass, and a cobalt

glass—have proved successful. The first two are alternate absolute standards, while the latter is a transfer or secondary standard. Graduated Glass Bead Sample.—A fine, powder-like standard particle- size-distribution sample containing glass beads, 2 millionths to 30 millionths

of a centimeter in diameter, was prepared and made available to the public.

These fantastically small beads were measured with a semiautomatic micro- scope and the data obtained were analyzed by a computer. The volume and

weight of each particle was measured. The sample is intended for calibra- tion of electronic counters which count particles either by weight or size. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO OTHERS

The IMR staff represents a national resource of great importance to the Government as a whole. Because of the unique competences among the

staff, other government agencies frequently request advice and assistance. A few activities of this type are detailed below.

Properties of High Strength Glass.—At the request of the Air Force,

IMR scientists measured the properties of a new high-strength glass devel86
oped by the glass industry for use in aircraft. Data from the study will aid

aeronautical engineers and others in making best use of the glass.

Assist in Lpdating Paper Standards.—A new addition of the Government

Paper Specification Standards, published by the Joint Congressional Committee on Printing, contains several improvements to which the Institute for Materials Research made significant contributions. New testing stand- ards for bursting strength of heavy papers, visual comparison of color and

Slush hydrogen is formed at the bottom of a flask at the NBS cryogenics labo- ratory in Boulder, Colo. Solid hydrogen, formed on the surface of liquid hydrogen, sinks to the bottom and breaks into very fine particles.

87
a specification requirement excluding fluorescent brighteners are among

the most important changes.

Assistance to the U. S. Mint.—The Bureau of Engraving and Printing

requested assistance on a number of metallurgical problems associated with

engraving and printing processes, and in the selection and treatment of materials for research and development equipment. In a particular case, a metal failure in two of four new currency machines resulted in their shutdown. NBS staff studied the failure, determined the causes and recom- mended corrective measures. Preventive measures were suggested to keep

the other two machines in production until a permanent remedy could be

incorporated.

Assistance to NASA on Cape Kennedy Corrosion Problems.—The tech- nical problems involved in the launching of space vehicles and the operation of the Kennedy Space Flight Center are not confined to such things

as booster rockets and guidance systems. Corrosion of gantries and other

structures exposed to the marine atmosphere also presents a serious and

challenging problem. At NASA's request, technical advice is provided on

corrosion problems in order to minimize damage.

Thermophysical Characteristics of Liquid Hydrogen Slush.—The Cryogenic Engineering Division, in conjunction with National Aeronautics and

Space Administration—Kennedy Space Center, has been investigating the thermophysical characteristics of liquid hydrogen slush to determine the

feasibility of its use in the space program. The increased density and

lower energy level of slush hydrogen provide a method of storing a larger

quantity of the fuel for longer periods of time. Investigation to date has

included particle size distribution, terminal velocity measurements, and

aging characteristics. Chemical Analysis Backs Medical Treatment.—At the request of Walter

Reed Army Medical Center, a successful analysis was made of a fragment

of metal taken from a soldier's eye. The analysis was needed so that toxic

effects could be anticipated and counteracted. Although the piece of metal was less than a millimeter in diameter, the chemical analysis was performed

using only one-hundredth of a square millimeter of the sample's surface. TECHNICAL INFORMATION DISSEMINATION

Scientific information is of little value unless it comes to the attention of people who need it.

United States and Japan Cooperate on pH Standardization.—At the sug- gestion of NBS, the Technical Committee on the Determination of pH

(acidity) of the Japanese Standards Association arranged a conference on pH standardization with an NBS representative. Both countries recognize

the need for an international standard for pH, and plans were made for the formation of a group to draft a suitable document. In general, Japanese

88
practice in this important area of analytical measurement follows closely the lead of NBS.

Guidelines for Corrosion Protection of Underground Pipes.—NBS published engineering guidelines for the design of corrosion protection systems

for underground pipes. The recommendations are based on corrosion data

from 4500 metal specimens installed at 86 different soil test sites for periods

up to 17 years. Dental Research.—A 5-year study on complete dentures showed that gradual deterioration in stability and fit is caused by changes in the mouth

tissues and not by dimensional changes in the dentures, a view widely held

previously.

A review of the physical, chemical, histological, and clinical properties

of a zinc oxide-eugenol dental cement originally developed at NBS was

prepared. This review will aid manufacturers in developing improved

formulations and will better acquaint the dental profession with the proper

use of these cements.

Properties of Rare-Gas Solids.—A review of the basic solid-state properties of the rare gases—neon, argon, krypton, and xenon—was prepared. Because the solids formed by these gases are relatively simple, their properties are relatively simple to describe. Such a description gives insight into the properties of the more common and more technologically useful but more complicated solids—transistor materials, for instance.

National Standard Reference Data.—Work continues on the third edition

of Crystal Data. This revision is a pilot project of the National Standard

Reference Data System to develop techniques of data processing for ulti- mate publication by computer-controlled equipment at the Government

Printing Office. This process should reduce to a few weeks the time between

publication of the book and the inclusion of new data.

89
1'i
IV

INSTITUTE FOR

APPLIED TECHNOLOGY

The mission of the Institute for Applied Technology (IAT) is to create opportunities for the application of technology in Government and in civilian industry. The Institute has a mediating role to play between the development and use of technology, and as a consequence, must scan and analyze

the state of technology in order to identify appropriate opportunities for Government, at a given point in time, to facilitate its use. In this sense, the

Institute's mission is part of the broad Department of Commerce mission

of facilitating the commerce of the United States. From among these opportunities the Institute must identify and understand those tasks appropriate in the National Bureau of Standards. These

fall into the following broad areas: (1) engineering measurements and

standards and (2) the dissemination of technical information to industry,

government and the technical community at large, and (3) specific pro- grams to foster invention and innovation.

ENGINEERING MEASUREMENT

AND STANDARDS

This is the Institutes link to the national measurement system. IAT's

function here is to provide a sound technical basis, in the form of test methods and performance criteria for standards, specifications and codes

in a variety of fields, with special emphasis on building, information processing, and instrumentation. In addition, IAT provides links to standard,

code and specification writing bodies so as to identify standards-related

technical problems which need solving and to assure the maximum application of NBS knowledge and research results.

Electronic Devices.—During the past year work has continued in standardization, material and device characterization, and standard test method

development. Work in areas such as Hall device standards, transistor

91
reliability studies, and silicon crystal resistivity measurement techniques

have just about been completed.

One major direction of this effort has been the development of methods

for measuring the characteristics of integrated electrical devices, establish- ing performance criteria for them, and developing definitions and terminology. Early experience has suggested that the reliability of these integrated

circuits may greatly reduce the requirements for repair, overhaul, and

maintenance operations.

Building Research

Many of the building research programs are addressed to the engineering

properties of the materials used by the construction industry. These include

materials like asphalt, concrete, and various metals. In this area it is important to recognize the cooperation of industry through financial sup- port and through the provision of Research Associates who work alongside

the NBS staff. Weathering Data on Aluminum Enamel.—A Research Associate spon- sored by the Porcelain Enamel Institute initiated an exposure test, at five locations throughout the United States, to obtain weathering data on architectural porcelain enamels for aluminum. Since enamels for aluminum are

relatively new, reliable information is lacking on their weather resistance. This study will supply data on color stability, and so permit the preparation

of improved specifications.

Engineering Properties of Asphalt.—Work related to the engineering

properties of asphalts has revealed that ozone, a common constituent of smog, increases the rate of decomposition of asphalt roofing materials

threefold. Understanding and control of this phenomenon is extremely

important to the roofing industry in view of the fact that 80 percent of the roofing material used in this country today is asphalt.

X-Ray Investigation of Asphalt.—Asphalt roofing materials are usually so opaque that it is difficult to examine them by conventional optical

methods. In a new method developed at NBS, x rays were used to produce

images of the microstructure of asphalt-containing specimens. The distri- bution of reinforcing materials in asphalt films and mats, as well as the

origin and development of failures in shingles and other structures were

determined. This technique not only reveals many details of the mechanism

of deterioration but is often able to show intrinsic weaknesses in design

or formulation before they become apparent by other methods of analysis.

Concrete Testing Technique.—A recent investigation has resulted in a new analysis technique for testing concrete. A simple but relatively ac- curate method for determining the granular content of sulfur mortars was

devised for use by cement testing laboratories. It will be especially useful

to smaller laboratories which do not have the equipment necessary to per- form the analysis by the ASTM method.

92
Commercial Sealants.—The properties and performance characteristics of commercial sealants used to seal building joints were studied. Watertight joints present one of the most difficult and troublesome problems in modern building research; essentially perfect joint seals are required to prevent leakage of wind-driven rain. Many new buildings have large

curtain walls as exterior panels which are exposed to daily and seasonal

temperature changes. Identification of significant performance characteristics and development of suitable test procedures enabled the General

Services Administration to issue new Federal Specifications on joint sealants. Exterior Columns for High Rise Structures.—The Federal Housing Authority asked NBS to develop engineering data on exterior columns of high

rise buildings. The columns, exposed to changing temperatures on the outside face and relatively constant temperatures on the interior, change

shape as the temperature differential changes. A mathematical analysis of

this behavior has resulted in a computer program which will aid FHA in

its future specifications decisions. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

Emphasis on the use of performance criteria, as contrasted with measure- ments based on narrowly drawn engineering specifications, has been receiv- ing more and more attention within the Federal Government. A number

of reports were prepared in the last year discussing the benefits to be gained

from the shift to performance-based specifications. There has also been an

increasing awareness that the Federal Government's own procurement pro- grams, which represent large masses of purchasing power, might be used

to encourage innovation as well as to promote economy of purchase, if procurement were based on performance criteria.

Data Processing

During this past year the Bureau of the Budget issued Budget Circular

A-71 which made the Department of Commerce responsible for a number

of functions in the data processing field: "The Department of Commerce is responsible for aiding in the achievement of increased cost effectiveness in the selection, acquisition and utili- zation of automatic data processing equipment."

A major emphasis in this Circular is one of developing performance

requirements for the Government's procurement of computers and computer

programs. The annual cost to the Federal Government of using electronic

digital computers has been estimated at approximately $3 billion. Computer Center.—A Center for Computer Science and Technology was

formed by combining the former Information Technology Division and the Computation Laboratory of the Applied Mathematics Division. Among the

principal efforts of the Center are the development of a technical basis for standards for data processing equipment, for information carriers such as

93
tapes, and for computer programming languages. The Center works jointly

with industry groups, as well as government agencies, and will submit

recommendations for standards pertaining to Federal purchases of computer

hardware and software to the Office of the President.

Building Research

Military Construction Study.—The Department of Defense sponsored a

feasibility study into using a portion of the military construction program

to encourage private industry to develop new or improved building systems.

The likely economic advantage to the Nation's building industry was con- sidered as important as the economic benefits to be gained by the Department of Defense; new systems will provide a source of advanced technology

for military and civilian programs alike. The project as planned consists of five stages of development, of which

the first feasibility stage has now been completed. Various military build- ing programs were analyzed in order to find the building types which would

lend themselves most successfully to a pilot program. This analysis included

exploratory discussions with potential contractors to find the answers to such questions as: —how large a commitment would be required to provide sufficient in- ducement to secure proposals? — what companies now part of the building industry would be willing

to participate in this project? — what companies not now supplying building systems might be inter- ested in bidding on this project?

Subsequent stages will include the development of performance criteria; submission of design proposals by industry; and final coordinated devel- opment of new building systems.

Plumbing Fixture Study.—Under the sponsorship of the Building Research Advisory Board of the National Academy of Sciences-National

Research Council, IAT initiated an investigation of sanitary plumbing

fixtures. The purpose of the investigation was to identify those characteristics that affect utility and sanitation and to develop tests to evaluate them.

In the initial step, a team of NBS investigators considered plastic bath- tubs and glass fiber reinforced resined showerstalls for use in hotels, apartments and private homes.

Plumbing Pipe Sizes.—In another study, new criteria for selecting pipe

sizes for horizontal drains were developed. Findings indicate that some

drain sizes now specified in plumbing codes could be reduced without impairing efficiency—a reduction which would significantly decrease the cost of plumbing systems. Other projects, in a similar direction, investigated

roofing performance in cold climates, and reasons for the failure of built-up

roofs.

94
LINKING ENGINEERING MEASUREMENTS AND

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA TO STANDARDS

Participation in Standardization Groups

NBS staff participates heavily in domestic and international standardizing

bodies. Staff members jointly participate in the activities of about 1,584

such committees, of which 1,317 are domestic, 145 are governmental, and

122 are international. Technical advisory support furnished by NBS to 299 out of the 1,584 committees includes 95 committees of the American

Society for Testing and Materials, 153 committees of the American Standards Association, 23 committees of the International Organization for Standardization, 19 committees of the International Electro-Technical Commission, and 9 committees of the Pan American Standards Commission.

Office of Engineering Standards

The Manager of Engineering Standards, (a position newly established

in fiscal 1965) is responsible for the Office of Weights and Measures; for NBS activities in mandatory standards (assigned by the Congress to the Department of Commerce) ; for operation of the Office of Commodity

Standards; and for the maintenance of a Standards Communication Center.

All of these functions aim at linking technical work to standards needed

in commerce, industry and Government.

Weights and Measures.—Among the significant accomplishments were:

a revision of the weights and measures "bible," a major undertaking in which NBS Handbook 44, Specifications, and Other Technical Requirements

for Commercial Weighing and Measuring Devices, was completely rewritten

and subsequently adopted by the National Conference on Weights and

Measures; the development of new test methods for quantities contained

in aerosol packages, a project undertaken in cooperation with the Chemical

Specialties Manufacturing Association; aid to South America in the devel- opment of weights and measures laboratories; the reclassification of pack- age standards for plastic milk bottles; the development of detailed test procedures for vehicle odometers—a project which resulted in requirements

for rental cars; the calibration of State "secondary standards"; and the study of aids to the oil industry for the development of more accurate slow- flow meters.

Product Standards.—Voluntary trade standards for manufactured products define quality levels and aid in holding variety to a minimum. All of

these standards are subjected to technical review to insure that they pro- vide effective requirements enabling customers to obtain products of recognized type, size, grade, and quality; they are subjected as well to review from the point of view of the representativeness of the committees

of producers, distributors, and users which develop the standards.

95
In the past year, 12 new standards were produced, approved by NBS

and issued by the Department of Commerce. These covered alumnium

nails, aluminum alloy chain-link fencing, wood window units, steel medicine

cabinets, plastic drain waste and vent-pipe, and a cattle hide trim pattern.

Three additional standards were revised and five amendments to existing

standards were approved. In addition, new procedures were designed and

a considerable strengthening of the review procedures of the Office was

undertaken.

Mandatory Standards.—NBS has responsibility for a number of mandatory standards, written into law by the Congress. These include standards

for flammable fabrics, hydraulic brake fluids, refrigerator doors, and

safety seat belts. In fiscal 1965, NBS succeeded in developing one flam- mability test comprehensive enough to satisfy the mandatory standards out- lined by the Flammable Fabrics Act. Also, standards for automotive seat

belts, one of the four mandatory safety standards required by public law, were developed in collaboration with the Society for Automotive Engineers

and an ad hoc committee of representatives from Government agencies. The

standards were published in the Federal Register on December 11, 1964,

and became effective one year hence. They provide for three types of

seat belt assemblies—a lap belt, a safety harness for adults, and a safety

harness for children. DISSEMINATION OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION

The Institute for Applied Technology maintains small specialized infor- mation centers in the fields of electronic components, instrumentation, and

information retrieval technology. It also conducts technical information

programs as part of the activity of the Textile and Apparel Technology

Center, and maintains a standards information center. The principal pro- gram of information dissemination, however, lies in the operations of the Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information.

Federal Clearinghouse

The Clearinghouse completed its first full year of operation in fiscal 1965. In this period, the workload increased by 100 percent, and employment increased from 236 to 316. The Clearinghouse concept—endorsed

by the Federal Council for Science and Technology in February 1964—is to make Government technical information more readily available to the

scientific and industrial community by having a central agency for the

collection, publicizing, and distribution of Government-financed research and

development reports, translations, and information on research in progress. In addition, the Clearinghouse provides referral service to specialized infor- mation centers for data on specific technical problems.

Unclassified Defense Documents Processed.—A significant interagency

agreement was reached between the Departments of Commerce and Defense

96
whereby the Clearinghouse would perform the documentation processing

of DOD unclassified research and development reports and distribute them to DOD contractors, as well as sell them to the public. The processing

and contractor distribution were formerly handled by the Defense Documentation Center. The Clearinghouse was able to begin this work at the

start of the fiscal year, process over 15,000 documents, and distribute more than 750,000 copies to contractors. Document Acquisition and Sales Activity.—The Clearinghouse expanded

its document acquisition activities with AEC, NASA, and other agencies

of the Federal Government. As a result, it collected over 60,000 documents

Receiving room of the NBS Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical

Information. Here some 70,000 titles per year are entered into the Clearing- house's filing, indexing, and distribution system. The walls aren't really bulging; the picture was taken with a very-wide-angle "fisheye" lens which tends

to bend straight lines.

from all Government sources and sold (at the cost of reproduction and

handling) approximately 1,500,000 copies to industrial firms, research

organizations, academic institutions, and individual scientists and engineers.

Clearinghouse Centralization,—Appreciable savings to the Government

resulted from the centralization of document distribution and bibliographic

control, as well as improved internal efficiencies in the Clearinghouse. A

very significant achievement was the consolidation from three separate

locations in the Washington area into one building at Springfield, Va. Government-Wide Index.—The Government-Wide Index to Federal Research and Development Reports (GWI) resulted from a major coordina97
tion effort with DOD, AEC, and NASA. The GWI is a monthly index to reports announced in the journals of the four agencies. The purpose of the GWI is to provide a single source of access for scientists, engineers, and

other researchers, to new technical report literature. Computer prepared,

the INDEX is arranged by report number, accession number, corporate

author, personal author, and subject. Over 2,000 subscribers were receiving

this combined listing at the end of June 1965 with the number of subscribers increasing at the rate of 400 per month.

U. S. Government Research and Development Reports.—The U. S. Government Research Reports announcement journal became the U. S. Government Research and Development Reports (USGRDR) to reflect the wide

variety of documents being acquired by the Clearinghouse. A "Research

Highlights" section of the USGRDR draws special attention to significant new reports. Personal author, contract number and corporate source indexes were added to the journal for reader convenience. Electronic photocomposiiton of USGRDR is planned for the fall to provide better readibility,

fewer pages, and better indexes.

Technical Translations.—Major improvements in the Technical Translations (TT) announcement journal included the addition of the contents

of journals translated cover-to-cover, improved announcement time and the

utilization of computer prepared indexes.

Special emphasis was placed on a program to expand coverage of trans- lation of foreign technical information from Russia, Eastern Europe, and

Communist China.

Fast Announcement Service.—A new Fast Announcement Service (FAS) was created to provide direct and rapid announcement of selected new

reports with significant industrial and/or scientific information to scientists, engineers, and research managers. Nearly 2,000 technical reports categorized into 49 industrial interest areas were described in the 449 Announcements issued by the Clearinghouse in Fiscal 1965. By the end of June

1965, 12,000 individuals and firms were receiving the FAS.

Regional Information Packaging.—The Clearinghouse began an intensive program of "information packaging" in response to the demands of local,

state, university, and trade groups. Government R&D literature is searched

for information on specialized recommended subjects. A five-page summary

is published which includes bibliographies and price lists. Over 30,000

package summaries were distributed in fiscal year 1965. This Regional

Dissemination Program will be fully operational in late Fiscal 1966. Current Research Information.—The Science Information Exchange of i the Smithsonian Institution agreed to furnish the Clearinghouse with magnetic tapes of current research projects in the physical sciences, engineering p and related technology. This data will make up a new section, "Current Research in Progress," of the Clearinghouse journal U. S. Government

Research and Development Reports. The section will provide a single

98
point of contact for information in specialized areas and avoid costly

duplication of research. Industrial Referral Service.—The Clearinghouse created an industrial

referral service on specific technology problems designed to provide referral

to sources of technical expertise from a single point of contact in the Federal Government. The Clearinghouse and the National Referral Center

of the Library of Congress are cooperating in extending these services. Defense Documents Located by Computer.—With the cooperation of the Defense Documentation Center the Clearinghouse is now able to search

by computer the unclassified Department of Defense portion of its collection. Clearinghouse is "Bookdealer".—Negotiations with the Superintendent

of Documents resulted in the designation of the Clearinghouse as a bookdealer for scientific and technical documents sold by GPO. The Clearinghouse will distribute microfiche of current documents and supply all such

technical documents listed by GPO as "out of print."

Cataloging Standards.—Clearinghouse staff members have taken an

active role in interagency subcommittees working for the Committee on

Scientific and Technical Information (COSATI) on rules for microfiche

standards, corporate author headings, subject fields and groups, national

document handling systems, exchange of foreign reports, social science

translations, and vocabulary compatibility. The Clearinghouse participated

with other agencies in developing microfiche standards for the Federal

Government and has adopted, in accordance with COSATI recommendations, subject fields and groups used for categorization in document an- nouncement journals, and new descriptive cataloging standards designed

to promote uniformity throughout the Government.

Increased Efficiency.—Improvements in efficiency and systems design

led to reduced order handling time. Documents maintained in quantity on

the shelf can be distributed to customers within two days (exclusive of mailing time) while those needing reproduction require only five days.

Inventory Control.—A detailed manual system of inventory control was

replaced by a combination of computer inventory and small parts systems.

A document identification directory arranged by accession was developed

to replace the catalog card files in the verification of customer orders.

Statistical Control.—During the year a comprehensive statistical control system for all operational aspects was implemented. A time and labor

reporting system was established to be used in production reporting, and

work standards were set up in accordance with the Commerce Department's

Production Measurement Program. These statistics permit production

reporting for daily monitoring by management production figures to deter- mine the proper workload-manpower balance, information for cost accounting, employee effectiveness and productivity, and effectiveness of special

programs.

Clearinghouse Accounting System.—A Clearinghouse Deposit Account

99
system was implemented to decrease the processing time for customer

requests and to provide management with better financial information. By

the close of the year, data processing programs for automated billing and

posting of cash transactions were complete and ready for implementation

in Fiscal 1966.

Price Schedule.—A new standard pricing schedule reduced overall document prices 30 percent while photocopy prices (blowback) were cut 66

percent.

Demand Prediction Models.—Statistical document demand prediction

models were developed which enable the Clearinghouse to print a document in quantity prior to any requests being received. Cost and time

savings are realized by printing a report instead of using single copy

reproduction methods. Automatic wrapping equipment speeded up distri- bution and reduced costs. Most documents are now individually machine

wrapped in polyethylene packages.

Intern Program.—Recent science and engineering graduates, documentalists and science librarians will have an opportunity to enter a one-year

Internship Program at the Clearinghouse during Fiscal 1966. The program

is designed to acquaint the intern with modern methods of handling large

volumes of Federal scientific and technical information and to provide

broadly based work experience upon which he may build a career in science

documentation and information handling.

INVENTION AND INNOVATION

Technical Innovation.—At the request of the Office of Science and Technology, of the Office of the President, I AT has undertaken a project to analyze the effects on technical innovation in industry of various Federal

policies. These include taxation, antitrust, and regulatory policy. Work in

this area has proceeded with the cooperation of the Departments of Treasury, and Justice, the Small Business Administration and the Council

of Economic Advisors. A panel on taxation, antitrust and regulatory policy was recently appointed by the Secretary of Commerce.

Inventors Congress.—IAT actively encourages States in the development

of inventors' expositions and congresses. Through these congresses, inventors and representatives of industry meet to explore the value of specific

inventions, many of them developed by independents. As a result, new

inventions are brought to light and into commercial production, at a rate which exceeds the usual ratios of success for invention-screening operations.

IAT operates a Government Referral Center which handles considerable

correspondence from individual inventors regarding their ideas. During

fiscal year 1965, state inventors' congresses were held in 12 states, including

Nebraska, Arizona, North Dakota, Arkansas, Missouri, Texas, and North

Carolina.

100
TEXTILE AND APPAREL TECHNOLOGY

The Textile and Apparel Technology Center functions with funds pro- vided by the Congress under the Civilian Industrial Technology (CIT)

appropriation in fiscal year 1963 and subsequently. The money was made

available to encourage the textile and apparel industries' efforts to develop

ways of coping with the pressures of economic cycles, foreign competition,

displacement by other materials, changing consumer demands, and the impact of new materials. Projects have been chosen with the aim of helping to begin institutional activities which the industry itself will continue

to support. Projects to date have included the development at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, of a thesaurus of standard technical terms

for the dry-processing of textiles, the beginning of a program for monitoring foreign textile developments and making them available to U. S. industry, and the offering of a number of short courses and seminars for textile management personnel (courses at Auburn University in 1964 and 1965

were financed fully by the Department of Commerce; similar courses will be 50 percent funded by industry during this coming year; after that industry will support them fully. Similar courses are being offered at the Lowell Technological Institute in Massachusetts).

Apparel Research Foundation.—The Department of Commerce has en- couraged the American apparel industry to form a cooperative research

and development association, comparable to similar associations in Europe

and Japan. This group, The Apparel Research Foundation (ARF), is directing its first projects to research on automation of the garment-making

process and on technological intelligence concerning foreign apparel tech- nology. Support of its efforts is currently provided both by the NBS

Textile and Apparel Technology Center and the industry itself. Rapid

growth of ARF should lead to self-sufficiency in the near future. The

Textile Research Institute, affiliated with Princeton University, is engaged

in a fundamental research program with Department of Commerce support.

North Carolina University Textile Study.—Support has been provided

North Carolina State University for research aimed at developing more

competent technical professionals for the textile industry. In addition, the Center has explored the use of new management techniques, especially those

made practical by computer technology, for analysis of the technical eco- nomic problems of the textile and apparel industries. Several studies have

been completed which analyze trends in foreign competition, introduction

of paper and plastics to the traditional textile and apparel market, and

variations in the size of companies-—all of which affect the textile and

apparel industries' economic performance. A system analysis using simulation and modeling techniques has been developed which would allow

computer comparison of various management strategies for problems such

as the volume of production runs, the best level of inventory, and the maximum efficiency of labor.

101
ASSISTANCE TO OTHER AGENCIES

NBS has continued in its traditional statutory mission of providing

technical assistance to other government agencies. Within the last year, however, the character of this service has tended to move away from the development of hardware and toward systems analysis.

Chemical Information Processing (HAYSTAQ).—NBS has been engaged

for the past eight years in a cooperative venture with the U. S. Patent

Office to investigate the feasibility of mechanizing some of the patent

literature searching activities. Chemical information searching is of particular interest because it is the area of greatest activity in the U. S. Patent

Office at the present time; 25 percent of the patents issued are in the area

of chemistry.

Chemical structures lend themselves to precise definition and are there- fore more amenable to machine manipulation than more ambiguous in- formation such as natural language text. A large part of the work perThe ACCESS computer system, developed by NBS for the Office of Emergency

Planning, accepts pictorial data and presents them in a manner meaningful

to man. Left to right: the FOSDIC microfilm scanner, its control, the data processor control, keyboard and punched tape inputs (in frrat of operator;,

and, in the background, logic and memory components. AlXfe,»» can identity sections of map on 16-mm microfilm and assemble the map sections in correct

relative positions to produce a magnetic tape instructing a plotter in repro- ducing the entire map.

102
taining to the development of search systems for chemical information

has been continued in Project Haystaq, a report on which has been made

public this year. Emergency Communications Computer (ACCESS )

.

—The ACCESS System (Automatic Computer Controlled Electronics Scanning System), de- signed and developed at NBS, was completed and delivered to the Office of Emergency Planning. ACCESS is intended to serve as a communications

center in a national emergency. It would handle large amounts of data for damage assessment and resource status evaluation. ACCESS is designed

to meet a wide range of requirements through rapid manipulation of data

with the results disseminated to central, regional, and local or field Civil Defense offices. This distribution would facilitate decisions by key per- sonnel in all locations.

Vigilometer Tests Human Alertness.—Work sponsored by the U. S. Army

Personnel Office resulted in the development of the Vigilometer, a computer type research instrument for testing and recording the alertness of human subjects. The machine was designed to determine how the instru- ment monitoring performance of Army personnel is affected by such factors

as time on duty, common distractions and characteristics, or displays to be monitored. The Vigilometer should also be useful in industry for the development of information on work methods and conditions.

Computer Simulation of Transportation Network.—The newly estab- lished Technical Analysis Division has undertaken for the Office of Transportation of the Department of Commerce a series of analytic and simulation tasks pertaining to the transportation system of the Northeast Corridor.

A variety of new transportation technologies—high-speed rail, automated

highways, vertical takeoff aircraft and the like—have been proposed and

partially developed for transportation corridors such as the Boston to Washington corridor. In order to permit evaluation of these and similar

technologies, TAD has developed a computer simulation of the transportation network of the corridor. This simulation is capable of describing all transportation links between

major urban areas, for a wide variety of modes; it can then "run" esti- mated mixes of passengers and freight in order to determine the flow

characteristics of the transportation system. In addition, TAD is developing a benefit-cost model, also computerized,

which will serve as an aid to decisions concerning relative benefit and cost of transportation technologies for the corridor, in terms of transportation

flow within the system and return on investment.

Mathematical Model of Patent Activities.—NBS is currently undertaking for the Patent Office a mathematical model of patent examining

activities. This model will predict the backlogs, examiner workload, and

output by the month, for several years into the future. It is designed to

103
help the Patent Office with its problem of backlog—currently about

200,000 applications, with an average waiting time of about 3^ years. Measure of Benefit Programs.—NBS has been asked, by a number of Department of Commerce agencies, to develop measures of benefit of various programs, in order to permit benefit-cost analysis of these efforts. The Weather Bureau has requested the development of these techniques

with reference to weather services. The economic consequences of good

weather forecasting systems in highly weather-dependent industries like construction and agriculture have been calculated for certain specific oc- casions. Much more difficult, however, is the problem of determining

exactly how to measure the benefits of weather forecasts for the American

public. If one could measure these benefits and relate them to the level of effort invested by the Weather Bureau, then further progress could

be made toward determination of the kind and character of optimum

Weather Bureau services. Engineering Seismology Program.—NBS has been asked by the U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey to measure the economic implications of the Engineering Seismology Programs. This pilot project will analyze data

from earthquakes in order to determine optimum construction standards

to guide the building industry and others concerned with safe construction. Pressure Transducer Performance Evaluation.—The Electronic Instru- mentation Division is working for the Department of Defense to develop

techniques for evaluating the performance of transducers and sensors. These devices are used to measure pressures on a rocket surface under the extreme conditions of space flight. Work is under way to develop dynamic

temperature tests for pressure transducers, and to develop methods of

precise calibration of accelerometers in the earth's gravitational field.

104
V

CENTRAL RADIO

PROPAGATION LABORATORY

The NBS Central Radio Propagation Laboratory is an assigned central

responsibility which the Bureau performs for the Federal Government be- cause of its unique technical competence.

CRPL is responsible for collecting, analyzing, and disseminating in- formation on the propagation of radio waves along the surface of the

earth, in the atmosphere, and in space. Complete understanding of these problems requires research on the physics of electromagnetic waves and

of the media in which they travel. In recent years, interest in this field has expanded along the electromagnetic spectrum to include frequencies,

such as infrared and visible light, which are not included in the "radio"

classification, but which are becoming more and more useful in communications.

The Central Radio Propagation Laboratory is responsible for assisting

administrative and operating activities of both Government and industry in the field of radio propagation. It does this at the international level by

active participation in the work of the International Scientific Radio Union

(URSI), and the International Radio Consultative Committee (CCIR),

the engineering organization of the International Telecommunications

Union.

Members of the CRPL staff direct the CCIR standards and international

allocation work in the United States in the fields of radio systems, tropospheric and ionospheric propagation. The work is coordinated in this country by the Department of State. Eight members of the CRPL staff were

selected to be delegates to the CCIR meetings held in Geneva, Switzerland,

in 1965.

The twentieth century is an age of telecommunication—involving a tele- communications industry grossing $20 billion annually. Radio, television,

and microwave relay of telephone calls are part of our daily life, and es- sential to our well being. As our population grows and new market areas

105
are created, as the number of aircraft flights increases, as our space pro- gram develops, as our defense needs evolve, the demand for dependable

interference-free communications increases continually.

Through its work, CRPL makes possible more reliable telecommunications and more efficient use of the electromagnetic spectrum. This second

factor is extremely important since the electromagnetic spectrum, like other natural resources, is limited—only a certain range of frequencies is avail- able for communication use. We cannot enlarge the spectrum beyond its present limits, but we can expand its usefulness by careful allocation of

its frequencies.

During the year, CRPL instituted organizational changes to meet more

effectively its new space age responsibilities. Special emphasis is being

placed on research and services in monitoring and practicing disturbances

in the earth's space environment. These predictions are mainly concerned

with the effect of solar events on the upper atmosphere and near space. In addition to their effect on communications, such solar events are dangerous to space travelers, and the CRPL work is important in protecting space missions from radiation and matter given off by the sun.

IMMEDIATE OBJECTIVES

The reorganization which moves the Central Radio Propagation Laboratory from the Bureau into the Environmental Science Services Administration (ESSA) will improve the scientists' ability to look at man's physical

environment as a whole and permit a fuller understanding of the inter- actions among air, sea, and earth, and the upper and lower atmosphere.

It will enhance the capability to identify and solve important long-range

scientific and technological problems associated with the physical environ- ment. As the immediate objectives are to further the development of the newly

created Environmental Science Services Administration they are somewhat

broad in scope, but include: —A common environmental warning service using a common communications network and one central office to disseminate warnings of

potential disasters. —A single source of environmental information to the many industries

effected. The communications industry, now served by the many CRPL

activities, will gain better information on atmospheric, ionospheric, and

oceanographic conditions. —Better service to Federal agencies concerned with environment, and a

central source within the Federal Government to provide this information. —Research programs to stimulate interdisciplinary approaches.

106
DEVELOPMENTS IN FISCAL 1965

Ionosphere Research

The reflection of radio waves by the ionosphere plays a crucial role in long-distance communication, serving important needs which land-line, sub- marine cable, and satellite cannot meet. At present, the nature of ionospheric radio propagation is well understood; the main problem is to understand the processes responsible for the complexity of the ionosphere

and to learn to predict the ionosphere's effect on radio waves. New Division Formed.—A new division, Ionospheric Telecommunications was formed to conduct research and provide services to the Nation's

radio telecommunications media operating at frequencies below about 50

MHz. A very substantial part of the nation's defense and economy is linked to this visible, time tested method of communication. Much of the foreign commerce of the United States, transocean air traffic control, and

transmission of U. S. information through international broadcasting, de- pends on ionospheric transmission.

Southeast Asia Defense Communications.—NBS studied the possibility of establishing short-term, localized forecasting of radio propagation conditions in southeast Asia on behalf of the Defense Communications Agency.

Modern warfare, especially a diffuse operation in difficult terrain such

as is going on in Viet Nam, is heavily dependent on radio communications. But the reliability of radio communications is at the mercy of natural

forces—especially the behavior of the ionosphere.

For many years, NBS has published worldwide predictions of the be- havior of the ionosphere so that radio users can choose the proper radio

frequencies to obtain the most reliable results. But these global pre- dictions cannot be used to predict short-term variability of local radio

conditions in limited geographical areas. For this reason, it is thought that a special prediction service for southeast Asia would make possible more efficient control and utilization of the radio frequencies used in defense communications and improve the re- liability of the operations.

Frequency Utilization Improved.—Research on more accurate methods

of predicting the performance of ionospheric radio systems provided improved statistics describing the temporal and geographic variation of upper

frequency limitations and transmission loss. Computer methods now facili- tate efficient application of the predicted data to specific radio paths. These

methods optimize frequency usage in simple simulation air-ground communication systems and assist in the scheduling of Voice of America high

frequency broadcast facilities, improve ground communication services in support of NASA Manned Space Missions, assist in the design of antennas

for long range U. S. Air Force circuits, and improve Naval high frequency

communication.

107
Ionosphere Satellite Successfully Launched.—On August 25, 1964, the Ionosphere Explorer "A" satellite (fixed frequency topside sounder) was

put into a polar orbit approximately 550 miles above the earth from the Western Range in California. The primary ionosphere sounding experiThis antenna array at the NBS Gunbarrel Hill (Colo.) field station will be used

to communicate with TOPSI, a topside sounder satellite launched by NASA.

ment was conceived by CRPL scientists as a means of studying many important properties of the high ionosphere that are unobservable from

earth. The information is expected to allow more efficient use of the ionosphere for communications purposes.

108
As principal experimenter, CRPL is responsible for controlling the worldwide program of data acquisition from the satellite and will analyze the

resulting data. Early observations indicated that the satellite is in a very satisfactory

orbit and that all instrumentation is working properly.

Troposphere Research

Radio wave propagation, noise, and interference in the atmosphere are

the concern of tropospheric research. Efforts are aimed at the development of theoretical and semiempirical prediction methods and their statis- tical comparison with samples of radio wave propagation and radio

noise data. New Section to Study Millimeter Waves.—A Millimeter Wave Propagation Section was established to study the propagation of extremely high

frequency waves through the atmosphere and to examine the usefulness of

this portion of the electromagnetic spectrum. One of the potential uses

of these waves is in telecommunications used to probe planetary atmospheres.

Study of Over-Water Microwave Propagation.—NBS scientists studied

variations in radio signals traversing over-water paths at the Atlantic

Missile Range. The findings will aid in appraising the stability of over- water microwave links. The microwave system studied at Eleuthera Island in the Bahamas is an essential part of the Mistram precision missile trajectory measurement

system. The accuracy of this system depends on the stability of the micro- wave transmission. Instrument Landing System Analyzed.—A study of the service restric- tions imposed on the Instrument Landing System (ILS) by cochannel and

adjacent-channel interference was published. Results of this study will aid the Federal Aviation Agency in making more effective frequency as- signments for the Instrument Landing System.

Computer Reduces Worldwide Noise Data.—The automatic reduction

and tabulation of all data from the NBS worldwide network of atmospheric

noise recording stations is now accomplished by computer techniques.

These data, which include some short-term statistics in the form of amplitude probability distributions, are applied by theoretical means and

computer programs to the analysis of several types of binary-coded communication systems. Atmospheric noise and error rates were recorded

simultaneously in a test of the Minuteman Radio Launch Control System.

They proved to be in good agreement with predictions of system per- formance. The noise on these recordings is being analyzed to determine

other important statistics of the noise affecting system performance, such

as the autocorrelation function, pulsewidth distributions, and bandwidth

effects.

109
New Instrument for Interference Studies.—The primary objective of NBS electromagnetic interference studies is to provide information on the

level and characteristics of radio interference and the influence of this interference on the performance of various types of radio telecommunication. To help carry out this objective, the Energy Spectrum Recorder was

completed and field tested. This instrument scans a predetermined pattern of frequencies between 20 Hz and 600 kHz, recording noise and signal

levels for these frequencies at a given location. Communication by Light Beams.—An Optical Propagation and Laser Communications Section was established to study atmospheric limitations on optical communication. Laser beams, in particular, are finding in- creasing application in high-precision surveying, wide-band information

channels, and optical-radar measurements of orbiting satellites. To aid in the research, a new laser transmitter site on Table Mountain, near Boulder,

will act as a mobile receiving van to measure the atmospheric effects on

the laser beam over distances of one to 150 km.

Optical Distance Measurement Improved.—Commercial optical devices

presently being used for distance measurements in geodetic surveys are

limited in accuracy to a few parts per million. Improvement of this ac- curacy has so far been prevented by the difficulty in estimating the variable

effect of the atmosphere upon the velocity of light. A new way of correcting

for this effect has been devised. It involves comparing the distances as measured with red and blue light. The small difference in the two measured

distances promises to provide a means for stimulating the correction with at

least ten times the accuracy now available.

Space Environments

Study of the sun, planets, stars and interplanetary space is blossoming

into several new fields because of the dictates of the space program and

modern astronomy. Space environment research, solar-planetary interre- lationships, and lunar studies, are of vital importance to the furtherance of national and international programs. In addition, understanding and pre- dicting disturbances such as solar flares and storms is essential not only in communications, but in protecting travelers in outer space. Forecasting Space Environments.—The Space Environment Forecasting

Division was created on February 1, 1965 for the purpose of studying and

ultimately predicting disturbances in the upper atmosphere, in space, and

on the sun. Studies are proceeding on three major aspects of solar dis- turbances: the solar flares, i.e., electromagnetic radiation, the polar-cap

absorption (PCA) caused by solar protons, and the auroral phenomena

due to the enhancement of solar plasma streams. In the work on the occurrence of solar flares, corrected data were published for the period

July 1955-June 1957. Methods for the early recognition of solar flares were surveyed, comparing x-ray bursts detected on satellites and in optical

and radio emissions from the sun with the resulting ionospheric effects.

110
Protection of Space Travelers.—The results of some NBS research will he invaluable in protecting space travelers from hazards in the space en- vironment. NBS works on ways of predicting space hazards—such as radiation bursts from the sun—so that space travelers can avoid them or prepare to meet them.

NBS scientists described how bursts of cosmic rays come from special locations on the rotating sun, and how those areas can be identified and

watched. Other work explained how electrically charged particles from the sun sometimes travel rapidly to the earth and at other times are delayed

for many hours. An understanding of this effect could be extremely important in protecting space travelers from being showered by solar particles.

Assistance in Mariner IV Mars Probe.—NBS assisted the Jet Propulsion

Laboratory in preparation for a study of the ionosphere of Mars con- ducted by the Mariner IV space probe during its flyby of Mars, on July

15, 1965. Measurements on radio signals transmitted by Mariner IV as

it went into eclipse behind Mars were used to estimate the extent of the Martian ionosphere. But adequate corrections had to be made for the

effects of the earth's own atmosphere on these observations. These cor- rections were made using data gathered on NBS ground-based ionospheric

measurement programs during the Mariner flight. Spaceglow Program Aided by Gemini Flights.—As the manned space program becomes more sophisticated, astronauts are having greater op- portunities to make visual astronomical observations. Such phenomena as the zodiacal light, a faint hazy cone of light visible in the western sky

after sunset or in the east before sunrise, is a good example. The zodiacal

light, caused by the scattering of sunlight by dust particles in interplanetary space, is quite bright for elongations a few degrees from the sun, but

tapers off in brightness until it is barely visible. Many discussions have

been held between NBS scientists and the astronauts about the possibilities of observing the zodiacal light.

Satellite Data Aids Atmospheric Studies.—NBS is using satellite data

in a detailed study of Faraday fading in the ionosphere. This fading is the periodic disappearance of a radio signal caused by the combined action

of the earth's magnetic field and electrons in the ionosphere. Study of data

from three different satellite sources, including Sputnik III, will enable

scientists to obtain a more complete, overall picture of the electron density

i in the ionosphere.

Detecting High Altitude Detonations.—Supported by the Advanced Research Projects Agency, the Bureau is developing techniques to detect high

altitude nuclear detonations. Such detonations produce some geophysical

effects believed distinctive and some similar to the effects produced by

natural disturbances. Recognizing man-made events against the natural background requires setting up representative geophysical experiments to acquire data on the natural background. Considerable progress was made
on the problem of collecting data through the use of on-line digital computer and high-speed analog devices. Lunar Communications Analyzed.—A recent NBS Monograph and consultative work provide a reference for future studies of the power requirements of lunar surface communication systems using groundwave propagation. The effects of external noise and antenna ground proximity losses are included with calculations of groundwave propagation and recom- mendations for further studies expected to be useful in NASA's extended

Apollo program for lunar exploration.

Milky Way Used as Standard Reference Light Source.—NBS scientists developed a method of using the Milky Way as a standard reference light source in photometry. The light of the closely packed stars in the Milky

Way remains essentially constant over centuries. As a standard reference

light source, the Milky Way is available to experimenters, no matter how

remote they may be from laboratory standards. The method will increase

the reliability of results obtained at widely separated observatories, thus

assuring that similarities or differences between readings at different loca- tions are true, and not due to reference variations or calibration in- accuracies. Atmospheric Processes

Atmospheric processes, both chemical and physical in nature, are an

important key to an understanding of the structure of the atmosphere.

New knowledge relates directly to radio propagation and prediction

capability.

Thunderstorm Information Aids NASA.—Measurements of Colorado

thunderstorm radio forward scatter characteristics were analyzed to de- termine statistical factors for interference prediction puposes. Meteorological data are being studied to establish more general inteference pre- diction techniques for other geographical areas. Specific interference

predictions were made for NASA tracking sites. Laboratory Measurements of Ionospheric Processes.—NBS made the

first laboratory measurement of the reaction between molecular nitrogen

ions and atomic oxygen atoms, a process important in the operation of the ionosphere. This knowledge contributes to our basic understanding of atmospheric and ionospheric processes, facilitates our utilization of the ionosphere for telecommunications, and increases our ability to predict

the effects of large scale man-made disturbances (nuclear explosions) on

military communication systems.

Re-examination of Theories of Earth's Development Suggested.—NBS

scientists, by reproducing upper atmospheric processes in the laboratory,

showed that a mechanism previously believed to keep the concentration of helium in the earth's atmosphere constant does not, in fact, do so. Decay of radioactive material in the earth's crust produces enough helium

112
to reach present concentrations in just a few million years. Over the long

history of the earth, the concentration would have risen far above current

levels unless there was some mechanism by which helium "leaks" away

into space. Now that the NBS research has shown that the mechanism (neutraliza- tion of helium ions by reaction with oxygen) thought to cause this leakage cannot accomplish it, geophysicists will have to reconsider many beliefs about the history and development of our planet. The findings even

suggest that some catastrophic event occurred in the past few million years which boiled off part of the earth's atmosphere.

Plasma Theory Aids Ionosphere Study.—A general theory of plasma

fluctuations, developed in the plasma physics program, provides a broad

and rigorous basis for interpreting measurements of the ionosphere by

scattering and radiation emission techniques. The plasma physics program

is one of the few in the nation that ties in directly with environmental and

telecommunications sciences and consequently contributes to understanding

the properties and behavior of the ionosphere and interplanetary media.

Infrared Properties of the Atmosphere.—Analyzing infrared properties

of the atmosphere has provided a more thorough and exact understanding

of its absorption characteristics. Theoretical studies of the absorption

characteristics of water vapor and carbon dioxide in the infrared spectrum were conducted in great detail and were found to be in excellent agreement

with controlled laboratory experiments. Continuing efforts in this area are enlarging the knowledge available on other infrared spectral regions of the major atmospheric absorption components.

113

APPENDIXES

ORGANIZATION OF THE

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS*

The Bureau is headed by a Director who is appointed with the advice

and consent of the Senate. The Director is assisted in the ovarall management of the Bureau by a Deputy Director. In addition, there are three Associate Directors and a Manager of the Boulder Laboratories who are responsible for the planning and operation of various technical and administrative management services in support of the Bureau's technical programs.

Technical program activities are conducted in four major organizational

units known generally as Institutes. Each is headed by an Institute Director

who is responsible for the development and direction of research programs

and central national sendees essential to the fulfillment of a broad segment

of the Bureau's mission. These major organizational units are:

(1) The Institute for Basic Standards, which includes 13 divisions (4

in Boulder, Colo.), each serving a classical subject matter area of science

and engineering;

(2) The Institute for Materials Research, which consists of 7 divisions

(1 in Boulder, Colo.), organized primarily by technical field;

(3) The Institute for Applied Technology, which includes 12 industryoriented divisions; and

(4) The Central Radio Propagation Laboratory, which comprises a

series of four divisions located at Boulder, Colo. DIRECTOR

Allen V. Astin

DEPUTY DIRECTOR

I. C. SCHOONOVER

Assistant to the Deputy Director

P. H. Kratz

OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR

Assistants to the Director G. E. Auman

C. N. COATES

W. H. Gammon

*As of June 30, 1965

115
Senior Research Fellows

C. Eisenhart

U. Fano

K. Shuler

J. R. Wait

Associate Director for Resources Planning

S. Silverman

Office of Public Information

A. V. Gentilini, Chief

Office of Radio Frequency Management

A. Barnabei

Office of Industrial Services R. L. Stern

ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR ADMINISTRATION

R. S. Walleigh

Accounting J. Seidenberg

Administrative Services H. P. Dalzell

Budget and Management J. E. Skillington

Internal Audit H. F. Whittington

Patent Advisor D. Robbins

Personnel G. R. Porter

Plant M. B. Goetz, Acting

Supply G. B. Kefover

ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR TECHNICAL SUPPORT

Vacant

Coordinator of Special

International Programs L. L. Marton

Instrument Shops F. P. Brown

Technical Information and Publications W. R. Tilley

Radiation Safety Vacant

Research Information Vacant

Library S. A. Jones

Measurement Engineering G. F. Montgomery

MANAGER, BOULDER LABORATORIES

R. B. Scott

Consultant, Statistics Communications Liaison Officer Assistant and Manager for Planning Facilities Technical Information Officer Library

Administrative Services, Chief

Shops, Chief

Plant, Chief

E. L. Crow

A. Barnabei

S. W. J. Welch

J. R. Craddock

L. E. Leonard

H. D. Stansell

F. P. Brown

E. A. Yuzwiak

116
Institute for Basic Standards

The Institute for Basic Standards provides the central basis within the United States for a complete and consistent system of physical measurement

and coordinates that system with the measurement systems of other nations. The Institute is also responsible for measuring the physical constants and properties of matter. In doing so, it is able to provide more accurate determinations of the basic and derived standards, to provide new and

improved calibration services and reference data, and to monitor and

check the measurement system.

IBS disseminates measurement capability by calibrating master standards

for other standards laboratories, by aiding and advising measurement

centers and by providing means for self-calibration. An additional important responsibility of the Institute is the operation

of the Office of Standard Reference Data which coordinates the National

Standard Reference Data Program and provides a national file of critically

evaluated data in the physical sciences.

INSTITUTE FOR BASIC STANDARDS

Director

R. D. Huntoon

MECHANICS

Mechanical Measurements

Pressure Measurements Vacuum Measurements

Vibration Measurements

Humidity Measurements

Spectroscopy

Infrared and Microwave

Spectroscopy Far Ultraviolet Physics

Electron Physics

Atomic Physics

Plasma Spectroscopy

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

Thermochemistry

Surface Chemistry

Elementary Processes Mass Spectrometry

Photometry and Colorimetry

Refractometry

Photographic Research Length

Engineering Metrology Mass and Volume

Nuclear Physics

Radioactivity

Radiological Physics

X-ray Physics

Dosimetry

X-ray Standards

117
Neutron Physics Photonuclear Physics Nuclear Spectroscopy

Accelerator

Accelerator Engineering

Radiation Physics Instrumentation

Accelerator Physics

RADIO STANDARDS LABORATORY * RADIO STANDARDS PHYSICS * Frequency-Time Dissemination Research

* Located at Boulder, Colo.

Frequency-Time Broadcast Services Radio and Microwave Materials Atomic Frequency and Time

Interval Standards Radio Plasma

Microwave Physics

RADIO STANDARDS ENGINEERING * Low Frequency Calibration Services High Frequency Calibration Services High Frequency Electrical Standards High Frequency Impedance Standards Microwave Calibration Services Microwave Circuit Standards

Institute for Materials Research

The work of the Institute for Materials Research is basic both to the Bureau's measurement missions, and to the operations of science and in- dustry in general. Precisely defined materials properties serve both as measurement standards and as a means for conveying measurement capability to the users. Also, more functional, resourceful, and precise application of materials in science, technology, and industry, requires refinements

in measurement capability and better understanding of material behavior.

To further these objectives, IMR conducts research on the fundamental

properties of matter and materials; develops techniques for preparing

materials and measuring their properties; develops criteria for evaluating

the behavior or performance of basic materials; and develops, produces,

and distributes standard reference materials. Standard reference materials are a product of the Institute's unique

capacity to carefully measure and certify the physical and chemical properties of a particular material. NBS reference materials are used in industry

for the evaluation and control of both raw materials and finished products

and for the calibration of measuring instruments.

Fundamental materials research in support of the Standard Reference

Materials program involves improvements in methods of preparation, purification, and characterization of materials and production of new research

materials with special characteristics, i.e., high purity, well-defined structure or other specific properties. One of the most valuable results of this re- search is more accurate and complete data on the properties and per- formance of materials and a better understanding of the behavior of materials in specific environments.

118
INSTITUTE FOR MATERIALS RESEARCH

Director

G. K. Teal

OFFICE OF STANDARD

REFERENCE MATERIALS

METALLURGY

Engineering Metallurgy

Alloy Physics

Lattice Defects and

Microstructures Corrosion Metal Physics

Electrolysis and Metal

Deposition

Crystallization of Metals ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY

Radiochemical Analysis

Spectrochemical Analysis Electrochemical Analysis

Quantitative Separations

Analysis and Purification Analytical Mass Spectrometry

Organic Chemistry

INORGANIC MATERIALS

Inorganic Chemistry

Glass High Temperature Chemistry

Crystal Chemistry

Physical Properties

Crystallography

Solid State Physics

* Located at Boulder, Colo.

CRYOGENICS * Cryogenic Technical Services Cryogenic Data Center Cryogenic Properties of Solids Properties of Cryogenic Fluids Cryogenic Systems

Cryogenic Metrology

Cyogenic Fluid Transport

Processes POLYMERS

Polymer Solutions Polymer Chemistry

Polymer Physics Molecular Properties Dental Research Polymer Characterization Materials Evaluation Laboratory

Materials Evaluation and

Testing Procurement Systems

Evaluation Criteria Performance Research REACTOR RADIATIONS

Reactor Operations

Engineering Services Neutron Nuclear Physics Neutron Solid State Physics

Institute for Applied Technology

The Institute for Applied Technology creates opportunities for the application of new technology in government and private industry. In gov- ernment this activity contributes to the solution of national problems; in industry, it stimulates the smooth introduction of new technology into research and production. Three interrelated programs are designed to carry out this mission—technical information dissemination, engineering

measurements and standards, and consulting services. The Institute's technical information program is built around its Clear- inghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information. The Clearinghouse makes available to industry, commerce, and the general public,

results of government-sponsored research and development. Also, technical information on innovation, computer application, building research, elec- tronic instrumentation, and textiles is developed and disseminated by other

parts of the Institute. The engineering measurements and standards program is a major underpinning of our mass production economy. It makes possible the inter119
changeability of parts, improves communication between producer and

consumer, and facilitates the introduction of new technology. IAT provides

technical support to trade associations, professional societies, and private

standards bodies for the development of performance criteria in the fields of building, textiles and information processing. In addition, it develops

the instruments and test methods which are used in evaluating industrial products.

Consulting services, largely for other Government agencies, include: —computer services, in the form of information processing and auto- matic data processing —operations research studies, such as the Northeast Corridor Project —electronic research, e.g., laser applications —building research, which is introducing a more integrated approach to construction

INSTITUTE FOR APPLIED TECHNOLOGY

Director D. A. Schon

OFFICE OF MANAGER OF ENGINEERING

STANDARDS

Commodity Standards Mandatory Law Standards

Technical Standards Information COORDINATOR OF ENGINEERING STANDARDS

CLEARINGHOUSE FOR FEDERAL SCIENTIFIC

AND TECHNICAL INFORMATION

Document Management

Document Analysis and Reference Automated Systems and Services Customer Relations Plans and Development

Administrative Services

Joint Publications Research Service INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

PILOT

Research Information Center Components and Techniques

Computer Technology Measurements Automation

Engineering Applications

Systems Analysis

OFFICE OF WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

OFFICE OF INVENTION AND

INNOVATION

TEXTILE AND APPAREL TECHNOLOGY

CENTER

OFFICE OF TECHNICAL RESOURCES

Domestic Technology Information AID Technology Information

120
BUILDING RESEARCH

Structures

Fire Research Environmental Engineering

Materials and Composites Codes and Standards TECHNICAL ANALYSIS

Transport Systems

Northeast Corridor

Industrial Technology

Building Industry Simulations

Central Radio Propagation Laboratory

The Central Radio Propagation Laboratory (CRPL), located at Boulder,

Colo., has the primary responsibility for providing information on electro- magnetic wave propagation along the surface of the earth, in the atmosphere and in space. It conducts basic and applied research on techniques

for the efficient use of the radio spectrum. Such studies were, in the recent

past, expanded to include virtually the entire electromagnetic spectrum.

In particular, infrared and visible light, not part of the "radio" sector, are proving more and more valuable in communications. CRPL work is the basis for efficient use and conservation of the limited resources of the electromagnetic spectrum which is becoming seriously overcrowded at precisely the time when communications needs are explosively expanding.

CRPL is also responsible for investigating, monitoring, and forecasting

disturbances in the earth's space environment. The effects of solar events on space and the atmosphere require intensive study both for effective communications and for safe travel in space. When CRPL is incorporated

into the new Environmental Science Services Administration, it will join

in the effort to look at the whole of man's physical environment and analyze

the interactions among space, atmosphere, sea, and earth.

CENTRAL RADIO PROPAGATION LABORATORY

Director

C. G. Little

IONOSPHERIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS

ELF to MF Propagation Branch VLF/LF Research Section Radiodetermination Section Electromagnetic Theory Section HF Propagation Group

HF and VHF Propagation Branch

Ionospheric Radar Section HF Propagation Theory Group

Radar Facility Group

Ionospheric Predictions Branch

Prediction Services Section

Field Engineering and Operations Sect. Prediction Research Group

121
Communications Technology Branch

Frequency Utilization Section Information Transmission Section Antenna Section Systems Group

AERONOMY

Geomagnetism Group

Equatorial Airglow Studies Instrumentation Group

Laboratory Plasma Physics

Atmospheric Collision Processes Rocket and Satellite Experiments

Ionosphere and Exposphere Physics

Ionospheric Structure

Optical Aeronomy

TROPOSPHERIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS

Data Reduction and Instrumentation Atmospheric Spectroscopy

Optical Propagation and Laser Communications

Electromagnetic Interference Environment

Millimeter Wave Propagation

Tropospheric Propagation Predictions Spectrum Utilization Research Radio Meteorology

Tropospheric Physics

SPACE ENVIRONMENT FORECASTING

Space Disturbance Research Programs

High Altitude Nuclear Detection Studies Solar Flare Detection Techniques

Radio Phase Studies High Latitude Ionosphere Physics

Magnetoionic Storm Theory

Numerical Forecasting Techniques

Solar Proton Event Detection

Infrasonics Ionosphere Responses

Solar Radio Astronomy

Solar Activity Radiation Environment

Space Environment Forecasting Services Boulder Magnetic Observatory

Space Environment Data Services Forecasting Services High Latitude Space Disturbances Monitoring

FIELD ESTABLISHMENTS

Institute for Applied Technology

Office of Weights and Measures Field Stations: Master Railway Track Scale Depot Clearing, 111. Building Research Field Stations: Materials Testing Laboratories Denver, Colo.; Seattle, Wash.

Institute for Basic Standards

Metrology Division Field Station:

Visual Landing Aids Field Laboratory Areata, Calif.

122
Radio Standards Laboratory Field Stations: Standard Frequency Station WWV

Standard Frequency Station WWVL-WWVB

Standard Frequency Station WWVH

Laboratory Astrophysics Division Field Station: Poor Man's Relief Mine, Four-Mile Canyon

Greenbelt, Md.

Fort Collins, Colo. Maui, Hawaii

Boulder, Colo.

Central Radio Propagation Laboratory Field Stations

ALASKA

Adak**

Barrow

College ** ANTARCTICA

Byrd Station * * Eights Station **

Pole Station *

* ARIZONA

Kitt Peak Observatory

AUSTRALIA

Cook**

Sydney *

* BOLIVIA

La Paz * * BRAZIL

Natal**

Sao Jose Dos Campos *' CALIFORNIA

Lompoc Pacific Missile Range

Los Angeles ** CAMEROON

Douala * * CANADA

Baie St. Paul Cape Jones **

Frobisher Bay * * Great Whale River**

CHAD

Fort Lamy * * CHILE

Concepcion **

Santiago **

COLOMBIA

Bogota * * COLORADO

Akorn

Beulah Cheyenne Mountain

Erie

Fritz Peak

Green Mountain Mesa

Gunbarrel Hill Haswell

Karval Kendrick Kolb

Lafayette

Rocky Flats Sunset Table Mountain

ECUADOR

Quito ** FLORIDA

Eglin Air Force Base * * FORMOSA

Taipei *

* GHANA

Accra ** GREENLAND

Godhavn ** Narssarssuaq * * HAWAII

Kauai (Kekaha)

Maui, Haleakala ** Maui (Puunene Airport)

ILLINOIS

Long Branch

INDIA New Delhi * * ISRAEL

Tel-Aviv ** ITALY

Anacapri ** JAPAN

Ohira ** MALAGASAY

(MADAGASCAR)

Tananarive *

* MALAYA

Singapore * * MICHIGAN

Pontiac ** MINNESOTA

Cedar Creek ** MOROCCO

Rabat ** NEBRASKA

Shickley

NEW JERSEY

Fort Monmouth * * NEW MEXICO

White Sands ** NIGERIA

Kano **

Zaria * * OKINAWA

Okuma ** Onna * * OKLAHOMA

Mangum

Contract or mutual cooperation.

123
SUMMARY OF NBS STAFF

AS OF JUNE 30, 1965

Washington Boulder Total

1 otal permanent staff .... . z/o4> 1 91 Q IZlo

utner otan _ 34,7 94^

X Ulcll Oil I 31 31 4595

Research Associates and Guest Workers 10U 3d 1±yyQQ

Total i oiai onon roiis i-ollc aiat WRQ hdj _ _ - 39Q1 oZrJi. 1DUZ 47Q3 / yo

Pro fecclnnnl Qf Qff ** rroiessionai oian

Physicists 442 237 o i y Chemists 293 10 303

Engineers 183 204 387

Mathematicians 51 56 107

Other 111 20 131

Total professional staff 1080 527 1607

* Part time, intermittent, consultants, students, teachers, post-doctoral fellows an temporary limited employees. ** Full-time permanent, excludes any under *.

FINANCIAL DATA FOR FISCAL 1965

Program and Source of Financing Obligations Incurred (Rounded)

Supported by NBS Appropriations:

Operating Programs:

Research & Technical Services $31,760,000

Civilian Industrial Technology 347,000

Special Foreign Currency

Program 687,000

Subtotal $32,794,000

Construction and Facilities Program:

Plant and Facilities 1,827,000

Construction of Facilities 1,509,000

Subtotal 3,336,000

Total NBS Appropriation $36,130,000

124
Supported by Other Funds:

Other Federal Agencies 25,526,000

Nongovernment Sources 1,082,000

Subtotal 26,608,000

Calibrations, Testing, Standard

Samples and Other

Technical Services 6,271,000

Total Supported by Other

Funds 32,879,000

Total Program $69,009,000

ADVISORY COMMITTEES

STATUTORY VISITING COMMITTEE

Reports annually to Secretary7 of Commerce on NBS activities. Dates

indicate expiration of appointment.

Dr. E. R. Piore, Vice President, Research & Engineering, International

Business Machines Corporation (1967), Chairman

Dr. Frederick Seitz, President, National Academy of Sciences (1966)

Professor Charles H. Townes, Provost, Massachusetts Institute of Technology (1965)

Dr. Elmer W. Engstrom, President, Radio Corporation of America (1968)

Dr. Paul C. Cross, President, Mellon Institute (1969)

TECHNICAL ADVISORY PANELS

During the past year a number of changes were made in the Bureau's program in order to obtain increased advisory input from the Nation's

scientific and technical community. A new agreement was reached with

the National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council whereby the functions of the former NBS Advisory Committee on Calibration and

Measurement Services and the Advisory Committee on Textile and Apparel

Research were included in its continuing evaluation and review of technical programs of NBS. The NBS Weights and Measures Advisory Committee was replaced by a Committee on Liaison with the National Government under the National Conference on Weights and Measures. The

Advisory Committee on Engineering and Related Standards was discontinued because its functions were essentially duplicated by normal working

contacts between NBS and the organizations represented on the Committee.

Twenty NAS-NRC advisory panels and committees were constituted

during 1965. Of these, all panels except those for the Analytical Chemistry,

125
Metallurgy, and Cryogenics Divisions met at least once, and the Advisory

Committee on Textile and Apparel Research met on five occasions. Comments and recommendations from the panels have been very helpful to NBS officials in formulating and adjusting the Bureau's technical pro- gram. The composition and operation of the advisory groups are still in the process of modification to adapt to the reorganization of the NBS

into Institutes.

Institute for Basic Standards

Dr. R. D. Huntoon, Director

Advisory Panel to Applied Mathematics Division

Dr. Alston S. Householder, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Chairman

Prof. T. W. Anderson, Columbia University

Prof. Francis J. Anscombe, Yale University

Prof. Charles R. DePrima, California Institute of Technology

Prof. Joaquin B. Diaz, University of Maryland

Dr. Ralph E. Gomory, International Business Machines Corp.

Dr. Alan J. Hoffman, International Business Machines Corp.

Dr. Bernard 0. Koopman, Institute for Defense Analyses

Dr. J. P. LaSalle, Research Institute for Advanced Studies

Prof. Peter D. Lax, New York University

Dr. Elliott W. Montroll, Institute for Defense Analyses

Dr. J. Barkley Rosser, University of Wisconsin

Prof. John Todd, California Institute of Technology

Advisory Panel to Electricity Division

Dr. William G. Amey, Leeds & Northrup Company, Chairman

Dr. Richard M. Bozorth, Short Hills, N. J. Mr. Ivan G. Easton, General Radio Company

Prof. Raymond M. Fuoss, Yale L^niversity

Dean R. B. Lindsay, Brown University

Mr. E. C. Starr, U. S. Department of the Interior Prof. M. B. Stout, University of Michigan

Prof. John G. Trump, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Advisory Panel to Metrology Division

Dr. J. H. Webb, Eastman Kodak Company, Chairman

Prof. Isay A. Balinkin, University of Cincinnati Dr. Alsoph H. Corwin, The Johns Hopkins University

Mr. C. L. Crouch, Illuminating Engineering Society

Mr. A. M. Dexter, Bausch & Lomb Incorporated

Dr. Robert E. Hopkins, University of Rochester

Mr. Floyd W. Hough, American Geophysical Union

Dr. Elmer Hutchisson, Portola Valley, California

Mr. Louis Polk, Dayton, Ohio

Prof. John Strong, The Johns Hopkins University

126
Advisory Panel to Mechanics Division

Prof. S. R. Beitler, American Society of Mechanical Engineering,

Chairman

Prof. Lynn S. Beedle, Lehigh University

Prof. Arthur T. Ippen, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Dr. Harry F. Olson, Radio Corporation of America

Prof. Jesse Ormondroyd, University of Michigan

Dr. M. E. Shank, Pratt & Whitney Aircraft

Prof. R. S. Rivlin, Brown University

Advisory Panel to Heat Division

Dr. Charles F. Squire, Texas A&M University, Chairman

Prof. Henry A. Fairbank, Duke University

Prof. H. R. Griem, University of Maryland

Prof. Burgess H. Jennings, Northwestern University

Prof. Joseph Kestin, Brown University

Dr. Paul G. Klemens, Westinghouse Research Laboratories

Prof. Robert S. Mulliken, University of Chicago

Prof. John Ross, Brown University

Prof. Clayton A. Swenson, Iowa State University

Prof. Edgar F. Westrum, Jr., University of Michigan

Advisory Panel to Atomic Physics Division

Prof. Peter Franken, University of Michigan, Chairman

Prof. R. Grant Athay, University of Colorado

Prof. W. R. Bennett, Jr., Yale University

Dr. Bruce H. Billings, Aerospace Corporation

Dr. Wade L. Fite, University of Pittsburgh

Dr. Leo Goldberg, Harvard College Observatory

Dr. R. L. Sproull, Advanced Research Projects Agency

Prof. Gabriel Weinreich, University of Michigan

Prof. E. Bright Wilson, Jr., Harvard University

Advisory Panel to Physical Chemistry Division

Dr. Henry Eyring, University of Utah, Chairman

Dr. Paul Cross, Mellon Institute Dr. Benjamin P. Dailey, Columbia University

Prof. Hans H. Jaffe, University of Cincinnati

Dr. Joseph 0. Hirschfelder, University of Wisconsin

Dr. Max S. Matheson, Argonne National Laboratory

Dr. Daniel R. Stull, The Dow Chemical Company

Prof. Harold S. Johnston, University of California

Advisory Panel to Laboratory Astrophysics

Dr. Wade L. Fite, University of Pittsburgh, Chairman

Prof. W. R. Bennett, Jr., Yale University

Dr. Bruce H. Billings, Aerospace Corporation

Prof. Peter Franken, University of Michigan

Dr. Leo Goldberg, Harvard College Observatory
Dr. Arthur Kantrowitz, Everett Research Laboratory

Dr. A. Keith Pierce. Kitt Peak National Observatory

Dr. 0. C. Wilson, California Institute of Technology

Advisory Panel to Radiation Physics Division

Dr. Robley D. Evans, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Chairman

Dr. John S. Blair, University of Washington

Mr. Casimer J. Borkowski, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

Dr. Harold A. Lamonds, Edgerton, Germeshausen & Grier, Inc. Dr. John S. Laughlin, Sloan-Kettering Institute for Cancer Research

Prof. Harold H. Rossi, Columbia University

Dr. Vance L. Sailor, Brookhaven National Laboratory

Dr. Warren K. Sinclair, Argonne National Laboratory

Advisory Panel to Radio Standards Laboratory

Dr. E. W. Houghton, Bell Telephone Laboratories

Dr. George Birnbaum, North American Aviation

Dr. Cullen M. Crain, The Rand Corporation

Prof. E. U. Condon, University of Colorado

Prof. Walter Gordy, Duke University

Prof. H. A. Haus, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Dr. C. Lester Hogan, Motorola, Inc. Mr. Frank McGinnis, Sperry Gyroscope Company

Prof. Arthur A. Oliner, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn

Dr. Bernard M. Oliver, Hewlett-Packard Company

Dr. John C. Simons, Jr., Weston, Massachusetts

Prof. M. W. P. Strandberg, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Advisory Committee on Calibration and Measurement Services Dr. C. E. White, AVCO Corporation, Chairman

Dr. William G. Amey, Leeds and Northrup Company

Mr. Marvin Friedland, Eau Gallie, Florida

Mr. S. C. Richardson, General Electric Company

Mr. Bruno 0. Weinschel, Weinschel Engineering

Mr. A. J. Woodington, General Dynamics/Astronautics

Institute for Materials Research

Dr. Gordon K. Teal, Director

Advisory Panel to Analytical Chemistry

Dr. Charles E. White, University of Maryland, Chairman

Prof. George T. Austin, State College of Washington

Prof. Clark E. Bricker, University of Kansas

Prof. W. D. Cooke, Cornell University

Prof. George Morrison, Cornell University

Prof. Charles N. Reilley, University of North Carolina

Prof. L. B. Rogers, Purdue University Dr. James White, Oak Ridge National Laboratory

128
Advisory Panel to Polymers Division Dr. Raymond F. Borer. Dow Chemical Company, Chairman

Dr. C. M. Blair. Union Carbide Corporation

Dr. J. H. Dillon. Textile Research Institute Dr. Charles C. Price, University of Pennsylvania

Dr. C. G. Overberger, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn

Dr. J. F. Downie Smith, Carrier Research and Development Company

Advisory Panel to Metallurgy Division

Dr. Robert H. Aborn, Millington, New Jersey

Dr. W. A. Dean, Aluminum Company of America

Dr. D. J. Dienes, Brookhaven National Laboratory

Mr. A. R. Lytle, National Academy of Sciences-National Research

Council

Prof. E. F. Osborn, Pennsylvania State University

Dr. Albert J. Phillips, American Smelting and Refining Company

Prof. Robb M. Thomson, University of Illinois Advisory Panel to Inorganic Materials Division

Dr. Joseph E. Burke, General Electric Research Laboratory, Chairman

Dr. C. L. Babcock, Owens-Illinois Technical Center

Dr. Morris Berg, AC Spark Plug

Dr. James R. Johnson, Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company

Dr. Ralston Russell, Jr., The Ohio State University

Prof. Henry Taube, Stanford University

Advisory Panel to Cryogenics Division

Dr. Clyde McKinley, Air Products and Chemicals, Inc., Chairman

Dr. E. F. Hammel, University of California

Prof. A. L. Hesselschwerdt, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Prof. Edward Lady, University of Michigan

Institute for Applied Technology

Dr. D. A. Schon, Director

Advisory Panel to Building Research Division

Mr. James H. Binns, Armstrong Cork Company

Dr. J. V. Fitzgerald, Tile Council of America, Inc. Mr. Thomas H. Harkins, Carl M. Freeman Associates Dr. Robert A. Hechtman, Planning Analysis and Design Corp.

Prof. Hoyt C. Hottel, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Prof. James T. Lendrum, University of Florida

Dean Warren L. McCabe, Chapel Hill, North Carolina

Mr. Joseph H. Newman, Tishman Research Corporation

Mr. Alwin B. New-ton, Borg-Warner Corporation

Mr. Raymond C. Reese, Toledo, Ohio

Mr. Herbert H. Swinburne, Nolan, Swinburne and Associates

129
Mr. C. H. Topping, E. I. DuPont De Nemours and Co. Mr. T. E. Werkema, Dow Chemical Company

Advisory Panel to Information Technology Division

Mr. William N. Papian, Washington University, Chairman

Mr. Vico E. Henriques, Business Equipment Manufacturers Association

Dr. Alan J. Hoffman, International Business Machines Corp.

Prof. Charles L. Miller, Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Dr. Elliott Montroll, Institute of Defense Analyses

Prof. Morris Rubinoff, University of Pennsylvania

Dr. Abraham Sinkov, Arizona State University Dr. Arthur Tyler, Vestar, Inc. Dr. Willis H. Ware, Rand Corporation

Mr. Carl W. Clewlow, Arthur Young and Company

Mr. Frank White, Air Transport Association

Advisory Committee on Textile and Apparel Research

Mr. Richard T. Kropf, Belding Heminway Co., Inc., Chairman

Mr. William A. Newell, Whitin Machine Works

Mr. William J. Bank, Blue Ridge Manufacturers, Inc. Dr. Malcolm E. Campbell, University of North Carolina

Dr. David W. Chaney, Chemstrand Research Center, Inc. Mr. J. B. Goldberg, Textile and Allied Industries

Mr. George Perkel, Textile Workers Union of America

Mr. Kurt Salmon, Kurt Salmon Associates, Inc. Mr. Horace A. Secrist, The Kendall Company

Dr. Paul B. Stam, J. P. Stevens & Co., -Inc. Mr. Levon M. Yacubian, Barre Wool Combing Co., Ltd. Central Radio Propagation Laboratory

C. Gordon Little, Director

Advisory Panel to: Ionosphere Research and Propagation Division,

Troposphere and Space Telecommunications Division,

Radio Systems Division,

Upper Atmosphere and Space Physics Division

Mr. Stuart L. Bailey, Alexandria, Virginia, Chairman

Dr. Elie J. Baghdady, ADCOM, Inc. Dr. C. M. Grain, The Rand Corporation

Dr. W. H. Culver, Institute for Defense Analyses

Mr. R. P. Gifford, General Electric Company

Mr. Milton Greenberg, Geophysics Corporation of America

Dr. S. W. Herward, Westinghouse Electric Corporation

Dr. D. C. Hogg, Bell Telephone Laboratories

Dr. F. S. Johnson, Southwest Center for Advanced Studies Dr. John M. Kelso, ACF Industries, Inc. Prof. W. J. Ross, The Pennsylvania State University Dr. 0. G. Villard, Stanford University

130
AWARDS AND HONORS

Recognition of the Bureau's contributions to science and technology

often takes the form of awards and honors from Government, academic,

professional, and industrial groups. The following list reflects such rec- ognition bestowed on Bureau staff members during fiscal year 1965

:

Recipient

Astin, Allen V.

Bennett, John A.

Brenner, Abner

Fullmer, Irvin H. and

McPherson, Archibald T.

Kline, Gordon M.

Group Award:

Ambler, Ernest Hayward, Raymond

Hoppes, Dale

Hudson, Ralph

Award

Award to Executives from American

Society for Testing and Materials

Award to Executives from American

Society for Testing and Materials

William Blum Award of the Electrochemical Society

Edward B. Rosa Award

National Bureau of Standards

Standards Engineers Society

American Society for Testing and

Materials Award

Samuel Wesley Stratton Award

National Bureau of Standards

Department of Commerce Exceptional Service Awards

(Gold Medal)

Recipient

Armsby, Ruth B. Green, Melville S. Hamer, Walter J. Hoffman, John D.

Scott, Russell B. Stegun, Irene A.

Joint Award:

Gallet, Roger M.

Jones, William B.

Technical Area

Employee Development and Relations

Statistical Physics

Electrochemistry

Polymer Research

Cryogenic Engineering

Digital Computation

Computer Programs

Group Award:

Knecht, Robert W.

Shapley, Alan H. VanZandt, Thomas E. Watts, James M. Upper Atmosphere Physics and

Lawrence, Robert S. Plasma Physics

131
Calvert, Wynne

Ferguson, Earl E. Goe, Georganna B. Green, Richard G. LaBaume, Leray

Department of Commerce Meritorious Service Awards

(Silver Medal)

Recipient Technical Area

Andrews, David H. Frequency and Time Broadcasts

Barnes, James A. Atomic Frequency and Time

Interval Standards

Berger, Martin J. Radiation Theory

Berkley, Jessie B. Management Analysis

Brenner, George E. Scientific Instruments Brown, Daniel W. Polymer Chemistry

Florin, Roland E. Polymer Chemistry

Hauler, Arthur R. Administration

Hopper, Natalie J. Library Research

Krauss, Morris Physical Chemistry

Lide, David R., Jr. Infrared and Microwave Spectroscopy

Lopez, Alfred S. Accelerator Engineering

Peiser, H. Steffen Crystal Chemistry

Sugar, George R. Digitization of Field Data

Zwanzig, Robert W. Statistical Physics

EDUCATION, TRAINING, AND

UNIVERSITY LIAISON

A broad employee program, implemented primarily through the NBS

Graduate School and non-government educational and training facilities,

is available to all staff members. The program covers education through

postdoctoral research and is offered at both the Boulder and Washington

Laboratories. The primary objectives—to increase employee efficiency in assigned duties and to prepare systematically for increased responsibilities —are to an increasing extent encompassing the management and supervi- sory areas as well as the traditional areas of science and technology.

The NBS Graduate School

The NBS Graduate School curriculum includes graduate and undergraduate courses in the physical sciences, mathematics, and certain branches of engineering. A series of scientific colloquia and seminars are led by re- search leaders from the Bureau and from other research centers and, in addition, general staff development courses, such as scientific German,

practical metallurgy, and mathematical symbolism and terminology are

132
offered. Educational counseling is available, and employees may receive

thesis accreditation for research done at the Bureau. In addition, a Technician Career Program, for subprofessional laboratory personnel, offers a

series of in-hours courses on the fundamentals of science and mathematics.

Surveys periodically redetermine course offerings and keep the program in

step with the changes and variations in educational requirements.

An interesting variation of the basic theme finds the Graduate Program

at Boulder associated with the University of Colorado in a Joint-Course

program and Adjunct Professor Plan. Various graduate departments of the NBS Graduate School and the University offer courses which mutually

benefit the Government and the University.

Since the establishment of the educational program in 1908, 42 universities have awarded 317 graduate degrees based partly on credits obtained

or thesis work carried on under the NBS Graduate School Program.

Non-Government Education

Non-government education, authorized by the Government Employees

Training Act of 1958, falls into three categories—full-time (3 to 12

months) postdoctoral study and research assignments at universities and

research centers, full-time (less than 3 months) attendance at institutes,

seminars, short concentrated courses and workshops and part-time, jobrelated academic courses at local educational institutions. Four hundred and thirty-six staff members at Washington and Boulder

were trained through non-government facilities last year; 13 career sci- entists were selected for full-time research assignments at universities and

research centers. Participants in approved full-time training programs

receive full salary and expenses, including tuition, fees, travel and per

diem, as well as transportation of family and household effects. Short concentrated courses and training programs at universities and in industry were attended by 132 staff members. Two hundred and ninety-one

employees, mostly from technical divisions, attended job-related courses

at local educational facilities. Interagency Courses The interagency series of courses is another important area of govern- ment-sponsored programs. Two hundred and one Bureau employees participated in a wide range of special courses with a sizeable number in the supervisory-management fields. In addition, the Commerce Department

offers an intra-department Science and Technology Fellowship Program.

Last year eight NBS employees went to other Bureaus in the Department

while six were assigned to NBS.

Student Trainee Program

Each year a student trainee summer program is held for college and

graduate students majoring in the physical sciences, mathematics, and

certain branches of engineering. At this time an integrated work-study plan

including lectures, tours, demonstrations, supervised laboratory assignments,

and professional counseling is conducted. The program acquaints young

133
people interested in career scientific research opportunities with the work

of NBS. Other summer programs include the assignment of high school

teachers to the Bureau under National Science Foundation sponsorship

and American University administration. Last year eighteen physics and

chemistry teachers worked in NBS laboratories. Sixty-three students, primarily at the high school level, had summer assignments at Washington

and Boulder under the Youth Opportunity Program for young people

qualifying on the basis of economic need. Postdoctoral Programs

In collaboration with the National Research Council, the National Bureau of Standards offers postdoctoral resident research associateships.

Selection covers young scientists promising to become creative leaders in the various branches of the physical and mathematical sciences. While

improving themselves professionally, opportunities are open to increase

scientific knowledge by developing new approaches and laboratory skills. Last year the following were selected: Ludwig Balling, John Deutch, Richard

Duffy, Harvey Gould, Werner Hartl, Lester Lipsky, Kenneth Miller, Archie

McAlister, James Root, Jewel Shapiro, Allan Smith, Rosemarie Stemmler,

Peter Sullivan, Eugene Tschuikow-Roux, Claude Veillon, Herbert Wood.

Sabbatical Opportunities

Distinguished scientists are encouraged to spend their sabbatical years, summer vacations, or other extended periods at the Bureau. These visiting

scientists increase the Bureau's ties with the academic community and pro- vide a continuing influx of new ideas into the Washington and Boulder

programs. The Bureau is seeking legislation to increase the availability of the visiting scientists program. The changes would make it possible to reimburse visiting scientists for the necessary travel and transportation of household effects.

PUBLICATIONS*

PUBLICATIONS IN THE BUREAU'S SERIES

During the year NBS publications totaled 1258 published papers and

documents.

Of the formal publications, 275 appeared in the Journal of Research,

and 715 in the journals of professional and scientific societies. Also, 161

summary articles were presented in the Bureau's monthly Technical News

Bulletin. A third periodical, the monthly Central Radio Propagation

Laboratory Ionospheric Predictions, presented radio propagation data

needed for determining the best radio frequencies for use in long-range

radio communications.

* Publications for which a price is indicated are available by purchase from the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D. C,

20402 (foreign postage, one-fourth additional). Reprints from outside journals and

the NBS Journal of Research may often be obtained directly from the authors.

134
In the nonperiodical series, 107 documents were published: 17 in the Monograph series, 4 in the Handbook series, 14 in the Miscellaneous

Publication series. 53 in the Technical Notes series, 16 Commercial

Standards, and 3 National Standard Reference Data Series. Journal of Research. Contains full research papers, including laboratory

data, experimental procedures, and theoretical and mathematical analyses.

Advances in measurement standards and techniques . . . physical constants . . . properties of materials . . . instrumentation . . . radio propagation.

The Journal is published in four separate sections . . . A. Physics and Chemistry, issued six times a year. Annual subscription:

Domestic, $5; foreign, $6.75; single copy, 75 cents. B. Mathematics and Mathematical Physics, issued quarterly. Annual subscription; Domestic, $2.25; foreign, $2.75; single copy, 75 cents. C. Engineering and Instrumentation, issued quarterly. Annual subscription:

Domestic 82. 75: foreign, S3. 00: single copy, 75 cents. D. Radio Science (formerly Radio Propagation), issued monthly. Annual

subscription: Domestic, $9; foreign, $11.50; single copy, $1.00

Volume 68A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 4

(July-August 1964)

Metallographic characterization of an NBS spectrometric low-alloy steel standard. R. E. Michaelis, H. Yakowitz, and G. A. Moore.

X-ray investigation of strain in cold-worked silver iodide. G. Burley.

Light scattering measurements on solutions of some quarternary ammonium

salts. S. P. Wasik and W. D. Hubbard.

Thermodynamic properties of some methylphosphonyl dihalides from 15

to 335 C K. G. T. Furukawa, M. L. Reilly, J. H. Piccirelli, and M. Tenen- baum.

Calorimetric properties of some alkali pentaborate hydrates from 15 to 370 °K. G. T. Furukawa, M. L. Reilly, and J. H. Piccirelli. Rates of adsorption and desorption of polystyrene on chrome surface. R.

R. Stromberg, W. H. Grant, and E. Passaglia.

An iterative unfolding procedure. R. P. Uhlig.

Mass spectrometric study of photoionization. I. Apparatus and initial ob- servations on acetylene, acetylene-t/2 , benzene, and benzene-J6 . V. H.

Dibeler and R. M. Reese. Volume 68A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 5

(Sept.-Oct. 1964)'

Relaxation modes of trapped crystal point defects: the three-neighbor

shells model in NaCl. A. D. Franklin, A. Shorb, and J. B. Watchman, Jr. Viscosity of a standard soda-lime-silica glass. A. Napolitano and E. G. Hawkins.

Hydrothermal preparation of a gehlenite hydrate. E. T. Carlson.

135
Action of water on calcium aluminoferrities. E. T. Carlson. Infrared spectra of the crystalline inorganic borates. C. E. Weir and R. A.

Schroeder.

Effect of pressure and temperature upon the optical dispersion of benzene,

carbon tetrachloride, and water. R. M. Waxier, C. E. Weir, and H. W.

Schamp, Jr. Some changes in double-bond structure during the vulcanization of natural rubber. F. J. Linnig, E. J. Parks, and J. E. Stewart. Dislocations in polymer crystals. H. D. Keith and E. Passaglia.

Dependence of mechanical relaxation on morphology in isotactic polypropylene. E. Passaglia and G. M. Martin.

Precision density measurement of silicon. I. Henins.

Franck-Condon factors to high vibrational quantum numbers IV: NO band

systems. R. W. Nicholls. Volume 68A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 6

(Nov.-Dec. 1964)

The 1962 He3 scale of temperatures. I. New vapor pressure comparisons.

S. G. Sydoriak and R. H. Sherman.

The 1962 He3 scale of temperatures. II. Deriviation. S. G. Sydoriak, T. R.

Roberts, and R. H. Sherman.

The 1962 He3 scale of temperatures. III. Evaluation and status. T. R.

Roberts, R. H. Sherman, and S. G. Sydoriak.

The 1962 He3 scale of temperatures. IV. Tables. R. H. Sherman, S. G. Sydoriak, and T. R. Roberts.

Absolute isotopic abundance ratio and the atomic weight of a reference sample of copper. W. R. Shields, T. J. Murphy, and E. L. Garner. Absolute isotopic abundance ratio and the atomic weight of bromine. E. J. Catanzaro, T. J. Murphy, E. L. Garner, and W. R. Shields. Optical properties of thin films on transparent surfaces by ellipsometry

internal reflection for film covered surfaces near the critical angle. E. Passaglia and R. R. Stromberg.

On the second-order transition of a rubber. E. A. DiMarizo.

Ionization constants and reactivity of isomers of eugenol. G. M. Brauer, H. Argentar, and G. Durany.

Near infrared spectrophotometric method for the determination of hydration numbers. R. A. Durst and J. K. Taylor.

Franck-Condon factors for the ionization of H2 , HD, and D2 . M. E. Wacks.

Calculation of the geometrical structure of some AH„ molecules. M. Krauss. Preparation and heat of formation of a magnesium oxysulfate. E. S. Newman.

Heat capacity of potassium borohydride (KBH4 ) from 15 to 375 °K.

Thermodynamic properties from 0 to 700 °K. G. T. Furukawa, M. L.

Reilly, and J. H. Piccirelli.

136
Heat of combustion and heat of formation of aluminum carbide. R. C. King and G. T. Armstrong.

Some elastic compliances of single crystal rutile from 25 to 1000 °C. S. Spinner and J. B. Watchman, Jr. Energy dependence of the D-D reaction cross section at low energies, J. G. Brennan and J. J. Coyne.

Volume 69A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 1

(Jan.-Feb. 1965)

Heat of decomposition of sodium and potassium chlorate. A. A. Gilliland and D. D. Wagman.

Application of precise heat-capacity data to the analysis of the temperature

intervals of the NBS-1955 and the International Practical Temperature

Scales in the region of 90 °K. G. T. Furukawa and M. L. Reilly. Heat capacity and thermodynamic properties of beryllium aluminate (chrysoberyl), BeO'AL2 03 , from 16 to 380 °K. G. T. Furukawa and W. G.

Saba.

Thermodynamics of the ternary system: water-sodium chloride-barium

chloride at 25 °C. R. A. Robinson and V. E. Bower.

Compressibility of eleven inorganic materials. C. E. Weir.

Determination of the intermolecular entanglement coupling spacings in polyisoprene by viscosity measurements. L. J. Fetters. Electrical conductivity of dilute solutions of "sea water" from 5 to 120 °C.

C. G. Malmberg.

Preparation of a carbonate-free complex calcium aluminate. H. A. Berman.

Synthesis and thermal stability of bis(8-hydoxyquinoline) -Schiff base co- ordination polymers. E. Horowitz and T. P. Perros. Atomic absorption spectrum of praseodymium (PrI). R. Zalubas and M.

Wilson.

Volume 69A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 2

(Mar.-Apr. 1965)

Radiolysis of N15 N14 0. R. Gorden, Jr., and P. Ausloos.

Oscillator strengths for lines of Ni I. C. H. Corliss. More wavelengths from thorium lamps. W. F. Meggers and R. W. Stanley.

Phase equilibria in the system vanadium oxide-niobium oxide. J. L. Waring

and R. S. Roth.

Thermodynamics of the ternary system: water-glycine-potassium chloride

at 25 °C from vapor pressure measurements. V. E. Bower and R. A. Robinson. Heat of formation of aluminum fluoride by direct combination of the ele- ments. E. S. Domalski and G. T. Armstrong.

Relative enthalpy of polytetrafluoroethylene from 0 to 440 °C. T. B. Douglas and A. W. Harman.

137
Anionic polymerization of isoprene at low concentrations of polyisoprenyllithium. L. J. Fetters. One particle transitions and correlation in quantum mechanics. A. R. Ruffa. Disaccommodation of magnetic spectra of two mangenese zinc ferrites. A. L. Rasmussen.

Splitting of a set of equivalent sites in centrosymmetric space groups into subsets under homogeneous stress. J. B. Watchman, Jr., and H. S. Peiser. Volume 69A (Phys. and Chem.), No. 3

(May-June 1965)

Electronic structure and magnetic properties of the neptunyl ion. J. C. Eisenstein and M. H. L. Pryce. Heats of transformations in bismuth oxide by differential thermal analysis. E. M. Levin and C. L. McDaniel.

Phase relations between iridium and the sesquioxides in air. S. J. Schneider, J. L. Waring, and R. E. Tressler. Phase equilibrium relationships in the system Gd2 03-Ti02 . J. L. Waring

and S. J. Schneider.

Acid-base behavior in 50 percent aqueous methanol: thermodynamics of the dissociation of protonated tris(hydroxymethyl) aminomethane and

nature of the solvent effect. M. Woodhead, M. Paabo, R. A. Robinson,

and R. G. Bates. Observations of dislocations and surface features in corundum crystals by

electron transmission microscopy. D. J. Barber and N. J. Tighe.

Low-frequency dielectric properties of liquid boric oxide. K. H. Stern. Mass spectrometric study of the effects of nitric oxide and other additives on "purified" active nitrogen. J. T. Herron.

Synthesis and ring structure of 7-acetamido-7-deoxy-L-gaZoc/o-heptulose.

E. J. McDonald.

Volume 68B (Math, and Math. Phys.), No. 3

(July-Sept. 1964)

Generation and composition of functions. A. J. Goldman.

Thermodynamics of perfect elastic fluids. B. Bernstein, E. A. Kearsley, and

L. J. Zapas. Zeros of polynomials in several variables and fractional order differences of

their coefficients. B. Mond and 0. Shisha.

Theory of radiation from sources immersed in anisotropic media. J. R. Wait.

Volume 68B (Math, and Math. Phys.), No. 4

(Oct.-Dec. 1964)

Hydrodynamic fluctuations and Stokes' Law friction. R. Zwanzig.

Equivalence of certain inequalities complementing those of Cauchy-Schwarz

and Holder. J. B. Diaz, A. J. Goldman, and F. T. Metcalf.

138

•i
Weak generalized inverses and minimum variance linear unbiased estimation. A. J. Goldman and M. Zelen. Improvement of bonds to eigenvalues of operators of the form T~T. N. W.

Bazley and D. Fox. The greatest crossnorm. R. Schatten. Volume 69B (Math, and Math. Phys.), No. 1 and 2

(Jan.-June 1965)

Lectures on matroids. W. T. Tutte. Menger's theorem for matroids. W. T. Tutte. Single-element extensions of matroids. H. H. Crapo.

Minimum partition of a matroid into independent subsets. J. Edmonds.

Lehman's switching game and a theorem of Tutte and Nash-Williams. J. Edmonds.

On the connection between the properties of oriented linear graphs and

analyses of lumped physical systems. H. M. Trent. Character subgroups of F-groups. M. I. Knopp and M. Newman.

A note on multipliers of difference sets. R. A. Brualdi.

Modification of Edmonds' maximum matching algorithm. C. Witzgall and

C. T. Zahn, Jr. On measurable sets and functions. A. J. Goldman.

Characteristic relations for nonperiodic solutions of Mathieu's equation.

T. Tamir and H. C. Wang.

On the surface duality of linear graphs. J. Edmonds.

Maximum matching and a polyhedron with 0.1 -vertices. J. Edmonds.

Volume 68C (Engr. and Instr.), No. 3

(July-Sept. 1964)

Response of highly precise balances to thermal gradients. L. B. Macurdy.

A direct-reading two-knife 50-pound balance of high precision suitable for State weights and measures laboratories. H. E. Aimer, H. A. Bowman,

M. W. Jensen, L. B. Macurdy, H. S. Peiser, and B. Wasko.

Wave front shearing prism interferometer. J. B. Saunders.

A new high resolution small-angle x-ray camera. H. Brumberger and R.

Deslattes. Experimental determination of air drag on a textile yarn struck transversely

by a high-velocity projectile. J. C. Smith, C. A. Fenstermaker, and P. J. Shouse.

Volume 68C (Engr. and Instr.), No. 4

(Oct.-Dec. 1964)

Theory of mirror spectrographs I. Astigmatic illumination of plane gratings

and prisms. K. D. Mielenz.

Theory of mirror spectrographs II. General theory of focal surfaces and slit curvatures. K. D. Mielenz.

139
Theory of mirror spectrographs III. Focal surfaces and slit curvature of Eberi and Ebert-Fastie spectrographs. K. D. Mielenz. Heat flow in a right circular cylinder with arbitrary temperature boundary

conditions—applications to the determination of thermal conductivity. D. R. Flynn.

Digitized phasemeter. W. S. Epstein.

Active and passive direct-reading ratio sets for the comparison of audiofrequency admittances. R. D. Cutkosky.

Review of methods for the excitation of atomic and ionic spectra by means

of high-frequency discharges and sliding sparks. L. Minnhagen.

Standards for the calibration of Q-meters 50 kHz to 45 MHz. R. N. Jones. X-ray measurement of residual strains in individual grains of polycrystalline

aluminum. C. J. Newton.

Ferrimagnetic resonance measurements using IF substitution techniques.

W. E. Case, R. D. Harrington, and L. B. Schmidt.

A Pienkowsky-type calibration scheme for 521121 weight series using two

knife-edge direct-reading balances. H. S. Peiser. Reference tables for the Platinel II thermocouple. L. 0. Olsen and P. D.

Freeze.

Effects of cathodic currents on the corrosion of an aluminum alloy. W. J. Schwerdtfeger.

Photooxidation of asphalts in the presence of ozone. J. R. Wright and

P. G. Campbell.

Designs for temperature and temperature gradient compensated capacitors

smaller than ten picofarads. R. D. Cutkosky.

Volume 69C (Engr. and Instr. ) , No. 1

(Jan.-Mar. 1965)

Two picnometers of increased convenience and precision. A. Johnson.

Construction of a Michelson interferometer for Fourier spectroscopy. H. N.

Rundle.

The National Bureau of Standards gas thermometer II. Measurement of capacitance to a grounded surface with a transformer ratio-arm bridge.

L. A. Guildner and R. E. Edsinger.

An adiabatic calorimeter for the range, 10 to 360 °K. K. F. Sterrett, D. H.

Blackburn, A. B. Bestul, S. S. Chang, and J. Horman.

A rugged null-type pressure transducer of high reproducibility for accurate gas phase PVT measurement. M. Waxman and W. T. Chen.

Detection and damping of thermal-acoustic oscillations in low-temperature measurements. D. A. Ditmars and G. T. Furukawa.

NBS free-air chamber for measurement of 10 to 60 kV x-rays. P. J. Lamperti and H. 0. Wyckoff.

A compensated solenoid giving uniform magnetic field over a large volume.

C. Snow and R. L. Driscoll. Evaluation of a microwave phase measurement system. D. A. Ellerbruch.

140
Polarographic analysis of titantium (IV) —EDTA complex: application to paint pigments. H. W. Berger and B. C. Cadoff.

Soil resistivity as related to underground corrosion and cathodic protection.

W. J. Schwerdtfeger.

Volume 69C (Engr. and Instr.), No. 2

(Apr.-June 1965)

Temperature of thermocouple reference junctions in an ice bath. F. R.

Caldwell. Superimposed birefactory plates. L. H. Adams and R. M. Waxier.

A self-calibrating instrument for measuring conductance at radio frequencies. L. E. Huntley. Exact inductance equations for rectangular conductors with applications to more complicated geometeries. C. Hoer and C. Love. Common volume of two intersecting cylinders. J. H. Hubbell.

Steady-state heat conduction in an exposed exterior column of rectangular

cross section. B. A. Peavy.

Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC-URSI, Vol. 68D, No. 7

(July 1964)

Leader and junction processes in the lightning discharge as a source of VLF atmospherics. H. R. Arnold and E. T. Pierce. The return stroke of the lightning flash to earth as a source of VLF atmospheres. A. S. Dennis and E. T. Pierce. VLF propagation in a compressible ionosphere. R. B. Kieburtz.

A spectrographic interferometer. R. H. Lee and J. W. Warwick.

Effect of lossy earth on antenna gain, part II. W. L. Curtis. Calculation of groundwave attenuation in the far diffraction region. L. E. Vogler.

Some numerical results based on the theory of radio wave propagation over inhomogeneous earth. K. Furutsu, R. E. Wilkerson, and R. F. Hartmann.

A note on VHF reflection from a tropospheric layer. J. R. Wait.

Some remarks on the use of statistics in radar astronomy. I. Kay.

A meteorological parameter for radioclimatological purposes. P. Misme.

Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC-URSI, Vol. 68D, No. 8

(Aug. 1964)

Extension of cosmic noise absorption measurements to lower frequencies,

using polarized antennas. C. G. Little, G. M. Lerfald, and R. Parthasarathy.

Broadband radio-star scintillations, part I. Observations. D. G. Singleton,

^-region irregularities studied by scintillation of signals from satellites. K. C. Yeh and G. W. Swenson, Jr. Angels, insects, and weather. A. H. LaGrone, A. P. Deam, and G. B. Walker.

141
Measurement of the attenuation of radio signals by jungles. J. W. Herbstreit and W. Q. Crichlow.

Influence of a circular ionospheric depression of VLF propagation. J. R. Wait.

An experimental study of mixed-path groundwave propagation. S. W.

Maley and H. Ottesen. Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC-URSI, Vol. 68D, No. 9

(Sept. 1964)

Symposium on Signal Statistics, Seattle, Washington, U.S.A., December

6-7, 1963:

Signal statistics, yesterday and today. F. L. H. M. Stumpers.

Rayleigh distribution and its generalizations. P. Beckmann.

Some nonlinear problems arising in the study of random processes. M.

Rosenblatt. An approach to empirical time series analysis. E. Parzen.

Effect of linear and nonlinear signal processing on signal statistics. A. V.

Balakrishnan.

Random volume scattering. H. Bremmer.

Phase fluctuation statistics. J. B. Smyth.

Current topics in the stochastic theory of radiation. F. J. Zucker.

2R R

2 1 1 R2 1 1 On the intensity distribution exp [ ( —|—) ] 70 ( — [ ]

V«P 2 a (3 2 (3 a and its application to signal statistics. M. Nakagami.

Statistical inference for Rayleigh distributions. M. M. Siddiqui.

A probabilistic approach to the problem of large antenna arrays. Y. T. Lo.

Influence of data processing on the design and communication of experi- ments. S. W. Golomb.

Spectral measurement techniques in planetary radar. G. Pettengill.

Quantum statistics and lasers. J. P. Gordon.

Statistics of random surfaces. I. Kay and P. Swerling.

Modified gaussian distributions for slightly nonlinear variables. M. S. Longuet-Higgins.

Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC-URSI, Vol. 68D, No. 10

(Oct. 1964)

Theoretical heights and durations of echoes from large meteors. 0. A. Manning.

Experimental determination of meteoric line densities and attachment rates. L. A. Manning.

Broadband radio-star scintillations, II. Interpretation. D. G. Singleton.

A discussion of the theory of ionospheric cross modulation. R. F. Benson.

Electron collision frequency in the ionospheric D region. R. F. Benson. Theory of a slotted-sphere antenna immersed in a compressible plasma. Part

I. J. R. Wait.

142
Theory of a slotted-sphere antenna immersed in a compressible plasma. Part H. J. R. Wait.

Electromagnetic scattering coefficients for concentric spheres and the problem of interference free enclosures. R. A. Eldred, H. A. Lasitter, and J. Roberts.

Ionospheric sounding using coded pulse signals. D. C. Coll and J. R. Storey.

Measurement of the complex time-frequency channel correlation function. P. A. Bello.

Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC-URSI, Vol. 68D, No. 11

(Nov. 1964)

Interaction of an antenna with a hot plasma and the theory of resonance

probes. J. A. Fejer.

Observations of earth-ionosphere cavity resonances and their interpretation

in terms of a two-layer ionosphere model. F. W. Chapman and D. Llan- wyn Jones. On the theory of reflection of electromagnetic waves from the interface between a compressible magnetoplasma and a dielectric. J. R. Wait.

Propagation over plane earth through an exponential atmosphere. I. H.

Gerks and R. M. Anderson.

Propagation in nonuniform waveguides with impedance walls. R. L. Gallawa.

Some approximate formulas concerning the reflection of electromagnetic waves from a stratified semi-infinite medium. R. Burman.

A VLF timing experiment. A. H. Morgan and 0. J. Baltzer. Phase and time variations in VLF propagation over long distances. D. D. Crombie.

Geometrical optics convergence coefficient for whistler propagation. G. McK. Allcock. Errors induced by the atmosphere in microwave range measurements.

H. B. Janes and M. C. Thompson.

Some features of £s-ionization of the equatorial ionosphere. P. Bandyopadhyay and H. Montes. A note on the insulated loop antenna immersed in a conducting medium.

J. R. Wait and K. P. Spies.

Observation and analysis of transequatorial propagation. J. A. Thomas

and B. A. Mclnnes.

Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC-URSI, Vol. 68D, No. 12

(Dec. 1964)

Experiment on the constancy of the velocity of electromagnetic radiation. P. Beckmann and P. Mandics.

Measurement of the phase velocity of VLF propagation in the earth-ionosphere waveguide. F. K. Steele and C. J. Chilton. Wave hop theory of long distance propagation of low-frequency radio waves. L. A. Berry.

143
Wave propagation in a compressible ionosphere. Part I. S. R. Seshadri.

Wave propagation in a compressible ionosphere. Part II. S. R. Seshadri.

Spatial properties of the amplitude fading of continuous HF radio waves.

J. Ames.

Physical properties of the polar winter mesosphere obtained from lowfrequency propagation and partial reflection studies. J. S. Belrose, L. R. Bode, and L. W. Hewitt.

Reply to the "Remarks by Donald H. Menzel With Reference to Bailey's

Comments on Solar Electric Fields." V. A. Bailey.

Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC-URSI, Vol. 69D, No. 1

(Jan. 1965)

Some problems of ionospheric nonlinearities. D. H. Menzel.

Some nonlinear phenomena in the ionosphere. V. A. Bailey.

An experimental study of gyro interaction in the ionosphere, at oblique

incidence. F. H. Hibberd.

On some nonlinear phenomena in the ionospheric plasma. P. Caldirola

and 0. De Barbieri. Ionospheric cross modulation: a microscopic theory. D. Layzer and D. H.

Menzel.

VLF noise bands observed by the Alouette I satellite. J. S. Belrose and

R. E. Barrington.

Excitation of optical radiation by high power density radio beams. L. R.

Megill.

Alteration of the electron density of the lower ionosphere with groundbased transmitters. P. P. Lombardini.

Collision effects in hydromagneto-ionic theory. H. K. Sen and A. A. Wyller.

Electromagnetic wave reflection from an oscillating, collision-free magnetoionic medium. 0. E. H. Rydbeck.

Nonlinear propagation of electromagnetic waves in magnetoplasmas. II. (An invited abstract) M. S. Sodha and C. J. Palumbo.

Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC-URSI, Vol. 69D, No. 2

(Feb. 1965)

"Waves in Plasma" Papers

Electromagnetic wave penetration of reentry plasma sheaths. M. P. Bachynski.

On the use of refractive index diagrams for source-excited anisotropic

regions. L. B. Felsen. Surface waves along a perfectly conducting plane covered with semiinfinite magneto-plasma. S. Adachi and Y. Mushiake.

On the point of emergence of a microwave beam entering a linearly graded

plasma. A. L. Cullen.

Self and mutual admittances of waveguides radiating into plasma layers.

J. Galejs.

144
Effect of electron collisions on the formulas of magneto-ionic theory. K. G. Budden.

Momentum transfer collisions in oxygen for thermal electrons. M. H.

Mentzoni.

Experimental studies of pertubations in ionospheric plasma. L. H. Heisler. Electromagnetic scattering by gyrotropic cylinders with axial magnetic

fields. W. C. Y. Lee, L. Peters, Jr., and C. H. Walter.

Radar cross sections of plasma bodies at the plasma frequency. L. Peters,

Jr. Electroacoustic waves excited by a space vehicle in ionized atmosphere and

its effect on radar return. K-M. Chen.

Discussion on basic equations with source terms in compressive plasmas.

K-M. Chen.

Scattering of electromagnetic and electroacoustic waves by a cylindrical

object in a compressible plasma. J. R. Wait.

Regular Contributions

Multiphase periodic very-low-frequency emissions. N. Brice. Radio studies of the high-latitude ionosphere during the solar eclipse of 20 July 1963. R. D. Hunsucker.

VLF and LF fields propagating near and into a rough sea. R. M. Lerner and J. Max.

Insulated and loaded loop antenna immersed in a conducting medium.

R. H. Williams.

Capacitance of biconical antennas in magneto-ionic media; elliptic cone

capacitance. V. P. Pyati and H. Weil.

Calculations of the bistatic scattering cross section of a sphere with an impedance boundary condition. J. R. Wait and C. M. Jackson.

Concept of differential reflectivity as applied to the reflection of beamlimited radiation by a convex body. A. Erteza, J. A. Doran, and D. H.

Lenhert. Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC-URSI, Vol. 69D, No. 3

(Mar. 1965)

"Waves in Plasma" Papers

Propagation in nonuniform gyrotropic media. S. H. Gross and L. B. Felsen. Geometrical optics for gyrotropic bodies. W. C. Y. Lee, L. Peters, Jr., and

C. H. Walter.

Attenuation of hydromagnetic waves in the ionosphere. S-I. Akasofu.

Self distortion of radio signals in the D region. L. R. Megill.

Atmosphere gravity waves: a new toy for the wave theorist. C. 0. Hines.

Electromagnetic fluctuations in an equilibrium plasma. R. E. Burgess.

Hydromagnetic wave in an inhomogeneous, cylindrical plasma. C. K. McLane and T. Tsukishima.

145
Angular dependence of the refractive index in the ionosphere. G. A. Deschamps.

Electrodynamics of moving anisotropic media: the first-order theory.

C. T. Tai.

Regular Contributions

Study of the phenomenon of whistler echoes. T. Laaspere, W. C. Johnson,

and J. F. Walkup.

Multiple-frequency investigations of radio wave absorption during the dawn-breakup phase of auroras. R. Parthasarathy, and F. T. Berkey.

Sferic excitation of a two-layer conducting medium. M. B. Kraichman.

Currents, charges, and near fields of cylindrical antennas. R. W. P. King

and T. T. Wu.

A note on the radiation conductance of an axial slot on a cylinder. C. M.

Knop and C. T. Swift. Analytical formulas for radio paths in spherically stratified ionospheres.

E. Woyk (Chvojkova).

Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNC-URSI, Vol. 69D, No. 4

(Apr. 1965)

"Waves in Plasma" Papers

Dispersion of waves in a cold magneto-plasma from hydromagnetic to whistler frequencies. H. G. Booker and R. B. Dyce.

Study on the guiding mechanism of whistler radio waves. S. Adachi.

Electromagnetic waves along an infinitely long and thin conducting wire

in a magneto-ionic medium. Y. Mushiake.

Use of the phase-integral method to determine the reflection properties of a stratified ionosphere. C. Altman.

£-mode propagation in a plane-stratified plasma. P. Hirsch and J. Shmoys.

Radiation from an infinite axial slot on a circular cylinder clad with

magnetoplasma. P. de Marchin and G. Tyras.

Index of refraction surfaces for plasma waves. T. Yeh and M. H. Cohen.

Impedance of a short dipole in a compressible plasma. K. G. Balmain.

Waves circulating around a rigid cylindrical obstacle in a compressible

plasma. J. R. Wait.

Wave propagation in a two component warm plasma. S. R. Seshadri.

Harmonic currents excited by an electromagnetic wave in a plasma. L. Wetzel and T. W. Tang.

Excitation of acoustic waves in plasmas. W. A. Saxon. Wave interaction in oxygen magneto plasmas. K. V. N. Rao.

Regular Contributions

Test of the constancy of the velocity of electromagnetic radiation in high vacuum. P. Beckmann and P. Mandics.

146
Signal degeneration in laser beams propagated through a turbulent atmosphere. P. Beckmann.

High frequency backscatter from the earth measured at 1000 km altitude. R. C. Chia, A. K. Fung, and R. K. Moore.

Observation of NPG VLF transmissions at Tracy, California during path

equinox. G. B. Carpenter and A. L. Whitson.

Small magnetic toroid antenna imbedded in a highly conducting half space. G. R. Swain.

Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNGURSI, Vol. 69D, No. 5

(May 1965)

"Waves in Plasma" Papers

On electromagnetic radiation from a magnetic diode with arbitrary orien- tation embedded in a lossless magneto-ionic medium. H. Motz. A systematic study of the radiation patterns of a dipole in magnetoplasma

based on a classification of the associated dispersion surfaces. R. Mittra

and G. L. Duff. Propagation of vertically polarized electromagnetic waves in a horizontally

stratified magnetoplasma. R. Burman and R. N. Gould.

A note concerning the reflection of waves in inhomogeneous layers with

asymmetric profiles. R. Burman.

On the terrestrial propagation of ELF and VLF waves in the presence of a

radial magnetic field. J. Galejs. Electron density profiles in cylindrical plasmas from microwave refraction

data. B. A. Anicin.

A study of the waves supported by a warm plasma slab. P. R. Caron. Transmission and reflection of electromagnetic waves by a hot plasma.

E. C. Taylor.

Radiation from electrons in a magnetoplasma. H. B. Liemohn.

Radiation from a uniformly moving charge in an anisotropic, two component plasma. S. R. Seshadri and H. S. Tuan. Radio Sci. J. Res. NBS/USNGURSI, Vol. 69D, No. 6

(June 1965)

"Waves in Plasma" Papers

Preface to the fifth and final group of "Waves in Plasma" papers. J. R.

Wait.

Cyclotron harmonic waves in warm plasmas. F. W. Crawford.

Propagation of waves across a magnetoplasma-vacuum boundary. R. L. Gallawa.

Phase velocities and attenuation distances in the ionosphere. D. R. Croley,

Jr., and B. S. Tanenbaum.

Ionospheric effects of electrostatic fields generated in the outer magnetosphere. G. C. Reid.

147
An experimental study of plasma sheath effects on antennas. G. Tyras,

P. C. Bargeliotes, J. M. Hamm, and R. R. Schell. An approach to improve re-entry communications by suitable orientations

of antenna and static magnetic field. S. N. Samaddar.

Concerning the mechanism of reflection of electromagnetic waves from

an inhomogeneous lossy plasma. J. R. Wait.

Selection of Papers Presented at 1964 World Conference on Radio Meteorology Boulder, Colorado, September 14-18, 1964

Angels in focus. D. Atlas. An investigation of clear air stratification with radar and elevated instru- ments. D. R. Hay and K. Naito.

On inferring the refractive- index structure of the troposphere from electro- magnetic scattering experiments. P. L. Smith, Jr. The biexponential nature of tropospheric gaseous absorption of radio waves. E. J. Dutton and B. R. Bean. Complete scattering parameters of polydispersed hydrometeors in the

X0.1 to 110 cm range. D. Deirmendjian.

Technical Neivs Bulletin. This monthly publication summarizes the cur- rent research, development, and test activities of the Bureau. The articles are brief, with emphasis on the results of research and their significance,

chosen for their importance to other scientists, engineers, and to industry.

Resumes of longer research reports, important national and international

conferences on fundamental science in which the Bureau has represented

the Nation, and bibliography of all publications by members of the staff as published are included. The Bulletin is designed to give a succinct ac- count of the current work of the Bureau. (Annual subscription: domestic,

$1.50; foreign, $2.25.)

Central Radio Propagation Laboratory Ionospheric Predictions: This is a monthly publication for those concerned with radio communication in determining the best skywave frequencies over any path at any time of day for average conditions for the month of prediction, which are made 3

months in advance. Charts of extraordinary-wave critical frequency for the F2 layer and of maximum usable frequency for a transmission distance of 4,000 km, of highest frequency of sporadic E in excess of 15 Mc/s are in- cluded. In addition, there are various maps, charts, diagrams, and monograms needed to make practical application of the world-contour charts,

together with examples of their use. (Annual subscription: domestic,

$2.50; foreign, $3.25.)

Monographs. These are usually contributions to the technical literature which are too lengthy for publication in the Journal of Research. They

often provide extensive compilations of information on subjects related

to the Bureau's technical program. Until July 1959 most of this type of material was published in the Circular series.

148
25. Standard X-ray diffraction powder patterns. Section 3. Data for 51

substances, H. E. Swanson, M. C. Morris, E. E. Evans, and L. Ulmer.

July 31, 1964. 40 cents.

70. Vol. I. Microwave spectral tables. Diatomic molecules, P. F. Wacker,

M. Mizushima, J. D. Peterson, and J. R. Ballard. Dec. 1, 1964. Supersedes in part C518. $2.00.

70. Vol. II. Microwave spectral tables. Line strengths of asymmetric

rotors, P. F. Wacker and M. R. Pratto. December 15, 1964. Supersedes

in part C518. $3.00.

71. Line parameters and computed spectra for water vapor bands at 2.7u, D. M. Gates, R. F. Calfee, D. W. Hansen, and W. S. Benedict. August

3, 1964. $2.00.

76. An engineering method for calculating protection afforded by struc- tures against fallout radiation, C. Eisenhauer. July 2, 1964. 20 cents. 77. Sound insulation of wall, floor, and door constructions, R. D. Berendt

and G. E. Winzer. November 30, 1964. (Consolidated supplement to BMS 144 and supersedes supplements 1 and 2 of BMS 144.) 40 cents.

78. A complete mode sum for LF, VLF, ELF terrestrial radio wave fields,

J. R. Johler and L. A. Berry. October 1, 1964. 20 cents. 79. On the statistical theory of electromagnetic waves in a fluctuating

medium (II). Mathematical basis of the analogies to quantum field theory, K. Furutsu. December 7, 1964. 35 cents. 80. Ionospheric radio propagation, K. L. Davies. April 1, 1965. $2.75.

81. Tables of electron radial functions and tangents of phase shifts for

light nuclei (Z = 1 through 10) , C. P. Bhalla. August 6, 1964. $3.25.

83. Project FIST. Fault isolation by semi-automatic techniques, G.

Shapiro, 0. B. Laug. G. J. Rogers, and P. M. Fulcomer, Jr. September

17, 1964. 55 cents. 84. Standard cells their construction, maintenance, and characteristics,

W. J. Hamer. January 15, 1965. 35 cents. 85. A study of lunar surface radio communication, L. E. Vogler. September 14, 1964. 70 cents. 86. Investigation of the hydraulics of horizontal drains in plumbing sys- tems, R. S. Wyly. December 18, 1964. 35 cents. 89. Effects of thermal shrinkage on built-up roofing, W. C. Cullen. March

4, 1965. 10 cents. 90. Calibration of liquid-in-glass thermometers, J. F. Swindells. February

12, 1965. Supersedes Circular 600. 25 cents. 91. Automatic indexing: A state-of-the-art report, M. E. Stevens. March

30, 1965. $1.50.

Handbooks. These are recommended codes of engineering and industrial

practices, including safety codes, developed in cooperation with the national organizations and others concerned. In many cases the recommended

requirements are given official status through their incorporation in local ordinances by State and municipal regulatory bodies.

149
94. The examination of weighing equipment, M. W. Jensen and R. W.

Smith. March 1, 1965. Supersedes Handbook 37. $3.00.

95. United States standard for the colors of signal lights, F. C. Breckenridge. August 21, 1964. 25 cents. 97. Shielding for high-energy electron accelator installations. July 1, 1964. 30 cents. 99. Examination of liquefied petroleum gas liquid-measuring devices, a manual for weights and measures officials, M. W. Jensen. April 23,

1965. 35 cents. National Standard Reference Data Series. NSRDS provides quantitative

data on the physical and chemical properties of materials, compiled from

the world's literature and critically evaluated. Reports will fall into eight

categories: general; nuclear properties; atomic and molecular properties;

solid state properties; thermodynamic and transport properties; chemical

kinetics; colloid and surface properties; and mechanical properties of materials.

1. National Standard Reference Data System. Plan of operation, E. L. Brady and M. B. Wallenstein. December 30, 1964. 15 cents.

2. Thermal properties of aqueous uni-univalent electrolytes, V. B. Parker.

April 1, 1965. 45 cents.

3. Section I. Selected tables of atomic spectra. Atomic energy levels and

multiplet tables Si II, Si III, Si IV, C. E. Moore. June 25, 1965. 35 cents. Miscellaneous Publications. As the name implies, this series includes

material which, because of its character or because of its size, does not

fit into any of the other regular publication series. Some of these are

charts, administrative pamphlets, Annual Reports, Weights and Measures

Conference Reports, and other subjects appropriate to the Miscellaneous

series. 236. (1965 Edition.) Standard frequency and time services of the National Bureau of Standards. January 15, 1965. 15 cents. (Supersedes

the editions of December 1, 1960 and July 1, 1961).

256. Ellipsometry in the measurement of surfaces and thin films. Symposium proceedings Washington 1963, Ed. E. Passaglia, R. R. Stromberg,

and J. Kruger. September 15, 1964. $2.25. 258. Foreign-language and English dictionaries in the physical sciences and engineering. A selected bibliography 1952 to 1963, T. W. Marton.

July 24, 1964. $1.25. 260-2. Standard Reference Materials: Preparation of NBS copper-base

spectrochemical standards, R. E. Michaelis, L. L. Wyman, and R. Flitsch. October 15, 1964. 35 cents. 260-3. Standard Reference Materials: Metallographic characterization of an NBS spectrometric low-alloy steel standard, R. E. Michaelis, H.

Yakowitz, and G. A. Moore. October 22, 1964. 20 cents. 260-4. Standard Reference Materials: Sources of information, J. L. Hague, T. W. Mears, and R. E. Michaelis. February 1965. 20 cents.

150
260-5. Standard Reference Materials: Accuracy of solution x-ray spec- trometry analysis of copper-base alloys, R. Alvarez and R. Flitsch. March 15, 1965. 25 cents. 261. Hydraulic research in the United States, 1964, H. K. Middleton.

August 14, 1964. $1.25. 262-1. Legibility of alphanumeric characters and other symbols. I. A

permuted title index and bibliography, D. Y. Cornog, F. C. Rose, and

J. L. Walkowicz. December 15, 1964. 60 cents. 263. Report of the 49th National Conference on Weights and Measures

1964. February 1, 1965. $1.00. 264. Technical highlights of the National Bureau of Standards, Annual

Report 1964. December 1964.

266. Computer literature bibliography 1946 to 1963, W. W. Youden.

March 31, 1965. $3.75. 267. Systems engineering in ceramics. Proceedings of a symposium April

19, 1964. May 1, 1965. $2.00. 268. Electrical engineering units and constants. June 1965. 10 cents; $6.25 per 100. Commercial Standards. Define quality levels for products in accordance

with the principal needs of the trade. Their use is voluntary.

5-65. Pipe nipples: Brass, copper, steel, and wrought-iron. January 15, 1965. Supersedes CS5-46. 10 cents. 9-65. Builders' template hinges. January 15, 1965. Supersedes CS9-33.

10 cents. 163-64. Ponderosa pine windows, sash, and screens (using single glass

and insulating glass). March 17, 1964. Supersedes CS163-59 and

CS193-53. 15 cents. 190-64. Wood double-hung window units. March 17, 1964. Supersedes

CS190-59. 10 cents. 204-64. Wood awning window units. March 17, 1964. Supersedes

CS204-59. 10 cents. 205-64. Wood casement window units. March 17, 1964. Supersedes

CS205-59. 10 cents. 227-59. Polyethylene film. June 1, 1963 (reprinted 1964 with amendments). 15 cents. 262- 63. Water-repellent preservative non-pressure treatment for millwork.

December 31, 1963. 10 cents. 263-63. Aluminum nails. November 1, 1964. 10 cents. 264-64. Wood horizontal-sliding window units (all sash operating) . March

17, 1964. 10 cents. 265-64. Wood horizontal-sliding window units (one or more non-operating sash). March 17, 1964. 10 cents. 266-64. Wood single-hung window units. March 17, 1964. 10 cents. 267- 65. Steel medicine cabinets. March 1, 1965. 10 cents.

151
268-65 Hide trim pattern for domestic cattlehides. April 4, 1965. 10

cents. 269-65. Aluminum alloy chain link fencing. March 1, 1965. 10 cents. 271-65. Grading of abrasive grain for grinding wheels. April 12, 1965.

(Supersedes SPR1 18-50.) 10 cents. Technical Note Series. This series was initiated in 1959 to supplement

the Bureau's regular publications program. Technical Notes provide a means for making available scientific data that are of transient or limited

interest. 18-18 Quarterly radio noise data March, April, May, 1963, W. Q. Crichlow, R. T. Disney and M. A. Jenkins. July 25, 1964. 50 cents. 18-19. Quarterly radio .noise data June, July, August, 1963, W. Q. Crichlow, R. T. Disney, and M. A. Jenkins. August 21, 1964. 50 cents. 18-20. Quarterly radio noise data September, October, November 1963,

W. Q. Crichlow, R. T. Disney, and M. A. Jenkins. October 23, 1964. 50 cents. 18-21. Quarterly radio noise data December, January, February, 1963-64,

W. Q. Crichlow, R. T. Disney, and M. A. Jenkins. January 25, 1965. 50 cents. 40-11. Mean electron density variations of the quiet ionosphere, No. 11

January 1960, J. W. Wright, L. R. Wescott, and D. J. Brown. August 30,

1963. 40 cents. 40-12. Mean electron density variations of the quiet ionosphere, No. 12

February 1960, J. W. Wright, L. R. Wescott, and D. J. Brown. December

6, 1963. 35 cents. 40-13 (PB151399-13) . Mean electron density variations of the quiet iono- sphere, No. 13—summary of one year of data May 1959-April 1960, J. W.

Wright. April 15, 1962. $1.50. 101. Vol. I. Transmission loss predictions for tropospheric communication circuits, P. L. Rice, A. G. Longley, K. A. Norton, and A. P. Barsis. May 7, 1965. $1.00. 101. Vol. II. Transmission loss predictions for tropospheric communication circuits, P. L. Rice, A. G. Longley, K. A. Norton, and A. P. Barsis. May 7, 1965. $1.00. 206-3. The normal phase variations of the 18 kc/s signals from NBA

observed at Boulder, Colorado, U. S. A., A. H. Brady, A. C. Murphy, and

D. D. Crombie. April 10, 1964. 25 cents. 218. The electrical properties of aluminum for cryogenic electromagnets,

R. J. Corruccini. August 30, 1964. 30 cents. 219. Radio path length stability of ground-to-ground microwave links,

M. C. Thompson, Jr., and H. B. Janes. November 15, 1964. 45 cents. 220. Some modifications in methods of calibration of universal ratio sets, D. Ramaley. August 30, 1964. 25 cents.

* This Technical Note is available by purchase from The Clearinghouse for Federal

Scientific and Technical information, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia, 22151. Order by PB number.

152
221. Demagnetizing factors for oblate spheroids used in ferrimagnetic resonance measurements, L. B. Schmidt, W. E. Case, and R. D. Harrington. September 4, 1964. 20 cents. 222. A minimum telemetry receiving system for the Alouette topside

sounder satellite, E. E. Ferguson and R. G. Green. October 9, 1964, 30

cents. 223. Concerning the theory of radiation from a slotted conducting plane

in a plasma environment, J. R. Wait. September 28, 1964. 20 cents. 224. Computation of a modified Fresnel integral arising in the theory of

diffraction by a variable screen, L. C. Walters and J. R. Wait. October

14, 1964. 20 cents. 225. Optical scintillation; A survey of the literature, J. R. Meyer-Arendt

and C. B. Emmanuel. April 5, 1965. 70 cents. 226. An atlas of VLF emission spectra observed with the "hiss recorder",

J. A. Koch and V. C. Edens. November 13, 1964. 40 cents. 227. The Joule-Thomson process in cryogenic refrigeration systems, J. W.

Dean and D. B. Mann. February 14, 1965.

228. A tabulation of Airy functions, H. T. Dougherty and M. E. Johnson.

September 18, 1964. 20 cents. 229. Table of attenuation as a function of vane angle for rotary-vane

attenuators (A = ^010 cos 0), W. Larson. January 7, 1965. $1.25. 230. VHF ionospheric scatter system loss measurements European-Mediterranean area, V. H. Goerke and O. D. Remmler. December 25, 1964. 40 cents. 232. Bibliography on the measurement of bulk resistivity of semiconductor

materials for electron devices, J. C. French. October 31, 1964. 60 cents. 244. A helicopter battery service simulator, W. G. Eicke, Jr. August 28, 1964. 20 cents. 245. Factors influencing the design of original-document scanners for in- put to computers, prepared by E. S. Stein and Assoc. for RICASIP at NBS. August 19, 1964. 35 cents. 247. Survey of magnetic thin film materials, G. W. Reimherr. September

25, 1964. 40 cents. 248. Radiochemical analysis: Activation analysis, instrumentation, radiation techniques, and radioisotope techniques July 1963 to June 1964, Ed.

J. R. DeVoe. August 21, 1964. 50 cents. 249. A program for plotting circles of constant overpressure around tar- geted points, M. L. Joel and D. D. Lottridge. October 28, 1964. 40 cents.

250. A nomogram for computing

& "j~ and a

nonogram for computing

October 2, 1964.

c + jd

a + jb

+ jd H. S. Bowman.

H53
251. Research on crystal growth and characterization at the National

Bureau of Standards, January to June 1964, Ed. H. F. McMurdie.

October 19, 1964. 45 cents. 252. Procedures for precise determination of thermal radiation properties,

November 1962 to October 1963, J. C. Richmond, D. P. DeWitt, and

W. D. Hayes, Jr. November 20, 1964. 40 cents. 253. Disclosures on various subjects: a plumbing vent manifold, a microadjuster, a glass joint or stopcock, and a miniature puller, Ed. D. Robbins. November 30, 1964. 10 cents. 254. One the pictorial structure of Chinese characters, B. K. Rankin, III, W. A. Sillars, and R. W. Hsu. January 4, 1965.

256. Microwave reflection techniques for dense plasma diagnostics, S. Takeda and T. Tsukishima. March 10, 1965. 25 cents. 257. Practical aspects of the use of AC-DC transfer instruments, E. S. Williams. March 9, 1965. 15 cents. 258. A prerequisite to the utility of microgrammars, W. C. Watt. April

19, 1965. 25 cents. 259. A FORTRAN program for determining an empirical expression for a quantity measured at combinations of several levels of each of two

variables, M. N. Steel, F. L. McCrackin, and J. Mandel. April 12, 1965. 40 cents. 260. Research on crystal growth and characterization at the National

Bureau of Standards July to December 1964, Ed. H. F. McMurdie. May

8, 1965. 50 cents. 261. Summary of current research on archival microfilm, C. S. McCamy

and C. I. Pope. April 16, 1965. 25 cents. 300. Characteristics of the earth-ionosphere waveguide for VLF radio waves, J. R. Wait and K. P. Spies. December 30, 1964. 50 cents. 301. On the formulation and numerical evaluation of a set of two-phase

flow equations modelling the cooldown process, S. Jarvis, Jr. January

4, 1965. 55 cents. 302. Bibliography of fading on microwave line of sight tropospheric

propagation paths and associated subjects, H. T. Dougherty. August

31, 1964. 60 cents. 303. Extension of programs for calculations of great circle paths and

sunrise-sunset times, J. H. Crary. February 18, 1965. 25 cents. 304. Bibliography on tropospheric propagation of radio waves, W. Nupen.

April 1, 1965. $2.00. 305. Atlas of Fourier coefficients of diurnal variation of foF2. Part II. Distribution of amplitude and phase, W. B. Jones and R. M. Gallet. February 14, 1965. 60 cents. 306. Studies of solar flare effects and other ionospheric disturbances with

a high frequency Doppler technique, V. Agy, D. M. Baker, and R. M.

Jones. April 28, 1965. 75 cents.

154
307. Phase and amplitude diversity in over-water transmissions at two

microwave frequencies, H. B. Janes, A. W. Kirkpatrick, D. M. Waters,

and D. Smith. April 12, 1965. 40 cents. 308. Data reduction for stable auroral red arcs observed at Rapid City,

South Dakota, J. E. Cruz, R. Davies, L. K. Droppleman, E. Marovich,

L. R. Megill, M. H. Rees, L. Reisbeck, and F. E. Roach. May 3, 1965. 50 cents. 309. A bibliography of experimental saturation properties of the cryogenic

fluids, N. A. Olien and L. A. Hall. April 9, 1965. 60 cents. 310. Attenuation of the ground wave of a low frequency electromagnetic

pulse, J. C. Morgenstern and J. R. Johler. April 1965. 30 cents. 313. On the effect of heavy ions on LF propagation, with special reference

to a nuclear environment, J. R. Johler and L. A. Berry. June 7, 1965.

45 cents. 314. Stability of two-phase annular flow in a vertical pipe, S. Jarvis, Jr. June 7, 1965. 55 cents.

PUBLICATIONS IN OUTSIDE JOURNALS

Chemistry

Ausloos, P., Gordon, R., Jr., Effects of electrical fields in the gamma

radiolysis of propane, J. Chem. Phy. 41, No. 5, 1278-1284 (Sept. 1, 1964)

.

Ausloos, P., Lias, S. G., Gas-phase radiolysis of n-pentane. A study of the decompositions of the parent ion and neutral excited pentane molecule,

J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 12, 3962-3970 (Dec. 15, 1964).

Ausloos, P., Lias, S. G., Proton-transfer reactions between H3 + and satu- rated hydrocarbons, J. Chem. Phys. 40, No. 12, 3599-3605 (June 15,

1964).

Ausloos, P., Rebbert, R. E., Photoelimination of ethylene from 2-pentanone,

J. Am. Chem. Soc. 86, No. 20, 4512 (Oct. 20, 1964)

.

Ausloos, P., Rebbert, R. E., Lias, S. G., Direct and inert-gas-sensitized

radiolysis and photolysis of methane in the solid phase, J. Chem. Phys.

42, No. 2, 540-548 (Jan. 15, 1965).

Bates, R. G., Acids and bases in alcohol-water solvents, Chem. Chem. Ind. (Japan) 18, 680-685 (May 1965).

Bay, Z., McLernon, F. D., Absolute measurement of W for polonium-210

alpha particles in nitrogen, argon, and an argon-methane mixture, Radiation Res. 24, No. 1, 1-8 (Jan. 1965).

Becker, D. A., Okabe, H., McNesby, Jr., Vacuum ultraviolet photochemistry. VIII. Propylene, J. Phys. Chem. 69, No. 2, 538-542 (Feb. 1965).

Berger, H. W., Cadoff, B. C, The polarographic analysis of titanium (IV) —EDTA complexes, J. Paint Technol. Eng. Official Digest 37, No. 480,

28-34 (Jan. 1965).

155
Berger, H. W., Cadoff, B. C, The polarographic analysis of white lead and

zinc oxide in white paint pigments, J. Paint Technol. Eng. Official Digest 37, No. 430, 35-42 (Jan. 1965).

Billick, I. H., On the effect of heterogeneity in molecular weight on the sedimentation equilibrium second virial coefficient of polymers in good

solvents, J. Phys. Chem. 68, No. 7, 1798-1800 (July 1964).

Block, S., Weir, C. E., Piermarini, G. J., High pressure single crystal studies of ice VI, Science 148, 947 (1965).

Bosburgh, W. C, Bates, R. G., Constancy of a modified Weston standard

cell over long periods, J. Electrochem. Soc. Ill, No. 8, 997-998 (Aug.

1964)

Bowen, R., The effect of particle shape and size distribution in a reinforced

polymer, J. Am. Dental Assoc. 69, No. 4, 481-495 (Oct. 1964).

Brady, E. L., Rossmassler, S. A., National standard reference data pro- gram, D. C. Libraries 35, No. 4, 57-61 (Oct. 1964).

Brauer, G. M., Prolytic techniques, J. Polymer Sci. 8, Pt. C, 3-26 (1965).

Brenner, A., Determination of the composition of complexes and their

instability constant by calorimetry. I. The cuprocyanide complexes, J. Electrochem. Soc. 112, No. 6, 611-621 (June 1965).

Brenner, M., Brenner, A., Method of obtaining a range of current densities with a resistive cathode, Plating 56, No. 6, 527-530 (June 1965).

Brown, D. W., Fearn, J. E., Lowry, R. E., Radiation-induced polymerization and other reactions of n-perfluoropentadiene-1,4 at high temperature and pressure, J. Polymer Sci. 3, Pt. 2, No. 4, 1641-1660 (Apr. 1965).

Brown, L. M., Darwent, B., Spectrophotometric determination of the rate of dissociation of tetrafluorohydrazine behind a shock wave, J. Chem.

Phys. 42, No. 6, 2158-2165 (Mar. 15, 1965).

Brown, R. L., Broida, H. P., Spectral study of active nitrogen flames ex- hibiting CN "tail" bands, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 7, 2053-2060 (Oct. 1, 1964)

Carmichael, H. H., Gordon, R., Jr., Ausloos, P., Effect of electrical fields and density in the radiolysis of ethane, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 1, 343-

351 (Jan. 1, 1965).

Carpenter, F. G., Deitz, V. R., Larry, D., The role of carbon dioxide in the bone char process, Proc. 1963 Sugar Industry Technologist 22, No. 2, 27-45 (Chemistry Institute, New York, N. Y., 1963).

Carrington, T., Angular momentum distribution and emission spectrum of OH ( 2 2 + ) in the photodissociation of H2 0, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 7, 2012-2018 (Oct. 1, 1964).

Chang, S. S., Bestul, A. B., Change in the heat capacity of boron trioxide

during the glass transformation, J. Phys. Chem. 68, No. 10, 3082 (Oct.

1964)

Currie, L. A., France, G. M., Ill, Mullen, P. A., Radiochemical determination of uranium of low activity, Health Phys. 10, 751-755 (1964).

156
Currie, L. A., France, G. M., Ill, Steinberg, H. L., Radioisotope dilution and its application to the radioassay of Ce144

, Intern. J. Appl. Radiation

Isotopes 16, No. 1, 1-8 (Jan. 1965).

Curtis, A. J., Electrical properties, Book, Crystalline Olefin Polymers, ed. R. A. V. Raff, 2, 105-130 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N. Y., 1964).

Deitz, V. R., Carpenter, F. G., Arnold, R. C, Interaction of carbon dioxide

with carbon adsorbents below 400 °C, Carbon 1, 245 (1964).

DeVoe, J. R., Discussion on the Mossbauer effect, (Proc. Intern. Atomic

Energy Agency Symp. Radiochemical Methods of Analysis, Salzburg,

Austria, Oct. 19-23, 1964), Book, Radiochemical Methods of Analysis

I, 19-20 (Intern. Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Austria, 1965).

Diamond, J. J., The solubility of water vapor in molten alumina, (Proc.

Conf. Arthur D. Little, Inc., Cambridge, Mass., Oct. 4-5, 1962), Book,

Thermal Imaging Techniques, ed. P. E. Glaser and R. F. Walker, Chapt.

17, pp. 225-228 (Plenum Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1964).

Dibeler, V. H., Krauss, M., Reese, R. M., Harllee, F. N., Mass spectrometric

study of photoionization. III. Methane and methane-d4 , J. Chem. Phys.

42, No. 11, 3791-3796 (June 1965).

Dibeler, V. H., Reese, R. M., Krauss, M., Mass spectrophotometric study of photoionization. II. H2 , HD, and D2 , J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 6, 2045-

2048 (Mar. 15, 1965).

Doepker, R. D., Ausloos, P., Gas-phase photolysis of cyclohexane in the

far ultraviolet : modes of decomposition of the neutral excited cyclohexane

molecular and reactions of the parent cyclohexane ion, J. Chem. Phys.

42, No. 11, 3746 (June 1, 1965).

Doepker, R. D., Ausloos, P., Gas-phase photolysis of methyl iodide. Reactions of hot methyl radicals with added organic compound, J. Chem.

Phys. 41, No. 6, 1865-1871 (Sept. 15, 1964).

Duecker, H. C, Lippincott, E. R., Pressure-induced trapping phonomenon

in silver iodide, Science 146, 1295-1297 (1964).

Eagles, D. M., Polaron coupling constants in SrTi03 , J. Phys. Chem.

Solids 26, No. 3, 672 (Mar. 1965).

Eagles, D. M., Polar modes of lattice vibration and polaron coupling

constants in rutile (Ti02 ), J. Phys. Chem. 25, No. 11, 1243-1251 (Nov.

1964).

Edmiston, C, Krauss, M., Configuration interaction in H3 and H2 , J. Chem.

Phys. 42, No. 4, 1119 (Feb. 1965).

Farrar, T. C, Coyle, T. D., Proton and fluorine NMR spectra of HBF2 , J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 9, 2612-2613 (Nov. 1, 1964).

Finegold, H. R., NMR studies of asymmetric ethanic rotators: 1,2-disubsti- tuted propanes, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 6, 1808-1818 (Sept. 1964).

Gadsden, M., On the twilight sodium emission—1: Observations from a southern hemisphere station, Ann. Geophys. 20, No. 3, 261-272 (1964).

157
Gadsden, M., On the twilight sodium emission—2: A theoretical model of sodium abundance, Ann. Geophys. 20, No. 4, 383-396 (Oct.-Dec. 1964).

Gary, R., Bates, R. G., Robinson, R. A., Second dissociation constant of deuteriophosphoric acid in deuterium oxide from 5 to 50°. Standardization of a pD scale, J. Phys. Chem. 68, No. 12, 3806-3809 (Dec. 1964).

Gates, D. M., Keegan, H. J., Schleter, J. C, Weidner, V. R., Spectral

properties of plants, Appl. Opt. 4, No. 1, 11-20 (Jan. 1965).

Gornick, F., Mandelkern, L., Diorio, A. F., Roberts, A. E., Evidence for

a cooperative intramolecular transition in poly-L-proline, J. Am. Chem.

Soc. 86, No. 13, 2549-2555 (July 1964).

Graminski, E. L., The National Bureau of Standards, Capital Chem. 14, No. 9, 278-281 (Dec. 1964).

Hall, L. H., The molecular symmetry of iodopentaborane, J. Am. Chem.

Soc. Commun. to Editor 86, No. 21, 4729 (Nov. 5, 1964).

Hamer, W. J., Presidental address before the Electrochemical Society

Meeting, Toronto, Canada, May 5, 1964, J. Electrochem. Soc. Ill, No.

7, 145C-147C (July 1964).

Hampson, R. F., Jr., McNesby, J. R., Vacuum-ultraviolet photolysis of ethane at high temperature, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 6, 2200-2208 (Mar.

15, 1965).

Herron, J. T, Rosenstock, H. M., Shields, W. R., Negative surface ioniza- tion of complex molecules, Nature 206, No. 4984, 611 (May 1965).

Hoeve, C. A. J., DiMarzio, E. A., Peyser, P., Adsorption of polymer molecules at low surface coverage, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 7, 2558-2563

(Apr. 1965).

Hoffman, J. D., Weeks, J. J., X-ray study of isothermal thickening of lamellae in bulk polyethylene at the crystallization temperature, J. Chem.

Phys. Note 42, No. 2, 4301 (June 15, 1965).

Hoover, T. B., Conductance of copper m-benzenedisulfonate hexahydrate

in N-methlpropionamide from 20 to 40°, J. Phys. Chem. 68, No. 10,

3003-3008 (Oct. 1964).

Horowitz, E., Tryon, M., Christensen, R. G., Thermogravimetric study of some new transition metal-Schiff base coordination polymers, J. Appl.

Polymer Sci. 9, 2321-2336 (1965).

Hughes, E. E., Mann, W. B., The half-life of carbon-14; comments on the mass-spectrometric method, (Proc. Radio-Carbon Dating Conf., Cambridge, Mass., 1962), Intern. J. Appl. Radiation Isotopes 15, 97-100

(1964).

Inscoe, M. N., Photochemical changes in thin-layer chromatograms of

polycyclic, aromatic hydrocarbons, Anal. Chem. 36, No. 13, 2505-2506

(Dec. 1964).

Isbell, H. S., Determination of reducing end-groups by reaction with C

14 - labeled cyanide, Book, Methods in Carbohydrate Chemistry, ed. R. L. Whistler, 5, 249-250 (Academic Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

158
Jacox, M. E., Milligan, D. E., Low-temperature infrared studies of the chemistry of free radicals, Appl. Opt. 3, 873-876 (July 1964).

James, T. C, Rotation-vibration interaction and other corrections to the

spin doublet separation in 2 I1 diatomic molecules, J. Chem. Phys. 41,

No. 3, 631-641 (Aug. 1964).

James, T. C, Thibault, R. J., Infrared emission spectrum of HBr excited

in an electric discharge. Determination of molecular constants, J. Chem.

Phys. 42, No. 4, 1450-1457 (Feb. 1965).

Jefferson, C. F., The constitution of CuFe5 Os , J. Appl. Phys. 36, No. 3, 1165-1166 (Mar. 1965).

Johnson, W. H., Sunner, S., The heats of solution and oxidation of sulfur dioxide, Acta Chem. Scand. 17, 1917-1924 (1963).

Kanagy, J. R., The application of Archimedes' principle to determination

of the apparent volume of leather, J. Am. Leather Chem. Assoc. LIX,

No. 11, 636-649 (Nov. 1964).

Keller, R. A., Second order effects in the phosphorescence of benzophenone

crystals at 77 °K, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 11, 4050-4051 (June 1965).

Kelley, R. D., Klein, R., Scheer, M. D., Hydrogen atom addition to olefins: relative rates at the two carbon positions and derived heats of formation

of several alkyl radicals, J. Phys. Chem. 69, No. 3, 905-908 (Mar. 1965).

Klein, F. S., Herron, J. T., Mass spectrometric study of the reactions of O

atoms with NO and N02 , J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 5, 1285-1290 (Sept.

1, 1964).

Klein, R., Little, J. W., Carbon monoxide on niobium, Surface Sci. 2, 167- 176 (North-Holland Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1964)

.

Klein, R., Scheer, M. D., Oxygen atoms reaction with condensed olefins,

Science 144, 1214 (1964).

Kline, G. M., Standardization of plastics in the U. S., Courrier de la Normalisation No. 182, pp. 280-282 (Mar.-Apr. 1965) ; Mod. Plastics 42, No. 9, 176 (May 1965).

Kokoszka, G. F., Allen, H. C, Jr., Gordon, G., Electron paramagnetic

resonance spectra of zinc-doped copper acetate monohydrate, J. Chem.

Phys. 42, No. 10, 3693-3697 (May 15, 1965).

Kokoszka, G. F., Allen, H. C, Jr., Gordon, G., Electron paramagnetic

resonance spectrum of bis-8-hydroxyquinolate-copper (II) dihydrate, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 10, 3730-3731 (May 15, 1965).

Kolthoff, I. M., Bruckenstein, S., Bates, R. G., Acid bases in analytical

chemistry, Reprint from Kolthoff-Elving "Treatise on Analytical Chemistry", Pt. I, Sec. B, Chapt. 10, pp. 361-542 (Interscience Publ., New

York, N. Y., 1965).

Kruger, J., Calvert, J. P., The oxide films formed on copper single crystal surfaces in water. III. Effect of light, J. Electro. Chem. Soc. Ill, No. 9, 1038-1041 (Sept. 1964).

Lafferty, W. J., Lide, D. R., Rotational constants of excited vibrational

states of 14N2 16 0, J. Mol. Spectry. 14, No. 4, 407-408 (Dec. 1964).

159
Lafferty, W. J., Maki, A. G., The structure of carbon suboxide, Chemistry

37, No. 7, 19 (July 1964).

Lafferty, W. J., Thibault, R. J., High resolution infrared spectra of C

12H , 2 2 C

12 C13 H , and C13 H , J. Mol. Spectry. 14, No. 1, 79-96 (Sept. 1964).

2 2 2 Landgrebe, A. R., McClendon, L. T., DeVoe, J. R., Substoichiometric

radiometric analysis: determination of trace amounts of cobalt, (Proc.

Intern. Atomic Energy Agency Symp. Radiochemical Methods of Analysis, Saltzburg, Austria, Oct. 19-23, 1964) , Book, Radio Chemical

Methods of Analysis II, 321-333 (Intern. Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna,

Austria, 1965).

Larsen, S. Y., Mountain, R. D., Zwanzig, R., On the validity of the Lorentz- Lorenz equation near the critical point, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 6, 2187-

2190 (Mar. 15, 1965).

Laufer, A. H., McNesby, J. R., Photolysis of ethane at the argon resonance

lines 1067 and 1048A, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 9, 3329-3330 (May 1, 1965).

Lide, D. R., High temperature microwave spectroscopy: Alf and A1C1,

J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 3, 1013-1018 (Feb. 1965).

Lide, D. R., Microwave spectroscopy, Ann. Rev. Phys. Chem. 15, 225-250

(1964).

Lide, D. R. Mann, D. E., Comeford, J. J., The vibrational assignment of

sulfuryl fluoride, Spectrochim. Acta 21, 497-501 (1965).

Linevsky, M. J., White, D., Mann, D. E., Infrared spectrum and structure

of gaseous ALO, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 2, 542-545 (July 15, 1964).

Linnig, F. J., Parks, E. J., Wood, L. A., Ethylene-propylene copolymers:

crystallinity, infrared, and creep studies, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 8, 2645-

2651 (Nov. 1964).

McDonald, E. J., Complexes of diols with cuprammonium reagent, J. Org.

Chem. 25, 111 (1960).

McDonnell, P. M., Pasternack, R. F., A line-formula notation system for coordination compounds, J. Chem. Doc. 5, No. 1, 56-60 (Feb. 1965).

Mclntyre, D., Gornick, F., Editors, Book, Light Scattering from Dilute

Polymers Solutions, International Science Review Series 3 (Gordon and

Breach, New York, N. Y, July 1964)

McKinley, J. D., Mass spectrometric investigation of the yttrium-chlorine surface reaction, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 9, 2814-2817 (Nov. 1, 1964).

McKinley, J. D., The mass spectrum of yttrium chloride vapor, J. Chem.

Phys. 42, No. 6, 2245-2246 (Mar. 15, 1965).

McNesby, J. R., Okabe, H., Vacuum ultraviolet photochemistry, Book,

Advances in Photochemistry, ed. W. A. Noyes, Jr., G. S. Hammond, and

J. N. Pitts, Jr., 3, 157-240 ( Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N. Y., 1964).

160
McPherson, A. T., Food for tomorrow's billions, Proc. Forum "Food in the Future: Concepts for Planning", Chicago, 111., Oct. 8-9, 1964, pp. 51-73 (Dairy and Food Industries Supply Assoc., 1964).

MacGregor, J., Brown, W. E., Blood: bone equilibrium in calcium homeostasis, Nature 205, No. 4969, 359-361 (Jan. 1965).

Madey, T. E., Yates, J. T., Jr., Stern, R. C, Isotopic mixing in CO

chemisorbed on tungsten, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 4, 1372-1378 (Feb.

1965).

Maki, A. G., Plyler, E. K., Thibault, R., Vibration-rotation bands of deuterium cyanide and hydrogen cyanide, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 54, No. 7, 869-876 (July 1964).

Mancewicz, S. A., Hoerman, K. C, Characteristics of insoluble protein of tooth and bone—I, Fluorescence of some acidic hydrolytic fragments,

Arch. Oral Biol. 9, 535-544 (Oct. 1964).

Mandel, J., Kanagy, J. R., Sampling of leather for physical and chemical

examination, Book, The Chemistry and Technology of Leather 4, chapt.

59, 223-242 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Mann, D. E., Comeford, J. J., Formation of NF and NF2 by photolysis,

Spectrochim. Acta 21, 197-198 (1965).

Marden, E. C, Roller, H. R., Present status of project HAYSTAQ, (Proc.

3d Annual Meeting Comm. Intern. Cooperation and Information Retrieval Among Examining Patent Offices, Vienna, Austria, Sept. 17-26,

1963), Book, Information Retrieval Among Examining Patent Offices, ed. H. Pfeffer, pp. 163 (Spartan Books Inc., Baltimore, Md., 1964).

Martin, K. G., Influence of radiant energy source on bitumen oxidation

J. Appl. Chem. (London) 14, No. 11, 514-524 (Nov. 1964).

Meinke, W. W., Radiochemical methods of analysis (report on Salzburg

conference), Science 147, No. 3654, 182-183 (Jan. 1965).

Meinke, W. W., The place of radiochemical methods of analysis: today and

tomorrow, (Proc. Intern. Atomic Energy Agency Symp. Radiochemical

Methods of Analysis, Salzburg, Austria, Oct. 19-23, 1964), Book, Radiochemical Methods of Analysis I, 13-19 (Intern. Atomic Energy Agency,

Vienna, Austria, 1965).

Metzger, W. H., Jr., Sherfey, J. M., Electrochemical calorimetry. III. Thermal effects of nickel-cadmium batteries, Electrochem. Technol. 2,

No. 9-10, 285-289 (Sept.-Oct. 1964).

Milligan, D. E., Jacox, M. E., Infrared spectrum of HCO, J. Chem. Phys.

41, 3032-3036 (Nov. 1964).

Milligan, D. E., Jacox, M. E., Infrared studies of the photolysis of HN3 in

inert and reactive matrices. The infrared spectrum of NH, J. Chem.

Phys. 41, No. 9, 2838-2841 (Nov. 1964).

Milligan, D. E., Jacox, M. E., McKinley, J. D., Spectra of matrix isolated Nif2 and NiCl2 , J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 3, 902-905 (Feb. 1965).

Milligan, D. E., Mann, D. E., Jacox, M. E., Infrared spectrum of CF2 , J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 5, 1199-1203 (Sept. 1, 1964).

161
Murphy, T. J., Taylor, J. K., Precise assay of copper using small samples,

Anal. Chem. 37, No. 7, 929-931 (June 1965).

Myers, A. L., Prausnitz, J. M., Thermodynamics of solid carbon dioxide

solubility in liquid solvents at low temperatures, Ind. Eng. Chem. 4, No.

2, 209-212 (May 1965).

Ogburn, F., Growth twins and branching of electrodeposited copper dendrites, J. Electrochem. Soc. Ill, No. 7, 870-872 (July 1964).

Ogburn, F., Bechtoldt, C, Morris, J. B., DeKoranyi, A., Structure of electro- deposited lead dendrites, J. Electrochem. Soc. 112, No. 6, 574-577

(June 1965).

Ondik, H. M., The structure of the triclinic form of sodium tetrametaphosphate tetrahydrate, Acta Cryst. 17, No. 9, 1139-1145 (Sept. 1964).

Ondik, H. M., The structures of anhydrous sodium trimetaphosphate Na3 P3 Og,

and the monohydrate, Na3 P3 09 'H2 0, Acta Cryst. 18, Pt. 2, 226-232

(Feb, 1965).

Ong, K. C, Robinson, R. A., Bates, R. C, Interpretation of potentiometric

titrations of weak acids in methanol-water solvents, Anal. Chem. 36, No.

10, 1971-1972 (Sept. 1964).

Otto, E. M., Equilibrium pressures of oxygen over Mn02 -Mn2 03 at various

temperatures, J. Electrochem. Soc. 112, No. 4, 367-370 (Apr. 1965).

Paabo, M., Bates, R. G., Robinson, R. A., Standardization of analytical

data obtained with the silver-silver chloride electrode in methanol water

solvents, Anal. Chem. 37, No. 4, 462-464 (Apr. 1965).

Paabo, M., Robinson, R. A., Bates, R. G., Reference buffer solutions for pH measurements in 50% methanol. Dissociation constants of acetic acid and dihydrogen phosphate ion from 10 to 40°, J. Am. Chem. Soc.

87, No. 3, 415-418 (Feb. 1965).

Paabo, M., Robinson, R. A., Bates, R. G., Standard electromotive force of the hydrogen-silver chloride cell and the thermodynamics of solutions of hydrochloric acid in 50 wt. % methanol from 10 to 40 °C, J. Chem.

Eng. Data 9, No. 3, 374-376 (July 1964).

Pasternack, R. F., McDonnell, P. M., Designation of Ligand positions in inorganic complexes, Inorg. Chem. 4, No. 4, 600-602 (Apr. 1965).

Piermarini, G. J., High-pressure x-ray diffraction studies, Proc. 13th

Chemical Engineering Conf., Montreal, Canada, Oct. 19-23, 1963, pp. 182-185 (Chemical Institute of Canada, 1963).

Pirog, J. A., McNesby, J. R., Vacuum-ultraviolet photolysis of ethane in liquid-nitrogen solution, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 7, 2490-2494 (Apr. 1, 1965).

Porter, T. L., Mann, D. E., Acquista, N., Emission spectrum of CF, J. Mol.

Spectry. 16, 228 (June 1965).

Powell, F. X., Lide, D. R., Improved measurement of the electric dipole

moment of the hydroxyl radical, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 12, 4201-4202

(June 1965).

162
Powell, F. X., Lide, D. R., Microwave spectrum of the SO radical, J. Chem.

Phys. 41, No. 5, 1413-1419 (Sept. 1964).

Rebbert, R. E., Ausloos, P., Quenching of the triplet state of acetone and

biacetyl by azoalkanes, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 87, 1847-1852 (May 5, 1965).

Rebbert, R. E., Ausloos, P., Triplet-state energy transfer from acetone to

aliphatic aldehydes in the gas phase, P. Am. Chem. Soc. 86, No. 22,

4803-4807 (Nov. 1964).

Reid, W. E., Kruger, J., Optical investigations of film formation and re- moval on gold anodes in acidic oxalate solutions, Nature 203, No. 4943,

402-403 (July 25, 1964)

.

Reimann, C, Gordon, C, Some new co-ordination compounds of copper

(II) chloride, Nature 205, No. 4974, 902-903 (Feb. 27, 1965).

Robinson, R. A., Bower, V. E., Osmotic and activity coefficients of tris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane and tis hydrochloride in aqueous solu- tion at 25 °C, J. Chem. Engr. Data 10, No. 3, 246-247 (1965).

Rosholt, J. N., Butler, A. P., Garner, E. L., Shields, W. R., Isotopic frac- tionation of uranium related to roll features in Sandstone, Power River

Basin, Wyoming and Colorado Plateau, Econ. Geology 60, No. 2, 199- 213 (Mar.-Apr. 1965).

Rosholt, J. N., Harshman, E. N., Shields, W. R., Garner, E. L., Isotopic

Fractionation of uranium related to roll features in Sandstone, Shirley

Basin, Wyoming, Econ. Geology 59, 570-585 (1964).

Roth, R. S., Phase equilibria studies in mixed systems of rare earth and

other oxides, Book, Progress in Science and Technology of the Rare

Earths, ed. L. Ewring, 1, 167-202 (Pergamon Press Inc., New York,

N. Y., 1964)

.

Ruff, A. W., Jr., Morphology of thermally evaporated zinc cleavage surfaces, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 5, 1204-1213 (Sept. 1, 1964).

Scheer, M. D., Fine, J., The kinetics of positive ion desorption from polycrystalline tungsten and rhenium, (Proc. Intern. Symp. Condensation

and evaporation of solids, Dayton, Ohio, Sept. 12-14, 1962), Book,

Condensation and Evaporation of solids, ed. E. Rutner, P. Goldfinger,

and J. P. Huth, Paper 20, pp. 327 (Gordon and Breach, New York,

N. Y., 1963).

Scheer, M. D., Jackson, W. M., Xenon photosensitized formation of metastable nitrogen, Science 148, 3678 (1965).

Scheer, M. D., Klein, R., Oxygen atom reactions with condensed olefins,

Science 144, No. 3623, 1214 (June 1964).

Schmidt, A. F., Recommended materials and practices for use with cryo- genic propellants, AIR 839, 29 pages (SAE, Inc., New York, N. Y., Jan.

\ 1965).

Schoen, L. J., Mann, D. E., Flash-photolysis spectroscopy of matrices, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 5, 1514 (Sept. 1964).

Schwebel, A., The determination of beta-emitting radionuclides in aqueous

formamide solutions, Proc. Bioassay and Analytical Chemistry Meeting,

163
Argonne Natl. Lab., Argonne, 111., Oct. 1962, ANL Publ. 6637, pp. 29

(1962).

Scribner, B. F., Margoshes, M., Emission spectroscopy, Treatise on Analytical Chemistry, ed. I. M. Kolthoff and P. J. Elving, 6, Pt. 1, chapt.

64, 3347-3461 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Sharnoff, M., Electron paramagnetic resonance and the primarily 3d wavefunctions of the tetrachlorocuprate ion, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 10,

3383-3395 (1965).

Sharnoff, M., Electron paramagnetic resonance of tetrahedrally coordinated

copper+ + : the tetrachlorocuprate ion, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 7, 2203-

2204 (Oct. 1964).

Sharp, T. E., Rosenstock, H. M., Franck-Condon factors for polyatomic

molecules, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 11, 3453 (Dec. 1, 1964).

Shields, W. R., Goldich, S. S., Garner, E. L., Murphy, T. J., Natural varia- tion of copper isotopes and the atomic weight of copper, J. Geophys. Res.

70, No. 2, 479-491 (Jan. 1965).

Shimanouchi, T., Suzuki, I., Method of adjusting force constants and its application to H2 0, H2 CO, CH2 C1, and their deuterated molecules, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 1, 296-308 (Jan. 1, 1965).

Shuler, K. E., Carrington, T., Light, J., Nonequilibrium chemical excita- tion and chemical pumping of lasers, Appl. Opt. Suppl. 2. Chemical

Lasers, pp. 81-104 (1965).

Smith, D. K., Majumdar, A., Ordway, F., Crystal structure of gammadicalcium silicate, Acta Cryst. 18, 787 (Apr. 1965).

Stern, K. H., Reid, W. E., Jr., Electrode potentials in fused systems. VIII. Oxidation kinetics of silver in sodium chloride, J. Phys. Chem. 68, No.

12, 3757-3764 (Dec. 1964).

Stern, K. H., Stiff, J. A., Electrode potentials in fused systems. VII. Effect of ion size on membrane potentials, J. Electrochem. Soc. Ill, No. 8, 893-897 (Aug. 1964).

Taylor, J. K., Marinenko, G., High-precision coulometric titrations with

special reference to the determination of uranium, (Proc. Conf. HighPrecision Analysis of Substances of Interest to Nuclear Energy, Jan.

18-22, 1965), Euratom, Bureau Central de Mesures Nuclaires, pp. 147- 161 (Brussels, Belgium, 1965).

Torgesen, J. L., Jackson, R. W., Growth layers on ammonium dihydrogen

phosphate, Science 148, No. 3672, 952-954 (May 14, 1965).

Torgesen, J. L., Strassburger, J., Growth of oxalic acid single crystals from

solution: solvent effect on crystal habit, Science 146, No. 3640 53-55

(1964).

Tsang, W., Decyclization of cyclohexene, 4-methylcyclohexene, and 4-vinylcyclohexene in a single-pulse shock tube, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 5, 1805-1809 (Mar. 1, 1965).

Tsang, W., Thermal decomposition of some alkyl halides by a shock-tube

J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 8, 2487-2494 (Oct. 15, 1964).

164
Van Brunt, R. J., Wacks, M. E., Electron impact studies of aromatic hydrocarbons. III. Anzulene and naphthalene, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 10,

3195-3199 (Nov. 15, 1964).

Wacks, M. E., Electron impact studies of aromatic hydrocarbons. II. Naphthacene. naphthaphene, chrysene, triphenylene, and pyrene, J. Chem.

Phys. 41, No. 6, 1661-1666 (Sept. 1964).

Wacks, M. E., Mass spectrometric study of the production of methylamine

from azomethane, J. Phys. Chem. 68, No. 9, 2725-2726 (Sept. 1964).

Walker, R. F., High Temperature measurements and standards: 1000-

3000°C, (Proc. Intern. Symp. High temperature technology, International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry, Asilomar, Pacific Grove,

Calif., Sept. 1963), Book, High Temperature Technology, Suppl. to Pure and Applied Chem., pp. 7 (Butterworths Inc., Washington, D. C,

1964).

Wall, L. A., Ingalls, R. B., Reaction of deuterated polystyrenes with hydrogen and deuterium atoms, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 4, 1112-1120 (Aug.

1964) . West, E. D., Ishirhara, S., A calorimetric determination of the enthalpy

of graphite from 1200 to 2600°K, (Proc. 3d Symp. Thermal Physical

Properties, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind., Mar. 22-26, 1965), Book,

Advances in Thermophysical Properties at Extreme Temperatures and

Pressures, pp. 146-151 (American Society of Mechanical Engineers, New

York, N. Y., 1965).

Wolford, R. K., Kinetics of the acid-catalyzed hydrolysis of acetal in dimethyl sulfoxide-water solvents at 15, 25, and 35°, J. Phys. Chem. 68, No. 11, 3392-3398 (1964).

Wolock, I., Newman, S.B., Fracture processes in polymeric solids. Book,

Fracture Processes in Polymeric Solids. Phenomena and Theory, ed. B. Rosen, chapt. IIC, pp. 235-290 (Interscience Publ. Inc., New York,

N. Y, Jan. 1965)

Wright, J. R., Weathering: theoretical and practical aspects of asphalts,

Book, Bituminous Materials: Asphalts, Tars, and Pitches, ed. A. J. Hoiberg, Vol. 2. Asphalts, Pt. 1, Chapt. 8, pp. 249-306 (John Wiley

and Sons, New York, N. Y, 1965).

Wright, J. R., Campbell, P. G., Oxidation of asphalt in the presence of ozone, Am. Chem. Soc. Div. Petroleum Chem. Preprint 9, No. 2, B99

(Apr. 1964).

Wright, J. R., Campbell, P. G., Photooxidation of asphalts in the presence

of ozone, Am. Chem. Soc. Div. Petroleum Chem. Preprint 9, No. 3, 161-174 (Aug. 1964).

Yamamoto, N., Hiatt, C. W., Haller, W., Mechanism of inactivation of bacteriophages by metals, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 91, 257-261 (1964).

Yoshida, T., Florin, R. E., Wall, L. A., Stress relaxation of y-irradiated

fluorocarbon elastomers, J. Polymer Sci. A3, No. 5, 1685-1712 (May

1965) .

165
Yu, H., Wall, L. A., Radilytic stress relaxation of an ethylene-propylene

copolymer, J. Phys. Chem. 69, 2072-2078 (June 1965).

Engineering and Instrumentation

Abramowitz, S., Bass, A. M., Ledford, A. E., Jr., Application of cooled

IR detector in an optical system, Appl. Opt. 4, 255 (Feb. 1965).

Achenbach, P. R., A survey of reesarch on frozen food transport refrigeration, ASHRAE J. 6, No. 11, 29-36 (Nov. 1964).

Akima, H., On the optimum frequency deviation in an FM system over a scatter-propagation path, Proc. IEEE 53, No. 2, 182-183 (Feb. 1965).

Alexander, S. N., Doyle, P. E., Computer control of precision instrument

inventory, Research/Develop, pp. 38-43 (May 1965).

Allred, C. M., Lawton, R. A., Precision detector for complex insertion

ratio measuring systems, IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-13, No. 2 & 3, 76-81 (June-Sept. 1964).

Bagg, T. C, The rapid selector as currently used for information search

and replica copy retrieval, (Proc. 26th Annual Meeting American Documentation Institute, Chicago, 111., Oct. 1963), Automation and Scientific Commun. Pt. 2, 227-228 (Oct. 1963).

Bandy, W. C, Current programs in the U. S. Department of Commerce for advancing state science and technology, Mid-Continent Research and

Development Council, Report Proc. 11th Annual Meeting, Denver, Colo., Oct. 19-20, 1964, pp. 70-76 (1965).

Bates, A. A., Composites in construction, Stanton Walker Lecture Series on the Materials Sciences, Nov. 20, 1963, Lecture No. 1, p. 15 (University of Maryland, College Park, Md., 1964)

Bean, B. R., McGavin, R. E., The use of the radio refractometer to measure

water vapor turbulence, (Proc. 1963 Intern. Symp. Humidity and

Moisture, Washington, D. C), Book, Humidity and Moisture. Measure- ment and Control in Science and Industry. Vol. 2. Applications, Sec. VII, Paper 67, pp. 561-568 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York, N. Y,

1965).

Beatty, R. W., A two-channel nulling method for measuring attenuation constants of short sections of waveguide and the losses in waveguide

joints, Proc. IEEE 53, No. 6, 642-643 (June 1965).

Beatty, R. W., An automatic method for obtaining data in the WeissflockFeenberg node-shift technique, Proc. IEEE 53, No. 1, 79-80 (Jan. 1965).

Beatty, R. W., Effects of connectors and adapters on accurate attenuation

measurements at microwave frequencies, IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-13, No. 4, 272-284 (Dec. 1964).

Beatty, R. W., Measuring impedance through an adapter without intro- ducing additional error, Proc. IEEE 53, No. 6, 656-657 (June 1965).

Beatty, R. W., Radio standards and measurements, microwaves, a progress review from 1960, Book, Progress in Radio Science, 1960-1963. Vol. /.

166
Radio Standards and Measurements, pp. 71-81 (Elsevier Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1965).

Beehler, R. E., Mockler, R. C, A comparison of atomic frequency standards,

Book, Progress in Radio Science, 1960-1963, Vol. /. Radio Standards

and Measurements, pp. 20-26 (Elsevier Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The

Netherlands, 1965).

Beers, Y., New mode of operation of a phase sensitive detector, Rev. Sci. Instr. 36, No. 5, 696-700 (May 1965).

Bennett, J. A., The effect of a fatigue crack on the fatigue strength of an aluminum alloy, Mater. Res. Std. 5, No. 5, 235-239 (May 1965).

Bjorklund, W. R., Nonspattering solder flux, Rev. Sci. Instr. 35, No. 10,

1369-1370 (Oct. 1964).

Bloss, R. L., Strain gage research at the National Bureau of Standards,

(ISA 18th Annual Conference and Exhibit, Chicago, 111., Sept. 9-12,

1963) , ISA Preprint 48.4.63 (1963).

Brauer, G. M., Plastics and the dental market, Plastics World 22, No. 10, 12 (Oct. 1964).

Brodd, R. J., DeWane, H. J. Impedance of sealed nickel-cadmium dry cells,

J. Electrochem. Technol. 3, No. 1-2, 12-17 (Jan.-Feb. 1965).

Brvson. J. O., Skoda, L. F., Walstein, D., Flexural behavior of prestressed

split-beam composite concrete sections, J. Prestressed Concrete Inst. 10,

No. 3, 77-91 (June 1965).

Burdick, M. D., Standard test for determining alkali resistance of porcelain

enamels, Proc. Porcelain Enamel Inst. Forum 26, 227-236 (Oct. 14-16,

1964) . Campbell, P. G., Wright, J. R., Oxidation of asphalt flux with oxides of

nitrogen, Am. Chem. Soc. Div. Petroleum Chem. Preprint 10, No. 1, 79-89 (Mar. 1965) ; Ind. Eng. Chem. Product Res. Develop. 4, No. 2, 121-128 (June 1965).

Campbell, P. G., Wright, J. R., Ozonation of asphalt flux, Am. Chem. Soc.

Div. Petroleum Chem. Preprint 9, No. 3, 147-160 (Aug. 1964) ; Ind. Eng. Chem. Product Res. Develop. 3, No. 3, 186-194 (Sept. 1964).

Candela, G. A., Mundy, R. E., Technique for spin-lattice relaxation times, Rev. Sci. Instr. 36, No. 3, 338-342 (Mar. 1965).

Carter, T. J., Comparisons of tearing-strength for leather, J. Am. Leather

Chem. Assoc. LX, No. 1, 4-14 (Jan. 1965).

Caul, H. J., Crowell, W. E., Kimmel, W. D., Paffenbarger, G. C, Early

strength, flow and dimensional changes obtained on amalgam prepared

with a standardized mechanical technic, J. Am. Dental Assoc. 69, No. 6, 742-748 (Dec. 1964).

Cezairliyan, A., A high-speed (milliseconds) method for the simultaneous

measurement of enthalpy, specific heat, and resistivity of electrical con- ductors at high temperatures, (Proc. 3d Symp. Thermophysical Properties, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind., Mar. 22-25, 1965), Book, Advances

in Thermophysical Properties at Extreme Temperatures and Pressures,

167
pp. 253-263 (American Society of Mechanical Engineers, New York,

N. Y., Mar. 1965).

Cezairliyan, A., Touloukian, Y. S., Correlation and prediction of thermal

conductivity of metals through the application of the principle of corre- sponding states, (Proc. 3d Symp. Thermophysical Properties, Purdue

Univ., Lafayette, Ind., Mar. 22-25, 1965), Book, Advances in Thermophysical Properties at Extreme Temperatures and Pressures, pp. 301-313

(American Society of Mechanical Engineers, New York, N. Y., Mar.

1965).

Chelton, D. B., Safety in the use of liquid hydrogen, Book, Technology and

Uses of Liquid Hydrogen, pp. 359-378 (Pergamon Press Inc., New York,

N. Y, 1964).

Civijan, S., Brauer, G. M., Clinical behavior of o-ethoxybenzoic acid- eugenol-zinc oxide cements, J. Dental Res. 44, No. 1, 80-83 (Jan. -Feb. 1965).

Clark, H. E., Moore, D. G., Method and equipment for measuring thermal

emittance of ceramic oxides from 1200° to 1800°. (Symp. Thermal

Radiation of Soils, San Francisco, Calif., Mar. 4-5, 1964) , NASA Spec.

Publ. SP-55, Session III, Paper 26, pp. 241-257 (1965).

Cones, H. N., Discussion of paper 63-39 I, "The measurement of short duration impulse voltages, IEEE Trans. Commun. Elec. EC-69, 629

(Nov. 1963).

Corliss, E. L. R., A mechanistic model for the limits of auditory preception, Proc. Symp. Models for the Preception of Speech and Visual Form,

Boston, Mass., Nov. 11-14, 1964 (Air Force Research Center, Cambridge,

Mass., 1964).

Cross, J. R., Comments on the paper "A liquid-medium step-function pressure calibrator," by R. 0. Smith, Am. Soc. Mech. Eng. Series D. No. 86, pp. 729 (1964).

Davis, J. C, Achenbach, P. R., An investigation of psychrometric measure- ment techniques in air conditioning calorimetry, (Proc. 1963 Intern. Symp. Humidity and Moisture, Wash., D. C), Book, Humidity and

Moisture. Measurement and Control in Science and Industry. Vol. 2. Applications, Sec. IV, Paper 37, pp. 303-313 (Reinhold Publ. Corp.,

New York, N. Y., 1965).

DeWit, R., Displacement of dislocation images formed in transmission

electron microscopy, J. Appl. Phys. 36, No. 1, 329-330 (Jan. 1965).

DeWitt, D. P., Comments on the surface characterization of real metals,

(Symp. Thermal Radiation of Solids, San Francisco, Calif., Mar. 4-5,

1964), NASA Spec. Publ. SP-55, Session II, Paper 12, pp. 141-144

(1965).

Dickson, G., Waterstrat, R. M., Dimensional changes of dental amalgam

associated with strain release in the silver alloy particles, J. Dental Res. Annotation), 44, No. 3, 620 (May-June 1965).

168
Dise, J. R., The cement and concrete reference laboratory inspection

service for concrete testing laboratories, Concrete Construction. 9, No.

8, 234 (Aug. 1964).

Eberhard, J. P., Changes in living, Proc. Conf. Environment of Change,

Sterling Forest, Tuxedo, N. Y., June 14, 17, 1964, pp. 62-67 (1964).

Eberhard, J. P., Research for architecture, Res. News //, No. 1, 10-19 (Jan.

(1965).

Eckert, C. A., Prausnitz, J. M., Statistical surface thermodynamics of simple liquid mistures, A.I.Ch.E. J. 10, No. 5, 677-683 (Sept. 1964).

Ehrlich, M., Characteristics of dosimeter films processed in phenidonethiosulfate monobaths, J. Phot. Sci. Eng. 9, No. 1, 1-9 (Jan.-Feb. 1965).

Ellerbruch, D. A., Analysis of a differential phase shifter, IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech. MTT-12, No. 4, 453-459 (July 1964)

.

Engen, G. F., A DC-RF substitution error in dual element bolometer mounts,

IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-13, No. 2 & 3, 58-64 (June-Sept. 1964).

Engen, G. F., International intercomparison of standards and MW power

measurements, (Proc. 3d Intern. Measurements Conf., Stockholm, Sweden, 1964) Acta Imeko 1, 337-346 (1964).

Fehsenfeld, F. C, Evenson, K. M., Broida, H. P., Microwave discharge

cavities operating at 2450 MHz, Rev. Sci. Instr. 36, 295-298 (Mar. 1965).

Fussell, W. B., Stair, R., Preliminary studies directed toward determination

of spectral absorption coefficients of homogeneous materials in the infra- red at elevated temperatures, (Symp. Measurement of Thermal Radiation

of Solids, San Francisco, Calif., Mar. 4-6, 1964), NASA Spec. Publ. SP-55, Session III, Paper 29, pp. 287-292 (1965).

Gammon, W. H., Evaluating computer systems analysis and design work in the Federal Government, Book, Ideas for Management, Systems, and

Procedures 1964, pp. 319-322 (1964).

Gates, D. M., Stratospheric moisture measurements using infrared spectro- scopy, (Proc. 1963 Intern. Symp. Humidity and Moisture, Wash., D. C),

Book, Humidity and Moisture. Measurement and Control in Science and

Industry. Vol. 2. Applications, sec. VI, Paper 1, pp. 446-449 (Reinhold

Publ. Corp., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Hakkarinen, W., The world of NOMAD-1, Proc. Buoy Technology Symp.,

Wash., D. C, Mar. 24-25, 1964, pp. 443 (Marine Technology Society,

1964).

Haller, F. B., All-glass-sorption vacuum trap, Rev. Sci. Instr. 35, No. 10,

1356-1357 (Oct. 1964).

Harris, F. K., Code for electricity metering, revised, Mag. Std. 36, No. 5, 143-145 (May 1965).

Hasko, S., Weight checking of aerosols, Mod. Packaging 38, No. 11, 141

(July 1965).

Hermach, F. L., Advances in electrical instrumentation, Ind. Res. pp. 60-66

(June 1965).

169
Hernandez, H. P., Birmingham, B. W., Liquid hydrogen bubble chambers,

Book, Technology and Use of Liquid Hydrogen, chapt. 8, pp. 228-284

(Pergamon Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1964).

Hertelendy, P., Reynard, P., "Thumbtack" accelerometer for the 1.5-150 KC range, Rev. Sci. Instr. 35, No. 10, 1305-1306 (Oct. 1964).

Hogue, E. W., A magnetic amplifier for use with diode logic, IEEE Trans. Commun. Electron. 83, No. 75, 803-808 (Nov. 1964).

Hord, J., Jacobs, R. B., Robinson, C. C, Sparks, L. L., Nucleation characteristics of static liquid nitrogen and liquid hydrogen, J. Eng. Power

86, 485-494 (Oct. 1964).

Hornbeck, G. A., High temperature seal of sapphire windows to ceramics, Rev. Sci. Instr. 36, No. 6, 845 (June 1965).

Hunt, C. M., Woolf, A. R., Sieve techniques for obtaining small amounts

of narrowly classified particles, Mater. Res. Std. 4, No. 7, 364-365 (July

1964).

Jacobs, R. B., Theory of boil-off calorimetry, Rev. Sci. Instr. 35, No. 7, 828-832 (July 1964).

Jones, F. E., A study of the variation of the surface electrical resistance of lead iodide films with RH at room temperature, (Proc. 1963 Intern. Symp. Humidity and Moisture, Washington, D. C), Book, Humidity and

Moisture. Measurement and Control in Science and Industry. Vol 1. Principles and Methods of Measuring Humidity in Gases, ed. R. E. Ruskin, sec. Ill, Paper 37, pp. 361-365 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New

York, N. Y., 1965).

Judd, D. B., Spectral distribution of typical daylight as a function of correlated color temperature (condenced version), Ilium. Eng. 60, No. 4, 272-278 (Aug. 1965).

Judd, D. B., MacAdam, D. L., Wyszecki, G., Spectral distribution of typical

daylight as a function of correlated color temperature, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

54, No. 8, 1031-1040 (Aug. 1964).

Keegan, H. J., Schleter, J. C, Weidner, V. R., Effect of surface texture on

diffuse spectral reflectance. Part A. Diffuse spectral reflectance of metal

surfaces, (Symp. Measurement of Thermal Radiation of Solids, San

Francisco, Calif., Mar. 4-6, 1964) , NASA Spec. Publ. SP-55, Session II, Paper 17, pp. 165-169 (1965).

Kerper, J. J., Scuderi, T. G., Comparison of single-point and two-point

loading for determining the strength of flat glass, Proc. Am. Soc. Testing

Materials 64, 1037-1043 (1964).

Kerper, J. J., Scuderi, T. G., Modulus of rupture of glass in relation to fracture pattern, Am. Ceram. Soc. Bull. 43, No. 9, 622-625 (Sept. 7, 1964).

Kirsch, R. A., Computer interpretation of English text and picture patterns,

IEEE Trans. Electron. Computers, EC-13, No. 4, 363-376 (Aug. 1964)

Kusuda, T., Calculation of the temperature of a flat-plate wet surface under

adiabatic conditions with respect to the Lewis relation, (Proc. 1963

170
Intern. Symp. Humidity and Moisture, Washington, D. C), Book, Humidity and Moisture. Measurement and Control in Science and Industry.

Vol. 1. Principles and Methods of Measuring Humidity in Gases, ed. R. E. Ruskin, sec. I, Paper 2, pp. 16-32 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New

York, N. Y., 1965).

Larsen, S., Levelt-Sengers, J. M. H., On the behavior of the compressibility

along the critical isotherm, Book, Advances in Thermophysical Properties

at Extreme Temperatures and Pressures, pp. 74-75 (American Society of Mechanical Engineers, New York, N. Y., Mar. 1965).

Larson, R. E., Microwave and high frequency calibration services of the National Bureau of Standards (Parts I-IV), IEEE Trans. Microwave

Theory Tech. Part I, MTT-12, No. 4, 480-482 (July 1964) ; Part II, MTT-12, No. 5, 572-576 (Sept. 1964) ; Part III, MTT-12, No. 6, 623-624

(Nov. 1964) ; Part IV MTT-13, No. 1, 138-139 (Jan. 1965).

Lide, D. R., Versatile stark waveguide for microwave spectroscopy, Rev.

Sci. Instr. 35, No. 9, 1226 (Sept. 1964).

Little, W. E., Further analysis of the modulated subcarrier technique of attenuation measurement, IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-13, No. 2 & 3, 71-76 (June-Sept. 1964).

Little, W. E., Niesen, E., A multistub coaxial line tune, IEEE Trans. Micro- wave Theory Tech. MTT-12, No. 5, 570-571 (Sept. 1964).

Lloyd, E. C, Giardini, A., Measurement of very-high pressures, Acta Imeko 2, 305 (1964).

Logan, H. L., Fracture in corrosive media, Book, Fracture of Engineering

Materials, chapt. 8, pp. 143-161 (American Society for Metals, Metals

Park, Ohio, Nov. 1964).

Logan, H. L., Stress corrosion cracking of metals, Metals Eng. Quart. 5, No. 2, 32-38 (May 1965).

Logan, H. L., Ugiansky, G. M., Two cases of stress corrosion cracking in copper tubing, Mater. Protect. 4, No. 5, 79-80 (May 1965).

Lowrie, P. H., Jr., Human engineering in the design of a console for the comparison of volt boxes, 19th Annual Instrument Society of America

Conference and Exhibit, Preprint 12.1-3-64, pp. 1-8 (Oct. 12-15, 1964).

Ludtke, P. R., Recent developments in using elastomers for static cryogenic

seals, Proc. Seventh National Society of Aerospace Materials Process Engineering Symp., pp. 25-1—25-14 (Western Periodicals, Los Angeles,

Calif., 1964).

McCamy, C. S., Color filter nomograph, Am. Cinematographer 46, No. 5

314-315 (May 1965).

McCamy, C S., On the information in a microphotograph, Appl. Opt. 4, No. 4, 405-411 (Apr. 1965).

McGavin, R. E., Vetter, M. J., Radio refractometry and its potential for humidity studies, (Proc. 1963 Intern. Symp. Humidity and Moisture,

Washington, D. C), Book, Humidity and Moisture. Measurement and

171
Control in Science and Industry. Vol. 2. Applications, sec. VII, Paper

66, pp. 553-560 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York, N. Y., 1965).

McLaughlin, W. L., Intensification in radiographic emulsions, J. Phot.

Sci. 13, 1-11 (1965).

McPherson, A. T., Are our neighbors from abroad aware of standards

and what standards can do for them? Proc. 13th Annual Meeting

Standard Engineering Society, New York, N. Y., Sept. 3, 1964, pp. 11A1-11A2 (1965).

McPherson, A. T., Letter to the Editor of Industrial Research in answer

to letters regarding "Synthesis of food," Ind. Res. Feedback Col. 4, No.

5, 15-16 (May 1962).

Margoshes, M., Scribner, B. F., Simple arc device for spectral excitation

in controlled atmospheres, Appl. Spectry. 18, No. 5, 154-155 (1964).

Mason, H. L., Standards—still a continuing project, Control Eng. 12, No.

1, 74, (Jan. 1965).

Mason, H. L., The evolution of control system standards, 1965 Joint Auto- matic Control Conf., June 22-25, 1965, Session VII, Paper 1, pp. 76-78

(Renssalaer Polytechnic Inst., Troy, N. Y., 1965).

Mason, H. L., What's new in control standards, Control Eng. 11, No. 6, 85-87 (June 1964).

Mayo-Wells, J. F., Aspects of the National Bureau of Standards instrumentation literature reference file, 19th Annual Instrument Society of America Conference and Exhibit, Preprint 20.6-5-64 (Oct. 12-15, 1964).

Meyer-Arendt, J. R., Optical instrumentation for the biologist: microscopy,

Appl. Opt. 4, No. 1, 1-9 (Jan. 1965).

Miller, C. E., Dean, J. W., Flynn, M. T., Commercial carbon composition

resistors as pressure transducers, Rev. Sci. Instr. 36, No. 2, 231-232

(Feb. 1965).

Miller, C. K. S., Daywitt, W. C, Campbell, E., A waveguide noise-tube

mount for use as an interlaboratory noise standard, (Proc. Intern. Measurements Conf.), Acta Imeko 3, 371-382 (1964).

Moore, R. T., Stark, M. C, Cahn, L., Digitizing pictorial information with

a precision optical scanner, Phot. Eng. XXX, No. 6, 923 (Nov. 1964).

Mordfin, L., Halsey, N., Programmed maneuver-spectrum fatigue test of

aircraft beam specimens, Am. Soc. Testing Mater. Spec. Tech. Publ. 338,

251-272 (1963).

Mullen, L. 0., Hiza, M. J., The role of cryogenics in the production of high

and ultra-high vacuum, Cryogenics 4, No. 6, 387-394 (Dec. 1964).

Newman, S. B., Resionography with 8-A X-rays, (Symp. Resionographic

Methods), Am. Soc. Testing Mater. Spec. Tech. Publ. No. 348 (1963).

Norton, M. T., A miniature helium turbo-expander for cryogenic refrigera- tion systems, (Proc. XI Intern. Congress Refrigeration, Munich, Ger- many, Aug. 1963), Prog. Refrig. Sci. Technol. 1, 131-135 (1963).

172

*

: r
Ohashi, M., Paffenbarger, G. C, Stanford, J. W., Some physical characteristics of agar impression materials, J. Nihon Univ. Sch. Dent. 7, No. 1, 1-11 (Mar. 1965).

Okabe, H., Intense resonance line sources for photochemical work in the vacuum ultraviolet region, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 54, 478 (Apr. 1964).

Paffenbarger, G. C, Some activities of the cooperative dental research

between the Federal Government and the American Dental Association

at the National Bureau of Standards, Ann. Dentistry, 23, No. 4, 111-126

(Dec. 1964).

Paffenbarger, G. C, Stanford, J. W., Sweeney, W. T., Guide to dental materials 1964-1965, Am. Dental Assoc. 2d ed., 159 pages (Chicago,

111., 1964).

Paffenbarger, G. C, Woelfel, J. B., Sweeney, W. T., Resins and technics

used in constructing dentures, Book, Dental Clinics of North America,

pp. 251-262 (W. B. Saunders, Philadelphia, Pa., Mar. 1965).

Reed, R. P., Guntner, C. J., Stress-induced martensitic transformations in 18Cr-8Ni steel, Trans. Met. Soc. AIME 230, 1713-1720 (Dec. 1964).

Richmond, J. C, Importance of surface films, (Symp. Thermal Radiation

of Solids, San Francisco, Calif., Mar. 4-5, 1964), NASA Spec. Publ. SP-55, Session II, Paper 15, pp. 157-158 (1965).

Robertson, A. F., Experimental fires in enclosures, Tenth Symp. (Intern.) on Combustion, Cambridge, England, Aug. 1964, pp. 931-942 (1965).

Rogers, G. J., Project FIST: fault isolation by semi-automatic techniques,

Design Disclosure Workbook (Packaging), U. S. Naval Applied Science

Lab., Brooklyn, N. Y., Draft #5 (June 1965).

Rogers, J. H., Triggered fuse for load protection, Rev. Sci. Instr. 35, No.

12, 1715 (Dec. 1964).

Romanoff, M., Exterior corrosion of cast iron pipe, J. Am. Water Works,

Assoc. 56, No. 9, 1129-1143 (Sept. 1964).

Rosberry, F. W., The performance of lenses made from inhomogeneous

glasses, Appl. Opt. 4, No. 1, 21-24 (Jan. 1965).

Roth, F. L., Stiehler, R. D., Control of relative humidity and temperature

in rubber laboratory of National Bureau of Standards, (Proc. 1963

Intern. Symp. Humidity and Moisture, Washington, D. C), Book,

Humidity and Moisture. Measurement and Control in Science and Industry, Vol. 2. Applications, sec. Ill, Paper 35, pp. 287-292 (Reinhold

Publ. Corp., New York, N. Y, 1965).

Rubin, S., Sensitivity indices for Hall generators, Solid State Design Mag.

5, No. 12, 38-39 (Dec. 1964).

Rubin, S., Standardization of definitions for Hall effect devices, Proc. Rotating and Static Precision Components Symp., Apr. 1964, pp. 344-

360 (Bureau Naval Weapons, Washington, D. C, 1964).

Rushmer, M. A., Burdick, M. D., Weather resistance of porcelain enamels

exposed for seven years at various sites, Proc. Porcelain Enamel Inst. Forum 26, 214-226 (Oct. 14-16, 1964).

173
Russell, D. H., An unmodulated twin channel microwave attenuation meas- urement system, ISA Trans. 4, 162-169 (Apr. 1965).

Ryan, J. V., Comments on three papers on fire tests, (Am. Soc. Testing

Materials Fire Test Symp., Oct. 1, 1962), Am. Soc. Testing Mater. Spec.

Tech. Publ. 344, 52 (Oct. 1963).

Ryan, J. V., Fire endurance of small gypsum slabs, (Proc. Am. Soc. Test- ing Materials Annual Meeting on Moisture Influence on Material Be- havior During Fire Test, Chicago, 111., June 1964), Am. Soc. Testing Mater. Spec. Tech. Publ. 385, 96-111 (May 1965).

Saunders, J. B., Interferometer test of the 26-inch refractor at Leander

McCormick Observatory, Astron. J. 69, No. 6, 449 (Aug. 1964).

Schafft, H. A., Breakdown characteristics of semi-conductor materials, Electro-Technol. 75, No. 6, 77-82 (June 1965).

Schon, D. A., The Institute for Applied Technology, Engineer V, No. 2, 3 (1964).

Schwartz, R. B., Richardson, A. C. B., Behavior of coaxial cable connectors

for pulses with nanosecond risetimes, Nuclear Instr. Methods. 29, 83-88

(North-Holland Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1964).

Schwerdtfeger, W. J., Soil corrosion, Encyclopedia of Electrochmeistry pp. 1068-1071 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York, N. Y., Mar. 1965).

Scott, A. H., Metallized polymer film guard rings, Mater. Res. Std. 5, No.

2, 76-78 (Feb. 1965).

Scott, R. B., Editor, Book, Technology and Uses of Liquid hydrogen, Per- gamon Press Ltd., London, England, 1964. Sengers, J. V., Thermal conductivity and viscosity of simple fluids. Am.

Chem. Soc. Div. Petroleum Chemistry, Symp. Molecular Transport

Properties of Liquids 9, No. 4, C-57 to C-70 (Sept. 1964).

Shapiro, G., Rogers, G. J., Maintenance of marine electronics equipment

by personnel not trained in electronic maintenance, Proc. Annual Tankers

Conf. Am. Petroleum Inst., pp. A1-A48 (June 1965).

Shapiro, G., Rogers, G. J., Laug, 0. B., Fulcomer, P. M., Jr., Project FIST:

fault isolation by semi-automatic techniques, IEEE Spectrum pp. 98-111

(Aug. 1964); pp. 130-144 (Sept. 1964).

Simpson, J. A., High-resolution, low-energy electron spectrometer, Rev.

Sci. Instr. 35, No. 12, 1698-1704 (Dec. 1964).

Smith, R. 0., A liquid-medium step-function pressure calibrator, J. Basic

Eng. 86, No. 4, 723-727 (Dec. 1964).

Spangenberg, D. B., Strang, A. G., Chamberlin, J. L., Effect of surface

texture on diffuse spectral reflectance. Part B. Surface texture measure- ment on metal surfaces, (Symp. Measurement of Thermal Radiation of

Solids, San Francisco, Calif., Mar. 4-6, 1964) , NASA Spec. Publ. SP-55,

\ Session II, Paper 17, pp. 169-177 (1965).

Stair, R., Schneider, W. E., Waters, W. R., Jackson, J. K., Some factors

affecting the sensitivity and spectral response of thermoelectric (radiometric) detectors, Appl. Opt. 4, No. 6, 703-710 (June 1965).

174
Stark, M. C, What is needed next in the simulation of the arterial street? Proc. Highway Conf. Progress Related to the Future of Research and

Development in Traffic Surveillance, Simulation and Control, Washington, D. C, Sept. 14-15, 1964, pp. 144 (Bureau of Public Roads, Washington, D. C, 1964).

Stavroudis, 0. N. Automatic optical design, Book, Advances in Computers,

ed. F. L. Alt and M. Rubinoff, IV, 227-255 (Academic Press Inc., New

York, N. Y., 1964).

Stewart, R. B., Roder, H. M., Properties of normal and parahydrogen,

Book, Technology and Uses of Liquid Hydrogen, pp. 379-404 (Pergamon Press, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1964)

.

Sweeney, W. T., Burns, C. L., Gold in dentistry, American Society for Metals Monograph on Gold. Recovery, Properties, and Applications,

chap. 13, pp. 227-235 (D. Van Nostrand Co. Inc., Princeton, N. J., 1964).

Takuma, H., Jennings, D. A., Characteristics of a Raman laser excited by

an ordinary ruby laser, Proc. IEEE 53, No. 2, 146-149 (Feb. 1965).

Taylor, J. K., Moderation in instrumentation, Sci. Teacher 32, No. 3, 18-19

(Mar. 1965).

Timmerhaus, K. D., editor, Book, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering.

Proceedings of the 1963 Cryogenic Engineering Conference, Plenum

Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1964.

Tsai, D. H., Flow field in a swirl chamber, AIAA J. Tech. Note 2, No. 8, 1504-1505 (Aug. 1964).

Tutas, D. J., Stromberg, R. R., Passaglia, E., Studies of the thickness of adsorbed glass finishes by ellipsometry, SPE Trans. 4, No. 4, 1-7 (Oct.

1964)

.

Vander Arend, P. C, Chelton, D. B., The liquefaction of hydrogen. 3A.

Basic principles, Book, Technology and Uses of Liquid Hydrogen, chapt.

3, pp. 38-55 (Pergamon Press, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1964).

Vander Arend, P. C, Chelton, D. B., The liquefaction of hydrogen. 3B-2. Large-scale hydrogen liquefaction facilities, Book, Technology and Uses

of Liquid Hydrogen, chapt. 3, pp. 79-105 (Pergamon Press Inc., New

York, N. Y., 1964).

Waterstrat, R. M., Longton, R. W., Gallium-palladium alloys as dental

filling materials, Public Health Reports 79, No. 7, 638-642 (July 1964).

Weitzel, D. H., Ludtke, P. R., Robbins, R. F., Design of static elastomeric

seals for cryogenic temperatures, Proc. Conf. Design of Leak-Tight

Separable Fluid Containers 2, 139-165 (NASA, Huntsville, Ala., Mar.

1964).

Wildhack, W. A., Perls, T. A., Kissinger, C. W., Hayes, J. W., Continuousabsorption hygrometry with a pneumatic bridge utilizing critical flow,

(Proc. 1963 Intern. Symp. Humidity and Moisture, Washington, D. C),

Book, Humidity and Moisture. Measurement and Control in Science and

Industry. Vol. 1. Principles and Methods of Measuring Humidity in Gases, sec. VI, Paper 53, pp. 552-570 (Jan. 1965).

175
Woelfel, J. B., Paffenbarger, G. C, Pressure-indicator-paste patterns in duplicate dentures made by different processing technics for the same

patent, J. Am. Dental Assoc. 70, No. 2, 339-343 (Feb. 1965).

Woelfel, J. B., Paffenbarger, G. C, Sweeney, W. T., Clinical evaluation of complete dentures made of eleven different types of denture base materials, J. Am. Dental Assoc. 70, No. 7, 1170-1188 (May 1965).

Wollin, H. F., Hasko, S., Progress report on aerosol packaged products,

Aerosol Age Mag. 9, No. 9, 20 (Sept. 1964).

Wolock, I., Newman, S. B., Fracture topography, Book, Fracture Processes

in Polymeric solids, Phenomena and Theory, ed. B. Rosen, chapt. IIC, pp. 235-290 (Interscience Publ, New York, N. Y., 1964).

Wyman, L. L., Summary of symposium on methods of metallographic

specimen preparation, Am. Soc. Testing Mater. Spec. Tech. Publ. 285,

130 (May 1961).

Youden, W. J., Statistical design of experiments, Handbook on Metals

Engineering—Design, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, chapt.

3, pt. 5, pp. 583-585 (McGraw-Hill Book Co. Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Young, J. P., Watermarks for papermaking by electroforming, Metal Fin- ishing 63, No. 4, 79-82 (Apr. 1965).

Young, R. W., Newman, S. B., Capott, R. J., Strength of fingernails,

J. Invest. Dermatol. 44, No. 5, 358-360 (May 1965).

Mathematics

Alexander, S. N., The current status of graphic storage techniques: their potential application to library mechanization, (Proc. Conf. Library

Automation, Airlie Foundation, Warrington, Va., May 26-30, 1963),

Book, Libraries and Automation, ed B. E. Markuson, pp. 111-140 (Library of Congress, Washington, D. C, 1964)

Alt, F. L., Mechanical translation: U. S.—Japan joint conference, Science

147, No. 3665, 1599-1600 (Mar. 1965).

Alt. F. L., Some unorthodox predictions, Computers and Automation XIV,

No. 1, 11 (Jan. 1965).

Alt, F. L., The standardization of programming languages, Proc. 19th Natl. Conf. Association for Computing Machinery, Philadelphia, Pa., Aug.

. 1964, pp. B2-1 (1964).

Barut, A. O., Complex Lorentz group with a real metric. I. Group structure,

J. Math. Phys. 5, 1652-1656 (Nov. 1964)

Bowman, H. S., Nomographs for computing real, imaginary and absolute values of vector ratios, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 37, No. 4, 751 (Apr. 1965).

Bracken, H. J., Mathematical programming models for selection of diets to minimize weighted radionuclide intake, Environmental Health Series: Radiological Health, Public Health Serv. Publ. 999-R-4 (Dept. Health,

Education, and Welfare, Washington, D. C, Aug. 1963).

176
Brualdi, R. A., Newman, M., Inequalities for permanents and permanental

minors, Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 61, pt. 3, 741-746 (Jan. 26, 1965).

Cameron, J. M., Hilsenrath, J., Use of general purpose coding systems for

statistical calculations, Proc. IBM Scientific Computing Symp. Statistics, Thomas J. Watson Research Center, Yorktown Heights, N. Y., Oct. 21-23

1963, pp. 281-299 (IBM, White Plains, N. Y., 1965).

Cornog, J. R., How people influence experimental results, Proc. Social

Statistics Section Convention, American Statistical Association, Cleveland, Ohio, pp. 119-122 (1964).

Cornog, J. R., Hockman, J. F., Craig, J. C, Address encoding—a study of the double-binary keyboard as a link in the machine-sorting of mail,

(Proc. Winter Annual Meeting, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Philadelphia, Pa., Nov. 17-22, 1963), ASME Publ. 63-WA-338

(1964).

DeMar, R. F., A uniqueness theorem for entire functions, Proc. Am. Math.

Soc. 16, No. 1, 6971 (Feb. 1965).

DeMar, R. F., On a theorem concerning existence of interpolating functions, Trans. Am. Math. Soc. 114, No. 1, 23-29 (Jan. 1965).

Edmonds, J. Paths, trees, and flowers, Can. J. Math. 17, 449-467 (May

1965).

Edmonds, J., Goldman, A. J., Witzgall, C, Zahn, C. T., Jr., On matching

problems, Proc. ARO Working Group on Computers, ARO-D Report

65-1, pp. 46-50 (Office, Chief Res. & Develop., Feb. 1964).

Eisenhart, C, The needs of the statistical engineering program of the National Bureau of Standards, Proc. 9th Conf. Design of Experiments

in Army Research Development and Testing, Directorate of Research

and Development, U. S. Army Missile Command, Redstone Arsenal, Ala., Oct. 23-25, 1963, ARO-D Report 64-2, pp. 550-556 (U. S. Army Res.

Office, Durham, N. C, Dec. 1964).

Fell, H., Goldman, A. J., Realization of semi-multipliers as multipliers, Am.

Math. Mo. 72, No. 6, 639-641 (June-July 1965).

Green, M. S., Surface integral form for three-body collision in the Boltz- mann equation, Phys. Rev. 136, No. 4A, A905-A910 (Nov. 16, 1964).

Judd, D. B., Relation between normal trichromatic vision and dichromaitc

vision representing a reduced form of normal vision, Acta Chromatica

1, No. 3, 89-92 (Oct. 1964).

Lagnese, J. E., A new differential operator of the pure wave type, J. Differential Equations 1, No. 2, 171-187 (Apr. 1965).

Ma, M. T., An application of the inverse Z-transform theory to the synthesis

of linear antenna arrays, IEEE Trans. Ant. Prop. AP-12, No. 6, 798-799

(Nov. 1964).

Ma, M. T., Analogies between theories of antenna arrays and passive net- works, IEEE Intern. Conv. Record 13, pt. 5, 150-154 (Mar. 1965).

Ma. M. T., Application of Bernstein polynomials and interpolation theory

177
to linear array synthesis, IEEE Trans. Ant. Prop. AP-12, 668-677 (Nov.

1964).

Ma, M. T., Comments on "The use of transforms to sum array factors,"

IEEE Trans. Ant. Prop. AP-13, No. 1, 174 (Jan. 1965).

Mandel, J., The statistical analysis of experimental data, 410 pages (Inter- science Publ. Inc., New York, N. Y., 1964)

Mertz, D. B., Park, T., Youden, W. J., Mortality patterns in eight strains of flour beetles, Biometrics 21, No. 1, 99-144 (Mar. 1965).

Nesenbergs, M., A combinatorial problem and a single decoding method

for cyclic codes, IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory, IT-10, 250-252 (July

1964).

Newman, M. A theorem on the automorphs of a skew-symmetric matrix,

Mich. Math. J. 12, 61-63 (1965).

Newman, M., Bounds for class numbers, Proc. Am. Math. Soc. Symp.

Number Theory, pp. 70-77 (1965).

Newman, M., Note on the partition function, Am. Math. Mo. 71, 1022

(1964).

Newman, M., Smart, J. R., Symplectic modular groups, Acta Arithmetica

9,83-89 (1964).

Oliver, F. W. J., Error bounds for asymptotic expansions in turning-point

problems, Soc. Ind. Appl. Math. 1, No. 1, 200-214 (Mar. 1964).

Oliver, F. W. J., Error bounds for asymptotic expansions with an application to cylinder functions of large argument, Book, Asymptotic Solutions

of Differential Equations and their Applications, ed. C. H. Wilcox, pp. 163-183 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1964).

Rademacher, H., Some remarks on certain generalized Dedekind sums, Acta Arithmetica 9, Sec. 1, 97-105 (1964).

Rosenblatt, D., Aggregation in matrix models of resource flows, Am. Stat. 19, No. 3, 36-39 (June 1965).

Shisha, 0., On the structure of infrapolynomials with prescribed coefficients, Pacific J. Math. 14, No. 3, 1039-1051 (1964).

Shisha, 0., Walsh, J. L., On the location of the zeros of some infrapolynomials with prescribed coefficients, Pacific J. Math. 14, No. 3, 1103-1109

(1964).

Siddiqui, M. M., Approximations to the distribution of quadratic forms,

Ann. Math. Stat. 36, No. 2, 677-682 (Apr. 1965).

Siddiqui, M. M., Distribution to Students t in samples from a rectangular

universe, Rev. Intern. Stat. Inst. 32, No. 3, 242-250 (Dec. 1964).

Speckman, J. A., Cornell, R. G., Estimation for a one-parameter exponential

model, J. Am. Stat. Assoc. 60, 560-572 (1965).

Stevens, M. E., Urban, G. H., Training a computer to assign descriptors to documents, Proc. Spring AFIP Joint Computer Conf., Washington, D. C,

April 1964, pp. 563-575 (1964).

Strand, 0. N., A method for the computation of the error function of a complex variable, Math. Comp. XIX, No. 89, 127-129 (Jan. 1965).

179
Tchen, C. M., Plasma oscillations with collective correlations, Proc. 6th

Intern. Conf. Ionization Phenomena in Gases, Paris, France, July 8-13,

1963, I, 195-199 (P. Hubert Assoc. EURATOM-CEA Centra-d-Etudes

Nucleaires de Fontenay-aux-Roses, Paris, France, 1963).

Tchen, C. M., Stochastic theory of diffusion in a plasma across a magnetic

field, Proc. Intern. Symp. Plasma Diffusion, Feldafing, Germany, June

29-July 3, 1964, pp. 118-123 (1964).

Watt, W. C, Some remarks on microgrammers, Proc. Washington Linguistics Club 2, No. 1, 13-17 (Oct. 26, 1964)

.

Wegstein, J. H., You can always tell a computer but you can't tell it much,

Proc. ARO Working Group on Computers, Harry Diamond Laboratories,

Washington, D. C, Feb. 4-5, 1964, pp. 129-151 (Feb. 1965).

Youden, W. J., Sampling and statistical design, Proc. Symp. Environmental

Measurements, U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 35-39 (July 1964).

Youden, W. J., The evolution of designed experiments, Proc. IBM Scientific Computing Symp. Statistics, Thomas J. Watson Research Center,

Yorktown Heights, N. Y, Oct. 21-23, 1963, pp. 59-67 (IBM, White

Plains, N. Y, 1965).

Zahn, C. T., Jr., Approximating symmetric relations by equivalence rela- tions, J. Soc. Ind. Appl. Math. 12, No. 4, 840-847 (Dec. 1964).

Metrology

Anderson, R. L., Guildner, L. A., National Bureau of Standards gas ther- mometer. III. Constant volume value, Rev. Sci. Instr. 36, No. 5, 615-616

(May 1965).

Bay, Z., Boyne, H. S., The use of terahertz photobeats for precise velocityof-light measurements, Proc. Enrico Fermi International School of Physics: Course No. XXXI, Quantum Electronics and Coherent Light

1963, pp. 352-371 (1964).

Bender, P. L., Owens, J. C, Correction of optical distance measurements

for the fluctuating atmospheric index of refraction, J. Geophys. Res. 70, No. 10, 2461-2462 (May 1965).

Brown, N. L., Simultaneous dielectric constant and volume measurements

on liquids at high pressures, (Proc. Electrical Insulation Conf. Cleveland, Ohio, Oct. 1964), Natl. Acad. Sci.-Natl. Res. Council Publ. 1238,

pp. 36-40 (1965).

Cones, H. N., Discussion of paper 63-39 I, "The measurement of short duration impulse voltages," by F. C. Creed and M. M. C. Collins, IEEE

Trans. Commun. Electron. EC-69, 629 (Nov. 1963).

Crown, E. L., The statistical construction of a single standard from several

available standards, IEEE Trans. Instr. Meas. IM-13, No. 4, 180-185

(Dec. 1964).

Cutkosky, R. D., Lee, L. H., Construction and behavior of a transportable

ten picofarad capacitor, Comite Consultatif d'Electricite 10e Session,

May 2-3, 1963, pp. 44-48 (Gauthier-Villars, Paris, France, 1963).

179
Driscoll, R. L., Electronic g factor of rubidium, Phys. Rev. 136, No. 1A

A54-A57 (Oct. 5, 1964).

Eicke, W. G., Jr., Comments on Zener diodes as voltage standards, Comite

Consultatif d'Electricite 10e Session, May 2-3, 1963, pp. 27-30 (GauthierVillars, Paris, France, 1963).

Eicke, W. G., Jr., Making precision voltage measurements on Zener diodes,

IEEE Trans. Commun. Electron. 83, No. 74, 433-438 (Sept. 1964).

Eisenstein, J. C, Hudson, R. P., Mangum, B. W., A magnetic fixed point

for thermometry below 1 °K, Appl. Phys. Letters 5, No. 11, 231 (Dec.

1, 1964).

Gary, R., Robinson, R. A., Standard potential of the Ag-AgCl electrode in 5% aqueous mannitol, J. Chem. Eng. Data 9, No. 3, 376-378 (July 1964).

Gates, D. M., The measurement of water vapor boundary layers in biological systems, (Proc. 1963 Intern. Symp. Humidity and Moisture, Washington, D. C), Book, Humidity and Moisture. Measurement and Control

in Science and Industry. Vol. 2. Applications, sec. I, Paper 5, pp. 33-38

(Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Gilmer, R. 0., McGavin, R. E., Bean, B. R., The response of microwave

refractometer cavities to atmospheric variations, Proc. 1964 World Conf.

Radio Meterology and 11th Weather Radar Conf., pp. 244-247 (Sept.

1964) . Ginnings, D. C, West, E. D., Heater lead problem in calorimetry, Rev. Sci.

Instr. 35, No. 8, 965-967 (Aug. 1964).

Greenspan, L., A pneumatic bridge hygrometer for use as a working

humidity standard, (Proc. 1963 Intern. Symp. Humidity and Moisture,

Washington, D. C), Book, Humidity and Moisture. Measurement and

Control in Science and Industry. Vol. 3. Fundamentals and Standards,

sec. II, Paper 20, pp. 433-443 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York, N. Y., 1965) . Hamer, W. J., Standards of electromotive force, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 54,

No. 7, 297-315 (Oct. 1964).

Hamer, W. J., Craig, D. N., The value of the Faraday, J. Electrochem. Soc. Ill, No. 12, 1434 (Dec. 1964).

Harris, F. K., Units and standards of electrical measure, Electron. World

72, No. 2, 29-32 (Aug. 1964).

Hasegawa, S., Hyland, R. W., Rhodes, S. W., A comparison between the National Bureau of Standards two-pressure humidity generator and the National Bureau of Standards standard hygrometer, (Proc. 1963 Intern. Symp. Humidity and Moisture, Washington, D. C), Book, Humidity

and Moisture. Measurement and Control in Science and Industry. Vol.

3, Fundamentals and Standards, sec. II, Paper 22, pp. 455-459 (Reinhold

Publ. Corp., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Hermach, F. L., Griffin, J. E., Williams, E. S., A system for accurate D-C

and A-C voltage measurements, IEEE Intern. Conv. Record 13, pt. 11,

172-182 (Mar. 1965).

180
Hockersmith, T. E., Ku, H. H., Uncertainties associated with proving ring

calibration error, ISA J. 12, No. 6, 73-77 (June 1965)

.

Hudson, G. E., Frequency and time standards, Electron. World 72, 20-23

(Aug. 1964).

Hudson, G. E., Spacetime coordinate systems, Proc. Intern. Conf. Chronometry, pp. 197-221 (Lausanne, Switzerland, June 1964).

Huntoon, R. D., Our measurement system and its future, Research/Develop.

16, No. 1, 16-21 (Jan. 1965).

Huntoon, R. D., Wildhack, W. A., Planning for better measurement ac- curacy, ISA J. 12, No. 1, 57-60 (Jan. 1965).

Jensen, M. W., Weights and measures—a challenge to industry, Proc. 50th

Mid-Year Meeting Chemical Specialties Manufacturers Assoc., Chicago,

111., May 18-20, 1964, pp. 24-26 (Chem. Specialties Mfg. Assoc. Inc., New York, N. Y., 1964)

.

Kelly, K. L., A universal color language, Color Eng. 3, No. 2, 16-21 (Mar.-

Apr. 1965).

Lance, H. W., Electromagnetic measurements, Space/Aeron. R&D Handb.

42, No. 4, 199-202 (Sept. 1964).

Larson, R. E., Microwave calibration techniques at the National Bureau of Standards, (Proc. 3d Intern. Measurements Conf.), Acta IMEKO 3, 383-393 (1964).

Lashof, T. W., APPA-TAPPI reference material program. III. A discus- sion of lambda varience and its application to TAPPI standard T 414

m-49 for internal tearing resistance of paper, Tappi 47, No. 8, 445 (Aug.

1964)

.

Lashof, T. W., Ranking laboratories and evaluating methods of measure- ment in round-robin tests, Mater. Res. Std. 4, No. 8, 397-407 (Aug.

1964).

Linnig, F. J., Mandel, J., Which measure of precision? The evaluation of

the precision of analytical methods involving linear calibration curves, Anal. Chem. 36, No. 13, 25A-32A (Dec. 1964).

Lisle, R. V., Zapf, T. L., Comparison calibration of inductive voltage

dividers, ISA Trans. 3, No. 3, 238-242 (July 1964).

McNish, A. G., Lasers for length measurement, Science 146, No. 3641, 177- 182 (Oct. 1964).

McNish, A. G., The international system of units, Am. Soc. Quality Control

Annual Tech. Conf. Trans, pp. 431-438 (1965).

Meyerson, M. R., The temporal dimensional stability of surface-hardened

steels, Metal Treating 15, No. 6, 5 (Dec. 1964-Jan. 1965).

Mielenz, K. D., Cook, H. D., Gillilland, K. E., Stephens, R. B., Accurate

length measurement of meter bar with helium-neon laser, Science Letter 146, No. 3652, 1672-1673 (Dec. 25, 1964).

Moore, G. A., Direct quantitative analysis of microstructures by a digital

computer, Am. Soc. Metals Tech. Report No. 16.3 (1964) ; (condensed

181
version) Book, Computer Applications in Metallurgical Engineering, pp. Ill (Am. Soc. Metals, Metals Park, Ohio, 1964).

Nimeroff, I., Spectral tristimulus values for the CIE (u, v, w) uniform

spacing system, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 54, No. 11, 1365-1367 (Nov. 1964).

Nimeroff, I., Yurow, J. A., Degree of metamerism, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 55, No. 2, 185-190 (Feb. 1965).

Ohashi, M., Paffenbarger, G. C, Stanford, J. W., The definition of alginate

impression materials by a specification, J. Nihon Univ. School of Dentistry 7, No. 1, 12-28 (Mar. 1965).

Owens, J. C, Bender, P. L., Correction of optical distance measurements

for the fluctuating atmospheric index of refraction, J. Geophys. Res. 70, No. 10, 2461-2462 (May 15, 1965).

Page, C. H., Definition of "ampere" and "magnetic constant," Proc. IEEE

Letter to Editor 53, No. 1, 100-101 (Jan. 1965).

Page, C. H., Letter to the Editor, Metrologia 1, No. 2, 73-74 (Apr. 1965).

Saylor, C. P., A study of errors in the measurement of microscopic spheres, i J Appl. Opt. 4, No. 4, 477-486 (Apr. 1965).

Selby, M. C, Measurement and standardization of LF to UHF electrical quantities. Sketch of recent world-wide developments, Book, Progress in Radio Science 1960-1963. Vol /. Radio Standards and Measurements, pp. 45-55 (Elsevier Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1965).

Stair, R., Fussell, W. B., Schneider, W. E., A standard for extremely low

^ values of spectral irradiance, Appl. Opt 5, No. 1, 85-89 (Jan. 1965).

Stair, R., Schneider, W. E., Standards, sources, and detectors in radiation

measurements, (Symp. Measurement of Thermal Radiation of Solids,

San Francisco, Calif., Mar. 4-6, 1964) , NASA Spec. Publ. SP-55, Session

III, Paper 24, pp. 217-231 (1965).

Stiehler, R. D., Standards—the foundation of industrial growth, Ind. I Times VI, No. 22 (Bombay, India, Nov. 15, 1964).

Sze, W. C, Dunn, A. F., Zapf, T. L., An international comparison of inductive voltage divider calibrations at 400 and 1000 Hertz, IEEE Intern.

| Conv. Record 13, pt. 11, 126-135 (Mar. 1965).

Thaxter, R. T., Hubbe, P. D., Mendel, J., Comments on "Application of experimental design to the study of a test method," Tappi 46, No. 12,

193A-194A (Dec. 1963).

Thompson, C. L., A cimple method for measuring the amount of granular

materials in sulfur mortars, Mater. Res. Std. 5, No. 5, 242-243 (May [ 1965).

Vosburgh, W. C, Bates, R. C, Constancy of a modified Weston standard

cell over long periods, J. Electrochem. Soc. Ill, No. 8, 997-998 (Aug.

1964)

Weise, E. L., Burke, R. W., Taylor, J. K., Gas chromatographic determination of the moisture content of grain, (Proc. 1963 Intern. Symp. Humidity and Moisture, Washington, D. C), Book, Humidity and Moisture.

Vol. 4. Principles and Methods of Measuring Moisture in Liquids and

W2
Solids, sec. I, Paper 1, pp. 3-6 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Wexler, A., Hyland, R. W., The NBS standard hygrometer, (Proc. 1963

Intern. Symp., Humidity and Moisture, Washington, D. C), Book, Humidity and Moisture. Vol 3. Fundamentals and Standards, sec. II, Paper

19, pp. 389-342 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York, N. Y, 1965).

Wildhack, W. A., Measurement—R&D looks to future, Control Eng. 12, No. 1, 75-76 (Jan. 1965).

Young, T. R., Educating metrologists, Ordnance XLIX, No. 268, 432-435

(Jan.-Feb. 1965).

Young, T. R., Metrology as related to microminiaturization processes, Proc. Microminiaturization Congress, New York, N. Y., Mar. 10-13,

1962 (American Watchmakers Inst., New York, N. Y., Mar. 1963).

Zapf, T. L., The accurate measurement of voltage ratios of inductive volt- age dividers, Acta IMEKO 3, 317-331 (1964).

Physics

Abbott, R. L., Width of the microwave lines of oxygen and their relation- ship to the thermal noise emission spectrum of the atmosphere, Proc. 3d Symp. Remote Sensing of the Environment, Infrared Phys. Lab., Inst. Sci. Tech. Univ. Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., Feb. 1965, pp. 257-269

(Mar. 1965).

Alley, C. 0., Bender, P. L., Dicke, R. H., Faller, J. E., Plotkin, H. H., Wilkerson, D. T., Optical radar using a corner reflector on the moon,

J. Geophys. Res. 70, No. 9, 2267-2269 (May 1, 1965).

Ambler, E., Fuller, E. G., Marshak, H., Direct observation of the optical

anisotropy of the holmium nucleus, Phys. Rev. 138, No. IB, B117-B126

(Apr. 1965).

Andersen, H., Shuler, K. E., Oppenheim, I., Weiss, G., Nonequilibrium

thermodynamics of canonically invariant relaxation processes, J. Chem.

Phys. 41, No. 10, 3012-3019 (Nov. 1964).

Arms, R. J., Hama, F. R., Localized-induction concept on a curved vortex and motion of an elliptic vortex ring, Phys. Fluids 8, No. 4, 553-559

(Apr. 1965).

Armstrong, G. T., Thermodynamic data compilation and review at the National Bureau of Standards, Svensk Kern. Tidskr. 76, No. 8, 419-427

(1964).

Barber, D. J., Electron microscopy and diffraction of aluminum oxide

whiskers, Phil. Mag. 10, No. 103, 75-94 (May 1965).

Barber, D. J., Tighe, N. J., Electron microscopy and diffraction of synthetic

cordunum crystals. I. Pure aluminum oxide grown by the Verneuil

process, Phil. Mag. 11, No. Ill, 495-512 (May 1965).

Barkas, W. H., Berger, M. J., Tables of energy losses and ranges of heavy

charged particles, Natl. Aeronaut. Space Admin. NASA SP-3113, 1-131

(1964).

183
Barloutaud, M., Caswell, R. S., Gastebois, J., de Pinho, A. G., Quidort, J., Reaction r,r'Co(p, &) 5GFe, Proc. Intern. Congress Nuclear Physics, Paris,

France, July 2-8, 1964), Compt. Rend. Cong. Intern. Phys. Nucleaire //, 717-719 (Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Paris, France,

1964) . Bay, Z., Papp, G., Determination of the probability distribution of the number of secondary electrons, IEEE Trans. Nuclear Sci. NS-11, No. 3, 160-168 (June 1964).

Bean, B. L., Mulligan, B. W., X-ray spectrochemical analysis of materials:

cement and dental alloys, Am. Soc. Testing Mater. Spec. Tech. Publ. 373, Application of Advanced and Nuclear Physics to Testing Materials,

pp. 25-45 (June 17, 1965)'.

Beaty, E. C, Patterson, P. L., Mobilities and reaction rates of ions in helium, Phys. Rev. 137, No. 2A, A346-357 (Jan. 4, 1965).

Becker, J. H., Hosier, W. R., Multiple-band conduction in n-type rutile (Ti02 ), Phys. Rev. 137, No. 6A, A1872-A1877 (Mar. 15, 1965).

Bennett, L. H., Pressure dependence of the internal field at the 59Co nucleus

in a 99.5% Ni-0.5% Co alloy, J. Appl. Phys. 36, No. 3, Pt. 2, 942-943

(Mar. 1965).

Ben-Reuven, A., Shift of the R(0) and P(l) infrared lines of HC1 per- turbed by noble gases, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 6, 2037-2042 (Mar. 15,

1965) . Ben-Reuven, A., Transition from resonant to non-resonant line shape in microwave absorption, Phys. Rev. Letters 14, No. 10, 249-351 (Mar.

8, 1965).

Berger, M. J., Seltzer, S. M., Tables of energy losses and ranges of electrons and positrons, Natl. Aeronaut. Space Admin. NASA SP-3012, 1-127 (1964).

Bestul, A. B., Volume relaxation of As2 03 in the glass transformation, Proc.

Intern. Conf. Physics of Non-Crystalline Solids, Delft, Netherlands, July

1964 (1965).

Birnbaum, G., Maryott, A. A., Nonresonant absorption and collision di- ameters in the foreign-gas broadening of symmetric top molecules, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 1, 154-157 (July 1, 1964).

Block, S., Piermarini, G. J., Alkaline earth cation distribution in vitreous

borates, Phys. Chem. Glasses 5, No. 5, 138-144 (Oct. 1964).

Bozman, W. R., Is life possible on other planets? Sci. Children 2, No. 4, 7 (Dec. 1964).

Branscomb, L. M., Observatory report—Joint Institute for Laboratory

Astrophysics of the National Bureau of Standards and University of Colorado, Boulder, Colo., Astron. J. 69, No. 9, 700-703 (Nov. 1964).

Brenner, A., Catey, S. L., Electrochemical calorimetry. IV. Measurement

of the reversible heat effect attending the passage of electric current

across a liquid junction, J. Electrochem. Soc. Ill, No. 11, 1225-1230

(Nov. 1964).

184
Broadhurst, M. G., A dumbbell model for dielectric dispersion in paraffinlike solids, (Proc. Electrical Insulation Conf., Cleveland, Ohio, Oct. 1964) , Natl. Acad. Sci.-Natl. Res. Council Publ. 1238, pp. 129-132

(1965).

Brower, W. S., Jr., Farabaugh, E. N., Etch pits in chromic oxide, J. Appl.

Phys. 36, No. 4, 1489-1490 (Apr. 1965).

Brown, R. L., James, T. C, Isotopic determination of the vibrational numbering for the B

3 n0+ , J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 1, 33-38 (Jan. 1965).

Bur, A. J., Experimental verification of the WLF superposition technique,

Insulation Mag. pp. 38 (Dec. 1964).

Burley, G., Ice nucleation by photolyzed silver iodide, Phil. Mag. 10, 527

(Sept. 1964).

Cahoon, B. A., Riggs, L. P., Climatology of elevated super-refractive layers

arising from atmospheric subsidence, Proc. 1964 World Conf. Radio

Meteorology and 11th Weather Radar Conf., pp. 52-55 (Sept. 1964).

Candela, G. A., Influence of paramagnetic resonance on the static susceptibility. Spin-lattice relaxation time of cupric sulfate pentahydrate, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 1, 113-117 (Jan. 1, 1965).

Carter, J. C, Coyne, J. J., Meshkov, S., SU(6) Clebsch-Gordan coefficients for the product 35x56, Phys. Rev. Letters 14, No. 13, 523-526 (Mar.

1965) . Chamberlain, G. E., Multichannel resonances in the forward scattering of

electrons by helium, Phys. Rev. Letters 14, No. 15, 581-582 (Apr. 12,

1965).

Chang, T-T., Electron spin resonance of Mo5+ in rutile, Phys. Rev. 136,

No. 5A, A1413 (Nov. 30, 1964).

Chelton, D. B., Safety in the use of liquid hydrogen, Book, Technology and

Uses of Liquid Hydrogen, ed. R. B. Scott, W. H. Denton, and C. M.

Nicholls, chapt. 10, 359-378 (Pergamon Press Inc., New York, N. Y.

1964) . Codling, K., Madden, R. P., Characteristics of the "synchrotron light" from

the NBS 180 MeV machine, J. Appl. Phys. 36, No. 2, 380-387 (Feb.

1965) . Codling, K., Madden, R. P., New Rydberg series in molecular oxygen near 500A, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 11, 3935-3938 (June 1965).

Cook, R. K., Wood, G. W., Report of the acoustics research survey committee, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 37, No. 2, 392-395 (Feb. 1965).

Cooper, J. W., Interpretation of maxima in the absorption of soft X-ray,

Phys. Rev. Letters 13, No. 25, 764 (Dec. 21, 1964).

deWit, R., Howard, R. E., Relation of the stacking fault energy to segregation at stacking faults and to the occurrence of phase boundaries in

F. C. C. binary alloys, Acta Met. 13, 655-661 (June 1965).

Diller, D. E., Measurements of the viscosity of parahydrogen, J. Chem.

Phys. 42, No. 6, 2089-2100 (Mar. 1965).

185
DiMarzio, E. A., Proper accounting of conformations of a polymer near

a surface, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 6, 2101-2106 (Mar. 1965).

Dodge, W. R., Domen, S. R., Hirshfeld, A. T., Hoppes, D. D., Investigation

of the anomaly in the response of silicon semiconductor radiation de- tectors at low temperatures, IEEE Trans. Nuclear Sci. NS-12, 295 (Feb.

1965).

Drayer, D. E., Nucleate boiling of hydrogen, Ind. Eng. Chem. Fundamentals 4, No. 2, 167-171 (May 1965).

Eby, R. K., Determination of the propagation constants for ultrasonic waves in melting and molten polyethylene, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. Letter 36, No. 8, 1485-1487 (Aug. 1964).

Eby, R. K., Diffusion in a polymer with lamellar morphology, polyethylene,

J. Appl. Phys. 35, No. 9, 2720-2724 (Sept. 1964).

Eisenhart, C, Albert Einstein, as I remember him. (Commencement Address, Albert Einstein Senior High School, Kensington, Md., June 15,

1964), J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 54, 325-328 (1964).

Eisenhart, C, Expertise or experiments, Science 146, No. 3647, 997-998

(Nov. 1964).

Eisenstein, J. C, Hudson, R. P., Mangum, B. W., Low temperature magnetic transitions in lanthanon trichlorides, Physics Letters 12, No. 1, 5

(Sept. 1, 1964).

Costrell, L., Standard nuclear instrument modules, U. S. Atomic Energy

Commission TID Report 20893, 12 pages (July 1964).

Danos, M., Greiner, W., Coupling of particle-hole states and two particletwo hole states: damping, Comptes Rendus du Congres Intern, de Physique Nucleaire, ed. P. Gugenberger, II, 615-616 (Editions du Centre National de la Recherche Scientific, Paris, France, 1964)

Danos, M., Greiner, W., Damping of the giant resonance in heavy nuclei,

Phys. Rev. 138, No. 4B, B876-891 (May 1965).

Danos, M., Greiner, W., Dynamic theory of the nuclear collective model,

Phys. Rev. 134, B285 (1964).

Danos, M., Greiner, W., Shell model treatment of nuclear reactions, Phys. Rev. 138, No. IB, B93-B103 (Apr. 1965).

Danos, M., Greiner, W., Kohr, C. B., On the possibility of the measure- ment of the nuclear 2

4 -pole deformation, Physics Letters 2, No. 4, 344

(1964).

Danos, M., Greiner, W., Kohr, C. B., The dynamic collective theory of odd A nuclei, Phys. Rev. 138, No. 5B, B1055-B1066 (June 1965).

Danos, M., Maximon, L. C, Multipole matrix elements of the translation operator, J. Math. Phys. 6, 766 (1965).

Davis, J. C, Faison, T. K., Achenbach, P. R., Plans for proposed new

tables of the thermodynamic properties of moist air, (Proc. 1963 Intern. Symp. Humidity and Moisture, Washington, D. C), Book, Humidity and

Moisture. Measurement and Control in Science and Industry. Vol. 3.

186
Fundamentals and Standards, chapt. 11, pp. 315-320 (Reinhold Publ.

Corp., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Deslattes, R. D., Torgensen, J. L., Paretzkin, B., Horton, A. T., Preliminary

studies on the characterization of solution-grown ADP crystals, Advan.

X-ray Anal. 8, 315-324 (1965).

Eisenstein. J. C, Hudson, R. P., Mangum, B. W., Low temperature magnetic transitions in some rare-earth trichlorides, Phys. Rev. 137, No. 6A,

A1886-A1895 (Mar. 1965).

Engel, 0. G., Hypervelocity cratering data and a crater depth model for the regime of partial fluidity, Proc. 6th Hypervelocity Impact Symp.,

Cleveland, Ohio, Apr. 30-May 1, 1963, II, pt. II, 337-366 (U. S. Army

Ballistics Res. Lab., Aberdeen Proving Ground, Md., Aug. 1963).

Engelmann, F., Felix, M., Minardi, E., Connection between shielding and

stability in a collisionless plasma, II Nuovo Cimento, Serie X, 30, 830-

836 (Nov. 1963).

Evenson, K. M., Dunn, J. L., Broida, H. P.. Optical detection of microwave

transitions between excited electronic states of CN and the identification of the transitions involved, Phys. Rev. 136, No. 6A, A1566-A1571 (Dec.

14, 1964).

Fang, P. H., The spin lattice relaxation time of some paramagnetic dis- persions, (Proc. XI Colloque Ampere, Eindhoven, The Netherlands, June

1962), Book, Magnetic and Electric Resonance and Relaxation, pp. 123-

128 (1963).

Fano, U., Exclusion of parity unfavored transitions in forward scattering,

Phys. Rev. 135, No. 3B, B863-B864 (Aug. 1964)

.

Fano, U., Liouville representation of quantum mechanics with application

to relaxation, (Proc. Lectures on the Many-Body Problems 5th Intern. School of Physics, Revello, Italy, Apr. 17-May 4, 1963), Book, Lectures

of the Many-Body Problems 2, 1-294 (Academic Press Inc., New York,

N. Y, 1964)

.

Fano, U., Copper, J. W., Line profiles in the far ultraviolet absorption

spectra of the rare gases, Phys. Rev. 137, No. 5A, A1364-A1379 (Mar.

1965).

Fano, U., Cooper, J. W., On the identification of energy levels of negative

ions, Phys. Rev. 138, No. 2A, A400-A402 (Apr. 1965).

Fano, U., Lichten, W., Interpretation of Ar+ -Ar collisions at 50 keV, Phys.

Rev. Letters 14, No. 16, 627-629 (Apr. 1965).

Fano, U., Turner, J. E., Contribution to the theory of shell corrections,

Natl. Acad. Sci.-Natl. Res. Council Report 1133, No. 39, pp. 49-67

(1964).

Fehsenfeld, F. C, Goldan, P. D., Schmeltekopf, A. L, Ferguson, E. E., Laboratory measurement of the rate of the reaction 0 + +02 -»02 + +0 at thermal energy, Planet Space Sci. 13, 579-582 (Mar. 1965).

Fehsenfeld, F. C, Schmeltekopf, A. L., Ferguson, E. E., Some measured

rates for oxygen and nitrogen ion-molecule reactions of atmospheric

187
importance, including 0++N2NO + +N, Planetary Space Sci. 13, 219-223

(1965).

Ferguson, E. E., Broida, H. P., A possible mechanism for light absorption

by interstellar grains, Astrophys. J. 141, No. 2, 807-809 (Feb. 1965).

Ferguson, E. E., Fehsenfeld, F. C, Schmeltekopf, A. L., Dissociative re- combination in helium afterglows, Phys. Rev. 138, A381 (Apr. 1965).

Ferguson, R. E., McCulloh, K. E., Rosenstock, H. M., Observation of the products of ionic collision processes and ion decomposition in a linear,

pulsed time-of-flight mass spectrometer, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 1, 100- 106 (Jan. 1, 1965).

Fine, J., Madey, T. E., Sheer, M. D., The determination of work function

from the ratio of positive to negative surface ionization of an alkali halide, Surface Sci. 3, 277 (1965).

Fowler, F. A., Kikuchi pattern from a silicon wedge, Acta Cryst. 17, No. 7, 869-871 (July 1964).

Fowler, F. A., Marton, L., Widths of transmission Kikuchi lines in silicon and diamond, J. Appl. Phys. 36, No. 6, 1986-1995 (June 1965).

Franklin, A. D., Energy of the formation of the anion Frenkel pair in calcium fluoride, J. Phys. Chem. Solids 26, 933-934 (1965).

Franklin, A. D., Impurity controlled properties of ionic solids, (Proc.

Symp. Physics and Chemistry of Ceramics, Pennsylvania State Univ.,

University Park, Pa., May 28-30, 1963), Book, Physics and Chemistry

of Ceramics, pp. 77-109 (Gordon and Breach, New York, N. Y., 1963).

Frenkiel, F. N., Klebanoff, P. S., Higher-order skewnesses in a turbulent

field, Compt. Rend. 260, 6026-6029 (1965).

Garfinkel, S. B., Mann, W. B., Medlock, R. W., Yura, 0., The calibration

of the NBS tritiated-toluene standard of radioactivity, Intern. J. Appl.

Radiation Isotopes 16, 27-33 (1965).

Gates, D. M., Characteristics of soil and vegetated surfaces to reflected and emitted radiation, Proc. 3d Symp. Remote Sensing of Environment,

Infrared Phys. Lab., Inst. Sci. Tech., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor,

Mich., Feb. 1965, pp. 573-600 (Mar. 1965).

Gates, D. M., Leaf temperature and energy exchange, Arch. Meteorol.

Geophys. Bioklimatol. 12, No. 2, 321-336 (1964).

Geltman, S., Continuum states of H~ and the free-free absorption coefficient, Astrophys. J. 141, No. 2, 376-394 (Feb. 15, 1965).

Geltman, S., Takayanagi, K., Excitation of molecular rotation by slow

electrons, Physics Letters 13, No. 2, 135-137 (Nov. 15, 1964).

Goertz, A. E., Empirical relations for energy levels of atoms and ions, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 55, 742-743 (June 1965).

Goodwin, R. D., Roder, H. M., Pressure-density-temperature relations of

freezing liquid parahydrogen to 350 atmospheres, Cryogenics 3, No. 1, 12-15 (Mar. 1, 1963).

Grabner, L., Optical quenching of photoconductivity near the band edge in CdS, Phys. Rev. Letters 14, No. 14, 551-554 (Apr. 5, 1965).

188
Greiner, W., Danos, M., Coupling of particle-hole states and two particletwo hole states: splitting. Compt. Rend. Congres Intern, de physique

Nucleaire, ed. P. Gugenberger, II, 617 (Editions du Centre National de

la Recherche Scientific. Paris, France, 1964)

.

Gross, D., Robertson, A. F., Experimental fires in enclosures, Proc. 10th

Symp. (Intern.) Combustion, Cambridge, England, Aug. 1964, pp. 931-

942 (1965).

Guildner, L. A., Gas thermometer, Encyclopaedic Dictionary of Physics,

pp. 405-406 (Pergamon Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1961).

Gurney, P., Jr., Hutchinson, F., Young, R. D., Condensation of tungsten on

tungsten in atomic detail: observation with the field ion microscope,

J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 11, 3939-3943 (June 1965).

Gygax, S., Kropschot, R. H., Temperature and mean free path dependence

of the Ginzburg-Landau parameter, Physics Letters 12, No. 1, 7-9 (Sept.

1964)

.

Hall, J. L., Robinson, E. J., Branscomb, L. M., Laser double-quantum

photodetachment of I~, Phys. Rev. Letters 14, No. 25, 1013-1016 (June

21, 1965).

Haller, W., Chromatography on glass of controlled pore size, Nature 206,

693-696 (1965).

Haller, W., Rearrangement kinetics of the liquid-liquid immiscible microphases in alkali borosilicate melts, J. Chem. Phys. 42, 686-693 (1965).

Harari, H, Lipkin. H. J.. Meshkov, S., T0 selection rules in SU(12)~pp

annihilation, Phys. Rev. Letters 20, No. 14, 845-847 (May 1965).

Hayuard, E.. Photonuclear reactions, Book, Nuclear Structure and Electro- magnetic Transitions, ed. N. MacDonald, pp. 141 (Oliver and Boyd,

Edinburgh and London, England, 1965).

Herron, J. T.. Rosenstock, H. M., Shields, W. R., Negative surface ionization of complex molecules, Nature 206, No. 4984, 611 (May 1965).

Hilsenrath, J., Klein, M., Tables of thermodynamic properties of air in chemical equilibrium including second virial corrections from 1500 °K

to 15,000 °K, Air Force Systems Command, AEDC-TR-65-58 (Arnold

Engr. Develop. Center, Arnold Air Force Station, Tenn., Mar. 1965).

Hinchman, W. R., Buck, A. L., Fluctuations in a laser beam over 9- and

90-mile paths, Proc. IEEE 52, No. 3, 305-306 (Mar. 1964)

.

Hoffman. J. D., Theoretical aspects of polymer crystallization with chain

folds: bulk polymers, SPE Trans. 4, No. 4, 315-362 (Oct. 1964).

Horn, D., Kugler, M., Lipkin, H. J., Mechkov, S., Carter, J. C, Coyne,

J. J., W-spin analysis of weak decays in U(12), Phys. Rev. Letters 14, No. 17, 717-719 (Apr. 1965).

Howard, R. E., Lidiard, A. B., Matter transport in solids, Rept. Progr.

Phys. XXVII, 161-240 (1964).

Howard, R. E., Lidiard, A. B., The annealing of vacancies in dilute alloys, Phil. Mag. 11, No. 114, 1179-1187 (June 1965).

189
Hust, J. G., Gosman, A. L., Functions for the calculation of entropy,

enthalpy, and internal energy for real fluids using equations of state and

specific heats, (Proc. 1963 Cryogenic Eng. Conf., Univ. Colorado and

National Bureau of Standards, Boulder, Colo., Aug. 19-21, 1963), Book,

Advances in Cryogenic Engineering 9, Paper D-8, 227-233 (Plenum

Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1964)

Jackson, J. L., Coriell, S. R., On trapped trajectories in Brownian motion,

J. Math. Phys. 5, No. 8, 1075-1078 (Aug. 1964)

James, T. C, Thibault, R. J., Spin-orbit coupling constant of nitric oxide. Determination from fundamental and satellite band origins, J. Chem.

Phys. 41, No. 9, 2806-2813 (Nov. 1964).

Jefferies, J. T., Orrall, F. Q., Loop prominences and coronal condensations.

1, Non-thermal velocities within loop prominences, Astrophys. J. 141, No.

2, 505-518 (Feb. 15, 1965).

Jefferies, J. T., Orrall, F. Q., Loop prominences and coronal condensations.

II. The source of mass and energy and a model of the loop prominence

mechanism, Astrophys. J. 141, No. 2, 519-525 (Feb. 15, 1965).

Jefferson, C. F., West, R. G., Magnetic properties of illmenite-hematite

solid solutions, J. Am. Ceramic Soc. 47, No. 11, 544-548 (Nov. 1964).

Jennings, D. A., Takuma, H., Optical heterodyne detection of the forwardstimulated Brillouin scattering, Appl. Phys. Letters 5, 241-242 (Dec.

1964) . Johnson, E. G., Use of the index of refraction as a means for study of plasma configurations, Phys. Fluids 7, No. 9, 1551-1552 (Sept. 1964).

Kahn, A. H., Leyendecker, A. J., Electronic energy bands in SrTi03 and

related oxide semiconductors, Proc. 1964 Intern. Conf. Physics of Semiconductors, Paris, France, pp. 33-39 (Physique des Semiconductors,

Paris, France, 1964)

Kahn, A. H., Leyendecker, A. J., Electronic energy bands in strontium

titanate, Phys. Rev. 135, No. 5A, A1321-A1325 (Aug. 31, 1964).

Kamper, R. A., Collier, R. S., Ohori, Y., Influence of spin paramagnetism

on superconductivity, Phys. Rev. 137, No. 1A, A75-A77 (Jan. 1965).

Kelly, F. J., Moore, D. G., A test of analytical expressions for the thermal

emittance of shallow cylindrical cavities, (Symp. Thermal Radiation of

Solids, San Francisco, Calif., Mar. 4-5, 1964), NASA Spec. Publ. SP-55,

Session 1, Paper 10, pp. 117-131 (1965); Appl. Opt. 4, No. 1, 31-40

(Jan. 1965).

Kessler, K. G., Schweitzer, W. G., Zeeman filter, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 55, No.

3, 284-288 (Mar. 1965).

King, R. B., Corliss, C. H., Olsen, K. H., Oscillator strengths for lines of / Fel between 2500 and 3200A, Astrophys. J. 141, No. 2, 354-363 (Feb.

1965) . Kirchhoff, W. H., Farren, J., Linnett, J. W., Calculation of electronic energies in HCO+ 2 , HCO, and HCO"2 , J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 4, 1410-

1422 (Feb. 15, 1965).

190
Klein, L. S., Jackson, J. L., Continuum description of a high temperature

plasma, Proc. VI Intern. Conf. Ionization Processes in Gases, Paris,

France, 1963, II, No. 11, 215-216 (June 1964).

Klein, R., Observations of carbon monoxide and oxygen on tantalum with

the field emission microscope, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 2, 571 (July 1964).

Klose, J. Z., Atomic lifetimes in neon I, Astrophys. J. 141, No. 2, 814-818

(Feb. 1965).

Koch, H. W., Eisenhower, E. H., Electron accelerators for food processing,

(Proc. Intern. Conf. Radiation Preservation of Foods, Boston, Mass.,

Sept. 27-30, 1964), Natl. Acad. Sci.-Natl. Res. Council Publ. 1273, pp. 149-180 (1965).

Koidan, W., Siegel, S., Free-field correction for condenser microphones,

J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 36, No. 11, 2233-2234 (Nov. 1964).

Krauss, M., Miles, F. H., Interaction potential between He and H2 , J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 8, 2703-2708 (Apr. 15, 1965).

Kuyatt, C. E., Simpson, J. A., Mielczarek, S. R., Elastic resonances in electron scattering from He, Ne, Ar, Kr, Xe, and Hg, Phys. Rev. 138, No. 2A, A385-A399 (Apr. 19, 1965).

Larsen, D. M., Energy levels of polarons in a magnetic field, Phys. Rev.

135, No. 2A, A419-A426 (July 1964)

.

Laufer, A. H., Pirog, J. A., McNesby, J. R., Effect of temperature on the vacuum ultraviolet transmittance of lithium fluoride, calcium fluoride,

barium fluoride, and sapphire, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 55, No. 1, 64-66 (Jan.

1965).

Laufer, J. S., High silica glass, quartz, and vitreous silica, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 55, No. 4, 458-460 (Apr. 1965).

Leavens, W. M., On the nature of plasma resonance, Physics Letters 15, No. 4, 310-311 (Apr. 1965).

Lee, T. G., Loftus, J. L., Gross, D., Effect of moisture on surface flaminability of coated and uncoated cellulosic materials, Am. Soc. Testing

Materials Spec. Tech. Publ. 385, 112-123 (May 1965).

Leiss, J. E., Beam loading in linear accelerators, IEEE Trans. Nuclear

Sci. NS-12, No. 3, 566-579 (June 1965).

Lester, W. A., Krauss, M., Gaussian correlation functions: two-electron

systems, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 5, 1407-1413 (Sept. 1, 1964).

Lincoln, J. V., Geomagnetic and solar data, J. Geophys. Res. 69, No. 13,

28-41 (July 1, 1964).

Lipkin, H. J., Meshkov, S., The W-spin and B-spin subgroups of SU(12),

Phys. Rev. Letters 14, No. 16, 670-672 (Apr. 1965).

Little, J. W., Madey, T. E., Klein, R., Work function measurements on field emitters with prescribed orientation, J. Appl. Phys. 36, No. 4, 1491-1492

(Apr. 1965).

McCarty, R. D., Stewart, R. B., Thermodynamic properties of neon from

25 to 300 °K between 0.1 and 200 atmospheres, Book, Advances in

191
Thermophysical Properties at Extreme Temperatures and Pressures, pp. 84-97 (Am. Soc. Mech. Eng., New York, N. Y., 1965).

McCulloh, K. E., Sharp, T. E., Rosenstock, H. M., Direct observation of the decomposition multiply charged ions into singly charged fragments,

J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 10, 3501-3509 (May 15, 1965).

McLane, C. K., Takeda, S., Thompson, R. C, Thomas, W. E., Jr., Electron

density measurements in the magnetically confined arc, J. Appl. Phys.

36, No. 2, 337-341 (Feb. 1965).

McLaughlin, W. L., Chalkley, L., Low atomic number dye systems for ionizing radiation measurement, J. Photo. Sci. Eng. 9, No. 3, 159-166

(May-June 1965).

McLaughlin, W. E., Chalkley, L., Measurement of radiation dose distribu- tions with photochromic materials, Radiology 84, No. 1, 124-125 (Jan.

1965).

Macedo, P. B., Capps, W., Wachtman, J. B., Jr., Elastic constants of single

crystal ThO, at 25 °C, J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 47, No. 12, 651 (Dec. 1964).

Macedo, P. B., Litovitz, T. A., On the relative roles of free volume and

activation energy in the viscosity liquids, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 1, 245-256 (Jan. 1, 1965).

Madden, R. P., Codling, K., Two-electron excitation states in helium,

Astrophys. J. 141, No. 2, 364-375 (Feb. 1965).

Mann, W. B., The National Bureau of Standards tritiated water standards,

J. Appl. Radiation Isotopes 15, 628 (1964).

Manning, J. R., Correlation factors for impurity diffusion—Bcc, diamond,

and Fee structures, Phys. Rev. 136, No. 6A, A1758-A1766 (Dec. 14,

1964)

Martin, J. B., Weiss, A. W., Calculations of the hyperfine splitting for the lithium atom, J. Chem. Phys. Letter 39, No. 6, 1618-1620 (Sept. 15,

1963) . Marton, L. L., APS division of electron physics—the first 20 years, Phys.

Today pp. 44-50 (Oct. 1964).

Marton, L. L., Experiments in electron scattering, Lab. Invest. 14, pt. II, No. 6, 754 (1965).

Marton, L. L., Historical background of image formation, Lab. Invest. 14,

pt. I, No. 6, 739 (1965).

Marton, L. L., Optical constants in the vacuum ultraviolet and electron energy losses, J. Quant. Spectry. Radiative Transfer 2, 671-678 (May

1964) . Marvin, R. S., McKinney, J. E., Volume relaxations in amorphous polymers,

Book, Physical Acoustics, ed. W. P. Mason, IIB, chapt. 9, 165-229

Academic Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1965).

Maryott, A. A., Kryder, S. J., Collision induced microwave absorption in compressed gases. III. C02 -foreign-gas mixtures, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 6, 1580-1582 (Sept. 15, 1964).

Mauer, F. A., Keffer, C. J., Reeves, R. B., Robinson, D. W., Polymorphism

192
in hydrogen iodide, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 4, 1465-1466 (Feb. 15,

1965)

.

Maximon, L. C, Isabelle, D. B., Calculation of the radioactive tail in the

inelastic scattering electrons, Proc. Intern. Conf. Nuclear Physics, Paris,

France, July 2-8, 1964, 2, 1031-1033 (1964).

Maximon, L. C, Isabelle, D. B., Radiative tail for inelastic electron scatter- ing, Phys. Rev. 136, No. 3B, B674-683 (Nov. 1964).

Mazur, J., Application of the theory of absorbing Markov chains to the

statistical thermodynamics of polymer chains in a lattice, J. Chem.

Phys. 41, No. 8, 2256-2266 (Oct. 1964).

Meshkov, S., Snow, G. A., Yodh, G. B., "U-spin equalities" and octet symmetry breaking, Phys. Rev. Letters 13, No. 6, 212-217 (Aug. 1964).

Meyer-Arendt, J. R., Optical depolarization and scintillation measurements

over a terrestrial path, Proc. 3d Tropospheric Refraction Effects Meeting 1, 115-123 (Nov. 1964).

Meyer-Arendt, J. R., Shettle, E. P., Calibration of Schlieren systems, J. Appl. Opt. Letter to Editor 4, No. 6, 757 (June 1965).

Mielenz, K. D., Nefflen, K. F., Gas mixtures and pressures for optimum

output power of RF excited helium-neon gas lasers at 632.8 nm, Appl.

Opt. Letter 4, 565 (May 1965).

Mies, F. H., Critical examination of vibrational energy transfer theory,

J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 8, 2709-2720 (Apr. 15, 1965).

Mies, F. H., Impact parameter treatment of vibrational excitation, J. Chem.

Phys. 41, No. 3, 903-904 (Aug. 1, 1964).

Milligan, D. E., Jacox, M. E., Bass, A. M., Comeford, J. J., Mann, D. E. Matrix-isolation study of the reaction of F atoms with CO. Infrared

and ultraviolet spectrum of the free radical FCO, J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 9, 3187-3195 (May 1965).

Minardi, E., Englemann, F., Feix, M., Connection between shielding and

stability in a collisionless plasma, II Nuovo Cimento Serie X 30, 830-836

(Nov. 1963).

Mockler, R. C, Richardson, J. M., Some considerations relative to an

atomic definition for the unit of time, Proc. Consultative Committee for

the Definition of the Second of the Intern. Comm. of Weights and

Measures, Paris, France, Apr. 1961, pp. 58-65 (Dec. 1964).

Moore, C. E., Annual observatory report from the National Bureau of Standards, Astron, J. 69, No. 9, 696-698 (Nov. 1964).

Moore, C. E., Minutes of the meeting at Tokyo, Japan, of the triple commission for spectroscopy, Sept. 9, 1962, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 53, No. 7, 883-893 (July 1963).

| Moore, C. E., Report of subcommittee D-atomic spectra, J. Opt. Soc. Am.

Tech. Notes 55, No. 6, 745 (1965).

Mopsik, F. I., Tables of dielectric constants, diopole moments and di- electric relaxation times, 1963 Digest Lit. Dielectrics Publ. 1230, 27, 23- 55 (1964).

193
Morgan, A. H., Blair, B. E., Crow, E. L., International comparison of atomic frequency standards via VLF radio signals, Book, Progress in Radio Science 1960-1963. Vol. I. Radio Standards and Measurements,

pp. 40 (Elsevier Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1965).

Mosburg, E. R., Persson, K.-B., Nonlinear ambipolar diffusions of an

isothermal plasma across magnetic field, Phys. Fluids 7, No. 11, 1829-

1833 (Nov. 1964).

Motz, J. W., Olsen, H., Koch, H. W., Electron scattering without atomic

or nuclear excitation, Rev. Mod. Phys. 36, No. 4, 881-928 (Oct. 1964).

Motz, J. W., Placious, R. C, K-ionization cross sections for relativistic electrons, Phys. Rev. 136, No. 3A, A662-A665 (Nov. 2, 1964)

Nettleton, R. E., Non-equilibrium thermodynamics of creep in polycrystals,

Physica 20, 1989-2002 (1964).

Norton, R. B., A theoretical study of the Martian and Cytherian ionospheres, Natl. Aero. Space Admin. Tech. Note D-2333 (July 1964).

Olsen, H., Maximon, L. C, Polarized electrons and positrons by tagging

technique, Phys. Rev. Letters 13, No. 3, 112-114 (July 1964).

O'Malley, T., Geltman, S., Compound-atom states for two-electron systems,

Phys. Rev. 137, No. 5A, A1344-A1352 (Mar. 1, 1965).

Oppenheim, I., Shuler, K. E., Master equations and Markov processes, Phys. Rev. 738, No. 4B, B1007-B1011 (May 1965).

Orentlicher, M., Prausnitz, J. M., Thermodynamics of hydrogen solubility

in cryogenic solvents at high pressures, Chem. Eng. Sci. 19, 775-782

(Oct. 1964).

Oser, H. J., Shuler, K. E., Weiss, G., Relaxation of a Lorentz gas with a

repulsive r~ s force law, J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 9, 2661-2666 (Nov.

1964) . Paretzkin, B., Peiser, H. S., High voltage Laue X-ray photography of large

single crystals, Science 146, 260 (1964).

Parker, R. L.. Coriell, S. R., Stability of the shape of a solid cylinder

growing in a diffusion field, J. Appl. Phys. 36, No. 2, 632-637 (Feb.

1965) . Parker, R. L., Hardy, S. C, Vapor-phase growth kinetics of potassium and

mercury crystals, (Proc. Intern. Symp. Condensation and Evaporation

of Solids, Dayton, Ohio, Sept. 12-14, 1962), Book, Condensation and

the Evaporation of Solids, Section II. Condensation of Solids, pp. 649- j 664 (Gordon and Breach, New York, N. Y., 1964).

Passaglia, E., Mechanical and dielectric relaxation of crystalline polymers -\ in relation to degree of crystallinity and morphology, SPE Trans. 4, No.

3, 169-177 (July 1964).

Payne, R. D., Forman, R. A., Kahn, A. H., Nuclear magnetic resonance in i RbMnF3 , J. Chem. Phys. 42, No. 11, 3806-3808 (June 1965).

Pecker-Wimel, C, Thomas, R. N., Possible implications of the observed

profile of [A6374] Fe X, Astrophys. J. 141, No. 2, 834-836 (Feb. 15,

1965).

194
Peterson, R. L., Effects of finite lattice heat capacity on spin-lattice relaxation, Phys. Rev. 137, No. 5A, A1444-A1448 (Mar. 1965)

.

Petree, B., Humphreys, J. C, The intensity and spectral distribution of

scattered radiation from Co60 sources, Radiology 84, No. 1, 129-130

(Jan. 1965).

Pollack, G. L., The solid state of rare gases, Rev. Mod. Phys. 36, No. 3, 748-792 (July 1964)

.

Pollack, G. L., Farabaugh, E. N., Crystal growth and thermal etching of argon, J. Appl. Phys. 36, 513 (1965).

Polack, G. L., Pellam, J. R., Wave mode modification in liquid helium with

clamped normal fluid, Proc. 9th Intern. Conf. Low Temperature Physics,

Columbus, Ohio, Sept. 1964, pp. 166 (Plenum Press Inc., New York,

N. Y., 1965); Phys. Rev. 137, A1676-A1684 (Mar. 1965).

Prat, F., Fano, U., Metastable levels in the continuum and the independent

particle model, Proc. Ill Intern. Conf. Physics of Electronics and Atomic

Collisions, London, England, pp. 600-605 (July 22-26, 1963).

Pruitt, J. S., High energy X-ray photon albedo, Nuclear Instr. Methods

27, 23 (1964).

Radford, H. E., 18 cm spectrum of OH, Phys. Rev. Letters 13, No. 17,

534-535 (Oct. 1964).

Radford, H. E., Hyperfine structure of the B2 2 + state of CN, Phys. Rev.

136, No. 6A, A1571-1575 (Dec. 14, 1964).

Rauth, A. M., Simpson, J. A., The energy loss of electrons in solids,

Radiation Res. 22, No. 4, 643-661 (1964).

Reader, J., Sugar, J., Nuclear magnetic moment of Pr141 from the hyperfine

structure of doubly ionized praseodymium, Phys. Rev. 137, No. 4B,

B784-B789 (Feb. 1965).

Reber, M. J., Potential distribution in a rectangular semiconductor bar for use with four-point probe measurements, Solid State Electron. 7, No. 7, 525-529 (July 1964).

Roder, H. M., Weber, L. A., Goodwin, R. D., The correlation of experimental pressure-density-temperature and specific heat data for para- hydrogen, (Proc. XI Intern. Congress Refrigeration, Munich, Germany,

Aug. 1963), Prog. Refrig. Sci. Technol. 1, 187-191 (1963).

Ruegg, F. C, Spijkerman, J. J., DeVoe, J. R., Drift-free Mossbauer spec- trometer, Rev. Sci. Instr. 36, No. 3, 356-359 (Mar. 1965).

Seltzer, S. M., Berger, M. J., Energy loss straggling of protons and mesons:

tabulation of the Vavilov distribution, Natl. Acad. Sci. -Natl. Res. Council Publ. 1133. Studies in the Penetration of Charged Particles in Matter,

chapt. 9, pp. 187-203 (1964).

Shafer, A. B., Megill, L. R., Droppleman, L. A., Optimization of the Czerny-Turner spectrometer, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 54, No. 7, 879-887 (July

1964)

.

Shimazaki, T., Nighttime variations of F-region electron density profiles at Puerto Rico, J. Geophys. Res. 69, No. 13, 2781-2797 (July 1, 1964).

195
Shorb, A. M., Schroeder, R., Lippincott, E. R., Wave functions for an- harmonic oscillators by perturbation methods, J. Chem. Phys. 37, 1043

(Sept. 1, 1962).

Sickafus, E. N., Winder, D. R., Growth spirals on NiBr2 platelets, J. Appl.

Phys. 35, No. 8, 2541-2545 (Aug. 1964).

Simmons, J. A., Parker, R. L., Howard, R. E., Theory of whisker growth

and evaporation, J. Appl. Phys. 35, No. 7, 2271-2272 (July 1964).

Slutz, R. J., Winkelman, J. R., Shape of the magnetosphere boundary shape

under solar wind pressure, J. Geophys. Res. 69, No. 23, 4933-4948 (Dec.

1964)

Smith, L. L., Roach, F. E., Owen, R. W., The absolute photometry of the zodiacal light, Planet Space Sci. 13, 207-217 (Mar. 1965).

Smith, W. W., Hyperfine structure of Hg193 *, Hg195 and Hg195 * by Zee- man level crossings, Phys. Rev. 137, No. 2A, A330-A339 (Jan. 18, 1965).

Solarski, J. E., Wiese, W. L., Experimental transition probabilities for

six oxygen multiplets, Phys. Rev. 135, No. 5A, A1236-A1241 (Aug.

1964)

Ruff, A. W., Jr., Wilsdorf, H. G. F., Observations of dislocation sources in

stainless steel, Acta Met. 13, No. 6, 694-695 (1965) . Scheer, M. D., Fine, J., The surface ionization of niobium, J. Chem. Phys. "

42, 3645 (1965).

Schiff, H. I., Megill, L. R., The influence of metastable oxygen molecules 'i on ozone and airglow, J. Geophys. Res. 69, No. 23, 5120-5121 (Dec. 1, 1964).

Schooley, J. R., Hoppes, D. D., The gamma-ray distribution from oriented

cerium-141 and its application to thermal contact at low temperature, i (Proc. 8th Intern. Conf. Low Temperature Physics, Queen Mary College,

London, England, Sept. 1963), Book, Low Temperature Physics, ed. ! R. 0. Davies, pp. 435-436 (Butterworth Inc., Washington, D. C, 1963).

Schooley, J. F., Hosier, W. R., Ambler, E., Becker, J. H., Cohen, M. L., Koonce, C. S., Dependence of the superconducting transition temperature 11 on carrier concentration in semiconducting SrTi03 , Phys. Rev. Letters 14, No. 9, 305-307 (Mar. 1, 1965).

Scott, R. B., Introduction, Book, Technology and Uses of Liquid Hydrogen,

chapt. 1, pp. 1-8 (Pergamon Press Ltd., London, England, 1964).

Scott, R. B., Liquefied gases, handling of, Encyclopaedic Dictionary of

Physics, 4, 329-330 (Pergamon Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1961).

Scott, R. B., Liquid air, Encyclopaedic Dictionary of Physics, 4,330 (Pergamon Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1961).

Scott, R. B., Low-temperature apparatus, constructional materials for, Encyclopaedic Dictionary of Physics, 4, 357-358 (Pergamon Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1961).

Spector, N., Configurations 4f2 6s and 4f2 6p in doubly ionized Pr, J. Opt.

Soc. Am. 54, No. 11, 1359-1362 (Nov. 1964).

196
Spector, N., 4fnl configurations of doubly ionized cerium (Ce III), J. Opt. Soc. Am. 55, No. 5, 492-501 (May 1965).

Spector, N., New odd low levels of neutral erbium (Er I), J. Opt. Soc. Am. 55, No. 5, 576-577 (May 1965).

Spencer, L. V., Note on the theory of cavity ionization chambers, Radiation Res. 25, No. 2, 352-358 (June 1965)

.

Steinert, L. A., Electromagnetic properties of a quantized relativistic elec- tron-position gas, II Nuovo Cimento, Serie X 36, 935-953 (Apr. 1965).

Stern, K. H., Conductance of glass immersed in molten salts, J. Electro- chem. Soc. 112, No. 2, 208-211 (Feb. 1965).

Sugar, J. r Description and analysis of the third spectrum of cerium (Ce

m), J. Opt. Soc. Am. 55, No. 1, 33-58 (Jan. 1965).

Sugar, J., Energy levels of Pr3+ in the vapor state, Phys. Rev. Letters 14, No. 18, 731-732 (May 1965).

Swanson, N., Observed line shapes of collective excitations in Al, Be, and

Ge, J. Opt. Soc. Am. 54, No. 9, 1130-1133 (Sept. 1964).

Takayanagi, K., Geltman, S., Excitation of molecular Rotation by slow

electrons, Physics Letters 13, No. 2, 135-137 (Nov. 15, 1964) ; Phys.

Rev. 138, No. 4A, A1003-A1010 (May 17, 1965).

Takuma, H., Jennings, D. A., Stimulated Brillouin scattering in the off- axis resonator, Appl. Phys. Letters 5, No. 12, 239-241 (Dec. 1964).

Thomas, D. B., Studies on the tungsten-rhenium thermocouple to 2000 °C, Proc. 18th Annual ISA Conf. and Exhibit, Sept. 9-12, 1963, Chicago,

111., Preprint 57.3.63, pp. 67.3.63-1—57.3.63-9 (1963).

Thomas, R. N., Comment on the difference between a non-LTE and a pure absorption, model for the line-blanketing effect, Astrophys. J. 141, No. 1, 333-335 (Jan. 1, 1965)

.

Thomas, R. N., Microscopic-astrophysics and the development of astro- physical laboratories, Bull. Assoc. Develop. Intern. Observatoire de

Nice, No. 1, pp. 7-16 (1964).

Wacks, M. E., Franck-Condon factors for the ionization of CO, NO, and

02 , J. Chem. Phys. 41, No. 4, 930-936 (Aug. 1964).

Wagner, R., Miller, P. D., Tamura, T., Marshak, H., The interaction of 350 keV polarized neutrons with oriented Ho165 nuclei, Physics Letters

10, No. 3, 316-318 (June 15, 1964).

Wait, J. R., Radiation from sources immersed in compressible plasma

media, Can. J. Phys. 42, 1760-1780 (Sept. 1964).

Wait, J. R., Resonances of a spherical void in a compressible isotropic

plasma, J. Geophys. Res. 69, No. 19, 4189-4191 (Oct. 1, 1964).

Walker, D., an experimental study of the backscattering of 5.3 meV alpha

particles from platinum and monel metal, Intern. J. Appl. Radiation

Isotopes 16, 183-189 (1965).

Warwick, C. S., Longitude distribution of proton flares, Astrophys. J. 141, No. 2, 500-504 (Feb. 15, 1965).

197
Wasilik, J. H., Wheat, M. L., Elastic constants of cubic lead fluoride at room temperature, J. Appl. Phys. 36, No. 3, Pt. 1, 791-793 (Mar. 1965).

Wassink, H. W., Estin, A. J., Investigation of plasma boundaries with

electromagnetic surface waves, J. Appl. Phys. 35, No. 10, 2795-2800

(Oct. 1964).

Waterhouse, R. V., Cook, R. K., Interference patterns in reverberent sound

fields, II, J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 37, No. 3, 424-428 (Mar. 1965).

Weinstock, J., Generalized master equation for quantum-mechanical sys- tems to all orders in the density, Phys. Rev. 136, 2d Series, No. 4A,

A879-A888 (Nov. 1964).

Weinstock, J., Microscopic fluctuations and diffusion coefficients of a nonequilibrium plasma in a magnetic field, Phys. Fluids 8, No. 3, 479-481

(Mar. 1965).

Weinstock, J., On the binary collision expansion of the classical N-body

Green's function, Phys. Rev. 126, No. 1, 341-344 (Apr. 1, 1962).

Westwater, E. R., A method for determination of the tropospheric tem- perature structure from ground-based measurement of oxygen emission, Proc. 3d Symp. Remote Sensing of Environment, Infrared Phys. Lab.,

Inst. Sci. Tech., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich., Feb. 1965,

pp. 245-256 (Mar. 1965).

White, J. A., stability of traveling waves in lasers, Phys. Rev. 137, No. 6A,

A1651-A1654 (Mar. 1965).

Wieder, B., Microwave propagation in an overdose bounded magneticplasma, Phys. Fluids 7, No. 7, 964-972 (July 1964).

Womack, C. M., Jr., Silverman, J. N., Atomic scattering factors for the lithium and beryllium isoelectronic sequences from accurate analytic

Hartree-Fock wave functions, Z. Kryst. 118, No. 5-6, 422-433 (Sept.

1963).

Wood, L. A., Unorthodoxy in science, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 57, 30 (Mar.

1961).

Wood, L. A., Utility of the Tait equation relating volume and pressure

in the study of transitions in polymers, J. Polymer Sci. B2, No. 7, 703- 707 (July 1964).

Wyckoff, J. M., Koch, H. W., Ziegler, B., Uhlig, R., Total photonuclear

cross sections for low atomic number elements, Phys. Rev. 137, No. 3B,

B576-B594 (Feb. 1965).

Yolken, H. T., Kruger, J., Optical constants of iron in the visible region,

J. Opt. Soc. Am. 55, No. 7, 843-844 (June 1965).

Young, R. D., Schubert, D. C, Condensation of tungsten on tungsten in atomic detail: Monte Carlo and statistical calculations vs. experiment,

J. Chem, Phys. 42, No. 11, 3943-3950 (June 1965).

Zeitler, E., Olsen, H., Screening effects in elastic electron scattering, Phys. Rev. 136, No. 6A, A1546-A1552 (Dec. 1964).

Zwanzig, R., On the validity of the Einstein-Smoluchowski theory of light

scattering, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 86, 3489-3493 (Mar. 30, 1964).

198
Radio Science

Andrews, D. H., LF-VLF frequency and time services of the National

Bureau of Standards, (Proc. 19th Annual ISA Conf. and Exhibit, New

York, N. Y., Oct. 12-15, 1964), ISA Preprint 21.3-2-64 (1964).

Bean, B. R., Attenuation of radio waves in the troposphere, Book, Advances

in Radio Research 1, 121-155 (Academic Press, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1964)

.

Bean, B. R., Westwater, E. R., Abbott, R. L., Potential use of passive probing of atmospheric structure by thermal emissions at radio frequencies, Proc. 1963 Intern. Symp. Humidity and Moisture, Washington, D. C),

Book, Humidity and Moisture. Measurement and Control in Science and

Industry. Vol. 2. Applications, sec. VII, Paper 71, pp. 595-608 (Reinhold Publ. Corp., New York, N. Y, 1965).

Calvert, W., Knecht, R. W., VanZandt, T. E., Ionosphere explorer I satellite: first observations from the fixed-frequency topside sounder satellite, Science 146, No. 3642, 391-395 (Oct. 16, 1964)

.

drivers, H. J. A., Conjugate point observations at a variety of high geo- magnetic latitudes, AGARDograph 78, Artie Communications, chapt. 2, pp. 27-28 (Pergamon Press, Inc., London, England, 1964).

Chivers, H. J. A., Hargreaves, J. K., Ionospheric absorption in conjugate

regions and possible oscillation of the exosphere, Nature 202, No. 4935,

891-893 (May 30, 1964)

.

Cohen, R., Farley, D. T., Jr., Comments on the paper "An experimental

investigation of backscattering of radio waves from the equatorial elecjet," by R. L. Closs, Proc. Phys. Soc. 84, pt. 4, No. 540, 619-620 (J. W.

Arrowsmith Ltd., London, England, June 1964)

.

Crombie, D. D., Rath, H. L. Reversal of the diurnal phase variations of GBR (16 kilocycles per second) observed over a path of 720 kilometers,

J. Geophys. Res. 69, No. 23, 5023-5027 (Dec. 1, 1964).

Davies, K., Ionospheric propagation at high frequencies, 4UITU Calling 2, 112-113 (1965).

Davies, K., Prediction of ionospheric characterisitcs at CRPL for skywave

radio propagation at high frequencies, Telecommunications J. 31, No. 12,

339-350 (Dec. 1964).

Davies, K., The use of topside sounders in ionospheric research, ITU Tele- communications J. pp. 1-8 (Mar. 1965).

Davies, K., The uses of oblique ionograms in frequency utilization, Tele- communications J. 31, No. 10, 281-287 (Oct. 1964).

Davies, K., Baker, D. M., Ionospheric effects observed around the time of the Alaskan earthquake of March 28, 1964, J. Geophys. Res. 70, No. 9, 2251-2253 (May 1, 1965).

Dougherty, H. T., Fading on microwave line-of-sight paths, Proc. 3d

Tropospheric Refraction Effects Meeting 1, 125-135 (Nov. 1964).

Dutton, E. J., Bean, B. R., Westwater, E. R., Brightness temperature of the atmosphere using a bi-exponential model in the 6-45 GHz frequency

199
range, Proc. 1964 World Conf. Meteorology and 11th Weather Radar

Conf., pp. 212-215 (Sept. 1964).

Fejer, J. A., Calvert, W., Resonance effects of electrostatic oscillations in the ionosphere, J. Geophys. Res. 69, 5049-5062 (Dec. 1964).

Ferguson, E. E., Fehsenfeld, F. C, Dunkin, D. B., Schmeltekopf, A. L., Schiff, H. I., Laboratory studies of helium ion loss processes of interest

in the ionosphere, Planetary Space Sci. 12, 1169-1171 (Dec. 1964).

FitzGerrell, R. G., Radiation efficiency of half-wave dipole antennas, IEEE

Trans. Ant. Prop. AP-13, No. 2, 326-327 (Mar. 1965).

Gallet, R. M., Natural electromagnetic phenomena below 30 kc/s, NATA

Advance Study Institute, Bad Hamberg, 1963, pp. 167-204 (Plenum

Press Inc., New York, N. Y., 1964).

Hargreaves, J. K., Chivers, H. J. A., Fluctuations in ionospheric absorption

events at conjugate stations, Nature 203, No. 4948, 963-964 (Aug. 29, . 1964).

Hargreaves, J. K., Chivers, H. J. A., Petlock, J. D., A Study of auroral

absorption events at the South Pole. 1. Characteristics of the events, J. , Geophys. Res. 69, No. 23, 5001-5007 (Dec. 1964).

Haurwitz, M. W., Solar flares with associated active dark filaments and ; j their relation to 2800-Mc/s radio bursts, Astrophys. J 140, No. 3, 1236-

1246 (Oct. 1, 1964).

Herbstreit, J. W., Editor, Propagation and technical factors in radio cj j spectrum utilization, RADIO SPECTRUM UTILIZATION, A report of

the Joint Technical Advisory Committee of the Institute of Electrical j, j and Electronics Engineers, Inc. and the Electronic Industries Association, chapt. Ill, pp. 30-208 (1964).

Herbstreit, J. W., Radio meteorology, Science 147, No. 3653, 76-78 (Jan.

1, 1965).

Hildner, E., Receiver noise factor, Proc. Intern. Telemetry Conf., Washington, D. C, May 16-20, 1964, 1, 326-333 (May 1965).

Jean, A. G., Wait, J. R., The use of electromagnetic signals emitted from

nuclear explosions to study of long-range VLF propogation, J. Geophys.

Res. 70, No. 5, 1258-1261 (Mar. 1, 1965).

Johler, J. R., Harper, J. D., Jr., On the effect of solar disturbances on the low-radiofrequency ionosphere reflection process, (North Atlantic Treaty "

I Organization. Advisory Group for Aeronautical Research and Developj ment. Avionics Panel. 6th Symp. Ionospheric Research Committee, 1

" AGARD, Naples, Italy, 1961). Book, The Effect of Disturbances of Solar Origin on Communications, ed. G. J. Gassman, pp. 303-304 (Pergamon Press, Inc., New York, N. Y., 1963).

If 1 Jones, W. G., Gallet, R. M., Representation of diurnal and geographic

variations of ionospheric data by numerical methods. II. Control of

stability, Telecommunications J. pp. 1-12 (Jan. 1965).

Klemperer, W. K., Ochs, G. R., Radio astronomy observations with

200
8.4 x 104m2 50 Mc/s antenna of the Jicamarca radar in Peru, Astron. J. 70, N. 1327, 141-142 (Mar. 1965).

Knecht, R. W., The distribution of electrons in the lower and middle

ionosphere, Book, Progress in Radio Science 1960-1963. Vol. ///. the Ionosphere, pp. 14-45 (Elsevier Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands,

1965)

.

Larson, W. E., Microwave and high-frequency calibration services of the National Bureau of Standards, IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory and

Tech. MTT-12, No. 4, 480-482 (July 1964).

Little, C. G., National Bureau of Standards Central Radio Propagation

Laboratory, Boulder, Astron. J. 69, No. 9, 698-700 (Nov. 1964.)

Little, C. G., Schiffmacher, E. R., Chivers, H. J. A., Sullivan, K. W., Cosmic

noise absorption events at geomagnetically conjugate stations, J. Geophys.

Res. 70, No. 3, 639-648 (Feb. 1, 1965).

Megill, L. R., Cahn, J. H., The calculation of electron energy distribution functions in the ionosphere, J, Geophys. Res. 69, No. 23, 5041-5048

(Dec. 1, 1964).

Norton, R. B., VanZandt, T. E., The daytime equatorial F-layer, J. Atmospheric and Terrest. Phys. 26, No. 11, 1047-1054 (Nov. 1964).

Reid, G. C, The contribution of nonthermal electrons to auroral absorption of radio waves, J. Geophys. Res. 69, No. 15, 3296-3298 (Aug.

1964)

.

Rice, P. L., Herbstreit, J. W., Tropospheric propagation, Advan. Electron. Electron Phys. 20, 199-259 (1964).

Roach, F. E., The light of the night sky: astronomical interplanetary and

and geophysical, Space Sci. Rev. 3, 512-540 (Nov. 1964)

.

Samson, C. A., A comparison of mountain slope and radiosonde observations, Mo. Weather Rev. 93, No. 5, 327-330 (May 1965).

Shapley, A. H., The ionosphere; new guide, how to listen to the world,

World Publ. 11, 15-18 (Hellerup, Denmark, Mar. 1965).

Shimazaki, T., Dependence of the critical frequency of the ionospheric

E-layer on solar zenith angle and the annual variation in E-layer ionization, Nature 205, No. 4974, 889-891 (Feb. 27, 1965).

Thompson, M. C, Jr., ESD Maui, Hawaii, measurements, Proc. 3d Tropospheric Refraction Effects Meeting I, 89-93 (Nov. 1964).

Thompson, M. C, Jr., Grant, W. B., Noise tests of an airborne microwave

refractometer system, Rev. Sci. Instr. 36, No. 6, 758-759 (June 1965).

Wait, J. R., Cavity resonances for a spherical earth and a concentric shell,

J. Atmospheric Terrest. Phys. 27, 81-89 (1965).

Wait, J. R., Coherence theories of tropospheric radio propagation, IEEE

Trans. Ant. Prop. AP-12, No. 5, 649-651 (Sept. 1964).

Wait, J. R., Justification for neglecting the compressibility of the ionosphere in VLF radio propagation, IEEE Trans. Ant. Prop. AP-13, 480-

481 (May 1965).

201
Wait, J. R., Nature of the electromagnetic field reflected from a coastline,

Electronics Letters 1, 65 (May 1965).

Wait, J. R., Jackson, C. M., Influence of the refracitve index profile in VHF reflection from a tropospheric layer, IEEE Trans. Ant. Prop. AP-12,

No. 4, 512-513 (July 1964).

Wright, J. W., Golomb, D., Rosenberg, N. W., Rarnes, J. A., Formation of an electron depleted region in the ionosphere by chemical releases,

(Proc. 4th Intern. Space Science Symp., Warsaw, Poland, June 4-10,

1963), Book, Space Research IV, 389-398 (North-Holland Publ. Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands, 1964)

PATENTS

The following U.S. Patents have been granted to NBS inventors; the

patents are assigned (or licensed as indicated) to the United States of America, as represented by the Secretary of the department noted in parentheses

Orem, Theodore H., No. 3,139,653, July 7, 1964. Apparatus for the Growth

of Preferentially Oriented Single Crystals of Metals. (Commerce)

Brenner, Abner; Reid, Walter E. Jr., and Connor, Jean H., No. 3,139,658,

July 7, 1964. Production of Tungsten Objects. (NAVY)

Edwards, James W. and Hashman, Joseph S., No. 3,140,990, July 14, 1964. Method of Preparation of Ozone. (ARMY)

Harman, George G. Jr., No. 3,141,238, July 21, 1964. Method of Low

Temperature Bonding for Subsequent High Temperature Use. (Commerce)

Couch, Dwight E.; Shapiro, Harold; and Brenner, Abner, No. 3,141,744,

July 21, 1964. Wear-Resistant Nickel-Aluminum Coatings. (NAVY)

Henig, Seymour, No. 3,144,948, August 18, 1964. Collocating Machine

Using a Time-Position Code. (Commerce)

Berlinsky, Anthony A.; Brennan, Martin J.; and Stockton, Charles H., No.

3,145,920, August 25, 1964. Floating-Point Keypunch Machine. (Commerce)

Pummer, Walter J. and Wall. Leo A., No. 3,150,163, September 22, 1964.

Pentafluorobenzonitrile and Method of Making the Same. (NAVY)

Rosenberg, Samuel J. and Royston, Thomas P. Jr., No. 3,156,558, November 10, 1964. High-Density, Nonmagnetic Stainless Steel. (Commerce)

Vetter, Maurice J., No. 3,158,825, November 24, 1964. Movable Resonant

Cavity Tuning Probe in Dielectric Sleeve Having Nonuniform Outer

Surface. (Commerce)

Harman, George G. Jr.; and Raybold, Richard L., No. 3,160,764, December 8, 1964. Pulse Shaper Employing Charge-Storing Semiconductor

Device. (Commerce)

202
Ordway, Fred D. Jr., No. 3.164.782. January 5, 1965. Gas-Filled Envelope

for Solid Laser Tube Having Internal Electrodes. (Licensed to the United States of America as represented by the Secretary of Commerce.)

Engen, Glenn F.. No. 3.166.725, January 19, 1965. Broadband Tuning

Transformer Permitting Independent Matching at Adjacent Frequencies.

(Commerce)

Berlinsky, Anthony A., and Brennan. Martin J., No. 3,167,244, January 26, 1965. Automatic or Manual Multiple Programmer. (Commerce)

Doherty, Robert H. and Davis, Thomas L., No. 3,167,770, January 26, 1965. Time-Multiplex System for the Distribution of Serial Pulse Time Codes

with Microsecond Synchronization. (AIR FORCE)

Hoekstra, Harold D., No. 3.174.710, March 23, 1965. Take-Off Safety

Indicator. I Licensed to the United States of America as represented by

the Secretary of Commerce.)

Guildner, Leslie A. and Stimson, Harold F., No. 3,177,017, April 6, 1965.

Ball and Socket Pipe Joint. (Commerce)

Montgomery, George Franklin, No. 3,177,421, April 6, 1965. Rectified Alternating-Current Converter. (Commerce)

Bowen, Rafael L., No. 3,179,623, April 20, 1965. Method of Preparing a Monomer Having Phenoxy and Methacrylate Groups Linked by Hydroxy

Glyceryl Groups. (Commerce)

Castle, Alfred B.. No. 3,183,512, May 11, 1965. Mechanical Graphic

Recording Omni-Directional Accelerometer. (NAVY)

Thompson, Moody C. Jr., No. 3,188,634, June 8, 1965. Distance Measuring

System with Automatic Index Compensation. (Commerce)

Metzger, William H., No. 3,189,990, June 22, 1965. Method of Preparing

Small Diameter Tubes And the Like. (Commerce)

Wall, Leo A. and Pummer, Walter J., No. 3,192,190, June 29, 1965. Octa- fluorovinylphenyl Ether and Its Polymers. (NAVY)

Allred, Charles M., No. 3,192,372, June 29, 1965. Signal-Level Comparing

System. (Commerce)

Bender, Peter L. and Beaty, Earl C, No. 3,192,472, June 29, 1965. Alkali

Vapor Frequency Standard Utilizing Optical Pumping. (Commerce)

THE GENERAL CONFERENCE ON

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

The Twelfth General Conference on Weights and Measures, held at the

International Bureau of Weights and Measures, Paris, France, from October

6 to 13, 1964, was attended by representatives of 37 nations. These gatherings have been historic occasions since their beginning in 1875 under the Treaty of the Meter. The Conference focuses attempts to enhance the universality of science by fostering the growth of a common language among

nations of diverse outlooks and backgrounds.

203
Actions taken by the Conference include: —provisionally redefining the second, the international unit of time. Contrasted to the previous astronomical definition, the second is now

also measured in terms of an invariant transition of the cesium atom. The accuracy obtainable is 1 part in 10°, an increase of 200 times. —approving twelve secondary wavelengths for the international standards

of length. A. Wavelengths of Krypton 86

6,458.0720 10~ 10 meter

6,422.8006 10- 10 meter

5,651.1286 lO" 10 meter

4,503.6162 10- 10 meter

B. Wavelengths of mercury 198

5,792.2683 10" 10 meter

5,771.1983 10- 10 meter

5,462.2705 10" 10 meter

4,359.5624 10" 10 meter

C. Wavelengths of cadmium 114

6,440.2480 10" 10 meter

5,087.2379 10" 10 meter

4,801.2521 10" 10 meter

4,679.4581 lO" 10 meter —accepting a new definition for volumetric measurements. The liter, defined as the volume occupied by one kilogram of water, was also

to be equal in volume to a cubic decimeter. Yet, an error of 28

millionths exists when compared to the cubic decimeter. The Conference therefore abrogated the old definition and made the liter merely

a special name for the cubic decimeter. The resolution, though, pointed

out that the word "liter" should not be used to express the results of high precision volume measurements. —agreeing to recognize formally the curie as the unit of activity of a radioactive substance. The curie, already used in a great many countries, is measured by units of the second to the minus one power (s _1

). Therefore the distintegration value of one curie (3.7 1010 s _1

) was

retained and the symbol "Ci" was formally established. —attempting to provide an increase in the annual operating budget. A

few delegations (notably the Soviet block) had received instructions not to approve such a proposal. Because the terms of the Treaty of

the Meter require unanimity on budget increases the objective was not immediately met. —appropriating $300,000 to complete the equipment needs of a new

laboratory which will promote the international standardizaiton of measurements of ionizing radiations. The new radiation measurements

laboratory was dedicated the week before the Conference officially

opened.

204


T3

M ff t» * ?